# legacydeveloper Api Meta - Full Documentation
# AccountingFieldMapping
Represents the accounting field mappings to organize your data and bring it to ledger entry records.

#### Important
Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations.
## Parent Type
This type extends the [Metadata](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/metadata.htm "The base class for all metadata types. You can’t edit this object. A component is an instance of a metadata type.") metadata type and inherits its fullName field.
## File Suffix and Directory Location
AccountingFieldMapping components have the suffix .accountingFieldMapping and are stored in the accountingFieldMappings folder.
## Version
AccountingFieldMapping components are available in API version 58.0 and later.
## Fields
| Field Name | Description |
| --- | --- |
| accountingModelConfig |
Field Type
string
Description
Required.
Record ID of the AccountingModelConfig record that the Field Mapping is associated with.
|
| isForAllocationType |
Field Type
boolean
Description
Reserved for internal use.
|
| isForPaymentType |
Field Type
boolean
Description
Reserved for internal use.
|
| isForTransactionType |
Field Type
boolean
Description
Reserved for internal use.
|
| isProtected |
Field Type
boolean
Description
Indicates whether this component is protected (true) or not protected (false).
Default value is false.
|
| mappingBehavior |
Field Type
MappingBehaviorType (enumeration of type string)
Description
Required.
Specifies how the target’s field data is mapped from the source field only when the journal entry is created. When set to CurrentValue, Subledger reverses and replaces journal entries whose value differs from the value in sourceField.
Valid values are:
- CurrentValue
- PointInTime
|
| masterLabel |
Field Type
string
Description
Required.
A user-friendly name for AccountingFieldMapping, which is defined when the AccountingFieldMapping is created.
|
| sourceField |
Field Type
string
Description
The API name of the field on the source object that is mapped to the target field.
|
| targetField |
Field Type
string
Description
Required.
The API name of the field on the Transaction Journal record for this mapping.
|
## Declarative Metadata Sample Definition
The following is an example of an AccountingFieldMapping component.
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableAccountLogos | boolean | Indicates whether your sales reps can see available company logos (true) or not (false). The logos are for US-based
companies only. The default value is false. enableAutomatedAccountFields must be true to use this setting. |
| enableAutomatedAccountFields | boolean | Indicates whether Automated Account Fields is enabled (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| enableNewsStories | boolean | Indicates whether News is enabled (true) or not
(false). The default value
is false.
enableAutomatedAccountFields must be true to use this setting. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| accessLevel | string | Type of access granted by the share rule. Valid values are:
|
| accountToCriteriaField | string | Criteria that must be met for the data to be shared. Valid values include any
custom or standard lookup to Account or User on top-level objects. To get the full list for your org, do a Describe on the ARSR entity. |
| description | string | A meaningful explanation of the sharing rule. |
| entityType | string | The type of data shared by this share rule. Valid values are:
|
| masterLabel | string | The label assigned to the sharing rule to identify it. |
| staticFormulaCriteria | string | A way to further filter what data gets shared. This string must be a deterministic formula, and spanning isn’t allowed. |
| type | string | Match the type of an account relationship for data to be shared according to the accountToCriteriaField and the staticFormulaCriteria fields. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableAccountDiscovery | boolean | When true, sets up Einstein Account Management dashboards and installs the related CRM Analytics and Customer Insights apps. The dashboards give users access to account health analytics including metrics on open pipeline, risk, and engagement scores. Einstein Account Management is part of Revenue Intelligence, which is available for an additional cost. Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| enableAccountHistoryTracking | boolean | Indicates whether history tracking is enabled for accounts (true) or not (false). The default value is false. If history tracking is disabled, the History related list is removed from account page layouts. However, history data is still available for reporting up to the date and time when tracking was disabled. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableAccountInsightsInMobile | boolean | Deprecated in API version 59.0 and later because the feature is no longer available. Indicates whether users can see Einstein Account Insights on their mobile device (true) or not (false). Insights appear in the Einstein Insights component, which is on account records and the Home page. To use this feature, users must have the Einstein Account Insights permission. Available in API version 47.0 to 58.0. |
| enableAccountOwnerReport | boolean | Indicates whether the Account Owner Report can (true) or can’t (false) be run by all users. |
| enableAccountTeams | boolean | Indicates whether account teams are enabled (true) or not (false). The Metadata API can’t be used to disable account teams. |
| enableContactHistoryTracking | boolean | Indicates whether history tracking is enabled for contacts (true) or not (false). Available in API version 46.0 and later. |
| enableRelateContactToMultipleAccounts | boolean | Indicates whether users can relate a contact to multiple accounts (true) or only one account (false). The default value is false. If this feature (Contacts to Multiple Accounts) is disabled, secondary contact–account relationships created while the feature was enabled are deleted. Available in API version 47.0 and later. Avoid using the Metadata API to enable this feature. Use the Account Settings page in Setup to enable Contacts to Multiple Accounts. |
| enableReportsToOnPersonAccount | boolean | Indicates whether the Reports To field on Person Account, which corresponds to the PersonReportsToId field on the Account object, is enabled. The field allows users to associate person accounts and contacts with other person accounts or contacts that they report to. Available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| showViewHierarchyLink | boolean | Indicates whether the default View Hierarchy link on all business account detail pages is visible (true) or hidden (false). |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actionLinkTemplates | ActionLinkTemplate[] | Action link templates that are associated with the action link group template. |
| category | PlatformActionGroupCategory (enumeration of type string) | Required. The location of the action link group within the feed element. Values are:
|
| executionsAllowed | ActionLinkExecutionsAllowed (enumeration of type string) | Required. The number of times an action link can be executed. Values are:
|
| hoursUntilExpiration | int | Required. The number of hours from when the action link group is created until it's removed from associated feed elements and can no longer be executed. The maximum value is 8,760. |
| isPublished | boolean | Required. If true, the action link group template is published. Action link group templates shouldn’t be published until at least one action link template is associated with it. |
| name | string | Required. The name of the action link group template to use in code. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actionUrl | string | Required. The action link URL. For example, a Ui action link URL is a Web page. A Download action link URL is a link to the file to download. Ui and Download action link URLs are provided to clients. An Api or ApiAsync action link URL is a REST resource. Api and ApiAsync action link URLs aren’t provided to clients. Links to Salesforce can be relative. All other links must be absolute and start with https://. |
| headers | string | Template for the HTTP headers sent when corresponding action links are invoked. This field can be used only for Api and ApiAsync action links. This field can contain context variables and binding variables in the form {!Bindings.key}. |
| isConfirmationRequired | boolean | Required. If true, a confirmation dialog appears before the action is executed. |
| isGroupDefault | boolean | Required. If true, action links derived from this template are the default or primary action in their action groups. There can be only one default action per action group. |
| label | string | A custom label to display on the action link button. If none of the LabelKey values make sense for an action link, use a custom label. Set the LabelKey field to None and enter a label name in the Label field. |
| labelKey | string | Required. Key for the set of labels to display for these action link states: new, pending, success, failed. For example, the Approve set contains these labels: Approve, Pending, Approved, Failed. For a complete list of keys and labels, see Action Link Labels in the Connect REST API Developer Guide. |
| linkType | ActionLinkType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The type of action link. One of these values:
|
| method | ActionLinkHttpMethod (enumeration of type string) | Required. HTTP method for the action URL. One of these values:
Ui and Download action links must use HttpGet. |
| position | int | Required. An integer specifying the position of the action link template relative to other action links in the group. 0 is the first position. |
| requestBody | string | Template for the HTTP request body sent when corresponding action links are invoked. This field can be used only for Api and ApiAsync action links. This field can contain context variables and binding variables in the form {!Bindings.key}. |
| userAlias | string | If you selected CustomUser or CustomExcludedUser for UserVisibility, this field is the alias for the custom user. Use the alias in a template binding to specify the custom user when an action link group is created using the template. |
| userVisibility | ActionLinkUserVisibility (enumeration of type string) | Required. Who can see the action link. This value is set per action link, not
per action link group. Values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actionName | string | Required. The
possible values are the same as the actions you can override:
|
| comment | string | Any comments you want associated with the override. |
| content | string | Set this field if type is set to flexipage, lightningcomponent, scontrol, or visualforce. It refers to the name of the Lightning page, Lightning component, s-control, or Visualforce page to use as the override. To reference installed components, use this format: Component_namespace__Component_name. |
| formFactor | FormFactor (enumeration of type string) |
The size of the page
being overridden.
If the type field is set to flexipage, set this field to Large to override the View action with a Lightning page in Lightning Experience. The Large value represents the Lightning Experience desktop environment and is valid only for the flexipage and lightningcomponent types. The Small value represents the Salesforce mobile app on a phone or tablet. The Medium value is reserved for future use. The null value (which is the same as specifying no value) represents Salesforce Classic. This field is available in API version 37.0 and later and is part of the feature for creating and editing record pages in Lightning Experience. Lightning component overrides return different FormFactor values depending on the API version used.
|
| skipRecordTypeSelect | boolean | Set this field to true if you prefer that any new records created by this action override aren’t forwarded to the record type selection page. This field is only valid if the actionName is a “create” type (like new), and type is set to visualforce. This field is available in API version 21.0 and later. |
| type | ActionOverrideType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Represents the type of action override. Valid values are described in ActionOverrideType. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actionPlanTemplateItem | ActionPlanTemplateItem | The instance of an item on an action plan template version. |
| actionPlanTemplateItemDependencies | ActionPlanTemplateItemDependency[] | Defines the dependencies between action plan template items. Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| actionPlanType | ActionPlanTemplateType (enumeration of type string) | Type of the action plan template. Valid values are:
Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| category | string | Category for this action plan template. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| description | string | The description of the action plan template. |
| estimatedCompletionDays | int | Estimated number of days required to complete the action plan. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| fileBasedTemplatePath | string | File path for a file-based action plan template. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| isAdHocItemCreationEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether ad hoc item creation is enabled for this action plan template (true) or not (false). Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| name | string | Required. The name of the action plan template. |
| sourceType | string | Source type of the action plan template. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| status | string | Status of the action plan template. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| subcategory | string | Subcategory for this action plan template. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| targetEntityType | string | Required. The parent object this action plan template relates to. Supported parent objects are Account, BusinessMilestone, Campaign, Case, Claim, Contact, Contract, InsurancePolicy, InsurancePolicyCoverage, Lead, Opportunity, PersonLifeEvent, and Visit and custom objects with activities enabled. |
| uniqueName | string | Required. The unique identifier for this action plan template record. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Determines whether the value is available in the API. |
| integrationValue | string |
A customizable text value that is linked to a state or country/territory code.
Integration values for standard states, countries, and territories default to the
full ISO-standard state, country, and territory names. Integration values function
similarly to the API names of custom fields and objects. Configuring integration
values allows integrations that you set up before enabling state and
country/territory picklists to continue to work.
|
| isoCode | string | The ISO-standard code populates this field when you issue a retrieve() call. |
| label | string | The label is what users see in picklists in Salesforce. |
| standard | boolean | Standard states and countries are states and countries that are included with Salesforce. You can’t edit the standard attribute. |
| visible | boolean | Makes the state, country, or territory available to users in Salesforce. States, countries, or territories that are visible must also be active. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| developerName | string | Required. Represents the name of the application. Can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters and must be unique in your org. It must begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. |
| masterLabel | string | Label that identifies the AI application throughout the Salesforce user interface. |
| status | AIApplicationStatus (enumeration of type string) | Required. The status of the application. Valid values are:
|
| type | AIApplicationType (enumeration of type string) | The type of AI application. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| aiApplicationDeveloperName | string | Required. Represents the AIApplication to which AIApplicationConfig belongs. Can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters and must be unique in your org. It must begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| applicationId | string | Required. The ID of the parent AI application. |
| developerName | string | Represents the name of the application config. Can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters and must be unique in your org. It must begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. |
| insightReasonEnabled | boolean | Required. When true, generates the predictors, or field values, that were used to generate the prediction value. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. Label that identifies the AI application configuration throughout the Salesforce user interface. |
| rank | int | Required. Reserved for future use. |
| scoringMode | AIScoringMode (enumeration of type string) | Required. Frequency with which the prediction scores are written back. Valid values are:
|
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| aggregateType | ReportSummaryType[] (enumeration of type string) | List that defines if and how each report field is summarized. For valid values, see ReportSummaryType. |
| sourceField | string | The sourceField can be one of the following:
Note: The sourceField must correspond to the sourceType you specify. |
| sourceType | ReportJobSourceTypes[] (enumeration of type string) | List that defines the report format for the reporting snapshot. For valid values, see ReportJobSourceTypes. |
| targetField | string | A field on the targetObject into which this particular sourceField is inserted. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| alwaysGenPreviews | boolean |
Indicates whether Analytics asset previews are generated (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| analyticsAdoptionMetadata | boolean |
Indicates whether Adoption Analytics metadata collection can be installed via a dataflow in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| analyticsCalendarApp | boolean |
Indicates whether the Analytics Calendar app for Industry templates can be installed in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 49.0. Removed in API version 50.0. |
| autoInstallApps | boolean |
Indicates whether CRM Analytics apps can be auto-installed in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| bundleCachingOptOut | boolean |
Indicates whether the default CRM Analytics dashboard bundle caching behavior is disabled (true) or enabled (false). Available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| canAccessAnalyticsViaAPI | boolean |
Indicates whether Analytics assets can be accessed via the Analytics REST API in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| canAnnotateDashboards | boolean |
Indicates whether the Analytics dashboards Chatter annotation feature is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| canEnableBYOMZeroDayScoring | boolean |
Indicates whether zero day scoring on user uploaded Einstein Discover model is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 54.0 to 56.0. Removed in API version 57.0. |
| canEnableLiveMetrics | boolean |
Indicates whether the Data Discovery live model metrics calculation feature is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and 49.0. Removed in API version 50.0. |
| canEnableSavedView | boolean |
Indicates whether the saved view feature for Analytics dashboards is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| canExploreDataConversationally | boolean |
Indicates whether Analytics data can be explored via NLQ (true) rather than using strict SAQL statements (false). For example, "Show me all accounts that are closed won". Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| canShareAppsWithCommunities | boolean |
Indicates whether Analytics apps can be shared with Experience Builder sites and their users, outside of the standard Analytics Studio experience (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| canSubscribeDashboardWidgets | boolean |
Indicates whether a user can subscribe to Analytics dashboard widgets in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 to 50.0. Removed in API version 51.0. |
| canViewThumbnailAssets | boolean |
Indicates whether the thumbnail representations of Analytics lenses and dashboards are viewable (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| cdpQueryCachingOptIn | boolean |
Indicates whether caching is enabled for direct queries to Data 360 (true) or not (false). Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| concurrencyLimitSharing | boolean |
Indicates whether the concurrency limits of Data Prep dataflows and recipes can be shared (true) or not (false). Available in API version 60.0 and later. |
| disableIncrementalDatasetCreation | boolean |
Indicates whether incremental dataset optimization is disabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| enableAiSentimentInDcrPref | boolean |
Indicates whether AI sentiment analysis is enabled for Data 360 reports (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableAmazonRedshiftOutputConnector | boolean |
Indicates whether the Amazon Redshift Output connector is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| enableAnalyticsEncryption | boolean |
Indicates whether encryption is enabled for Analytics in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableAnalyticsSharingEnable | boolean |
Indicates whether the Analytics sharing is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableAnalyzeInTableauNext | boolean |
Indicates whether the Analyze in Tableau Next feature is enabled in Data 360 reports (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| enableAutoCompleteCombo | boolean |
Indicates whether using auto-complete when choosing reports and dashboards is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableAutonomousExperience | boolean |
Indicates whether Ask Salesforce for Data is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available as Beta in API version 54.0 and later. |
| enableAzureDLGen2OutputConnector | boolean |
Indicates whether the Azure DL Gen2 output connector is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| enableC360GlobalProfileData | boolean |
Indicates whether the Customer 360 data validation dashboard connector is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 or later. |
| enableCdpBetaConnectors | boolean |
Indicates whether beta Data 360 connectors are enabled for Tableau Next (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableCioHistoryReportingPref | boolean |
Indicates whether CIO history reporting is enabled for Data 360 reports (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 or later. |
| enableCreateLegacyDataflows | boolean |
Indicates whether access to creating dataflows is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 55.0 and later. |
| enableCrmaDataCloudIntegration | boolean |
Indicates whether platform integration between CRM Analytics and Data 360 is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| enableCrmaSubsForExpCloud | boolean |
Indicates whether CRM Analtyics subscriptions are available in Experience Cloud (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| enableCrossCloudCsi | boolean |
Indicates whether cross-cloud calculated insights (CSI) are enabled for Data 360 reports and Tableau Next (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableCrtSetupLightningUiPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the enhanced custom report type setup pages is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| enableCurrencySupportInDCRPref | boolean |
Indicates whether currency fields are enabled for Data 360 reports (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 or later. |
| enableDashboardChangeOwnerPref | boolean |
Indicates whether changing ownership of Lightning Experience dashboards from one owner to another owner is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 59.0. Removed in API version 60.0. |
| enableDashboardCmpRefreshPref | boolean |
Indicates whether Lightning Experience dashboard component refresh is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 64.0. Removed in API 65.0. |
| enableDashboardComponentSnapshot | boolean |
Indicates whether posting dashboard component snapshots to feeds that are visible to all users is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableDashboardFlexiTable | boolean |
Indicates whether access is enabled to flexible dashboard tables for all users in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableDashboardToPDFEnable | boolean |
Indicates whether a dashboard can be exported to a PDF in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableDashboardSubOrgEmailPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the unique org email for Lightning Experience dashboard subscriptions is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| enableDataCloudReportingPref | boolean |
Indicates whether Data 360 reporting with the analytics query engine is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| enableDataBlending | boolean |
Indicates whether the Analytics Explorer data blending feature is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and 49.0. Removed in API version 50.0. |
| enableDimensionalHierarchyInDCRPref | boolean |
Indicates whether dimenional hierarchy is enabled for Data 360 reports (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 or later. |
| enableEasySetupAI | boolean |
Indicates whether the Easy Setup AI experience is enabled for Tableau Next (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableEmailReportsToPortalUsers | boolean |
Indicates whether this org allows Classic reports and dashboards to be sent to Portal Users (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableExploreInTableau | boolean |
Indicates whether the Explore in Tableau feature is enabled for Salesforce analytics features (true) or not (false). Available in API version 60.0 and later. |
| enableFirebirdEditor | boolean |
Indicates whether the Firebird editor is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableFloatingReportHeaders | boolean |
Indicates whether report results display floating headers when scrolling (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableHeadlessBrowserServiceTOS | boolean |
Indicates whether the terms of service for the Analytics headless browser service are available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableIncludeDisclaimerMessage | boolean |
Indicates whether confidental data disclaimers are included with analytics assets (true) or not (false). Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| enableIncrementalUpsert | boolean | Indicates whether the incremental upsert operation is enabled for CRM Analytics recipe output nodes (true) or not (false). Available in API version 66.0 and later. |
| enableInsights | boolean |
Indicates whether CRM Analytics is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). |
| enableInsightsHCMode | boolean |
Indicates whether CRM Analytics for Public Cloud is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| enableJoinedReportInDCRPref | boolean |
Indicates whether joined reports are enabled for Data 360 reports (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 or later. |
| enableLightningDashboardLWRPref | boolean |
Indicates whether Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) is enabled for Lightning Experience dashboards (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableLightningReportBuilder | boolean |
Indicates whether the Lightning Report Builder feature can be enabled or disabled on the Setup page in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableLightningReportLWRPref | boolean |
Indicates whether Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) is enabled for Lightning Experience reports (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableLotusNotesImages | boolean |
Indicates whether the use of Lotus Notes-friendly images in dashboards and report emails is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableLwcInDashboards | boolean |
Indicates whether Lightning Web Components are enabled for use in CRM Analytics Dashboards (true) or not (false). Available as Beta in API version 53.0. Removed for GA in API version 54.0. |
| enableMDW | boolean |
Indicates whether the metadata warehouse (MDW) is enabled for semantic authoring in Salesforce Analytics (true) or not (false). Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| enableMassEnableReportBuilder | boolean |
Indicates whether the Report Builder is available in Salesforce (true), overriding profile level settings, or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableNativeTableauLWC | boolean |
Indicates whether native Tableau Lightning Web Components are enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| enableNewChartsEngine | boolean |
Indicates whether the New Charts Engine for reports and dashboards is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableNullDimension | boolean |
Indicates whether null values are supported as a grouping key value in a SAQL query in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableOrgCanSeeLivePreviews | boolean |
Indicates whether admins can enable live previews of data in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| enableOrgCanViewTableau | boolean |
Indicates whether admins can enable Tableau dashboards in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 55.0 and later. |
| enableOrgCanViewThumbnailForOA | boolean |
Indicates whether admins can enable thumbnails for Lightning Experience reports and dashboards in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| enableOrgHasMobileOfflineEnabled | boolean |
Indicates whether admins can enable mobile offline access in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| enableOrgHasWatchlistEnabled | boolean |
Indicates whether admins can turn on watchlists for assets in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enableOrgHierarchy | boolean |
Indicates whether the org hierarchy feature is enabled for Tableau Next (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| enableOrgHierarchyInDcrPref | boolean |
Indicates whether org hierarchy is enabled for Data 360 reports (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableOrgWideEmailNotification | boolean |
Indicates whether a unique org email for CRM Analytics dashboard subscriptions and notifications is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| enablePowerInsights | boolean |
Indicates whether admins can turn on Power Insights for this org (true) or not (false). Removed in API version 51.0. |
| enablePredictFunction | boolean |
Indicates whether the creating Predict Caluculated Fields is enabled for semantic authoring in Salesforce Analytics (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| enablePupparazziForNotifications | boolean | Indicates whether the CRM Analytics Hyperforce headless browser service is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 66.0 and above. |
| enableQueryLiveConnectors | boolean |
Indicates whether querying live connectors is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableRecommendedReportTypePref | boolean |
Indicates whether recommended report types for Lightning Reports are available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 54.0 to 56.0. Removed in API version 57.0. |
| enableRemoteHomeOrgOps | boolean |
Indicates whether remote home org operations are enabled for the App Template Framework in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| enableRemoveFooterForRepDisplay | boolean |
Indicates whether the default disclaimer for the report run page and printable view page is removed (true) or not (false) in Salesforce. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableRemoveFooterFromRepExp | boolean |
Indicates whether the default footer from the exported (csv/excel) report is removed (true) or not (false) in Salesforce. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableReportCdnPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the content delivery network (CDN) feature in Lightning Experience Reports is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| enableReportCustomTextExportPref | boolean | Indicates whether the export of custom text in Lightning Experience Reports is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 66.0 and later. |
| enableReportEscapeCharsPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the sanitization of malicious characters in CSV exports to prevent formula injection feature in Lightning Experience Reports is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| enableReportFieldToFieldPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the field-to-field filters feature in Lightning Experience Reports is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0. Removed in API version 48.0. |
| enableReportCrtAutoAddPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the feature to automatically add new fields to relevant custom Lightning Experience report types when they’re created is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 50.0 and 51.0. Removed in API version 52.0. |
| enableReportHideXlsExportPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the XLS export feature for Lightning Experience Reports is visible in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| enableReportInlineEditPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the inline editing feature for Lightning Experience Reports is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| enableReportInterfacePref | boolean | Indicates whether interfaces on Data 360 reports during packaging are enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 66.0 and later. |
| enableReportNotificationsEnable | boolean |
Indicates whether the notification feature for Lightning Experience Reports is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableReportRecordPreviewOrgPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the report record preview feature is enabled for Data 360 reports (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableReportSubOrgEmailPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the unique org email for Lightning Experience Report subscriptions is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 61.0 and later. |
| enableReportUniqueRowCountPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the unique row count aggregate feature in Lightning Experience Reports is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0. Removed in API version 48.0. |
| enableReportTypeSearchPref | boolean |
Indicates whether report type search is enabled for Data 360 reports (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableReportingOnSDMPref | boolean |
Indicates whether reporting on Data 360 semantic models (SDM) is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| enableRequestPrioritySchdl | boolean |
Indicates whether priority-based dataflow request scheduling is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enableS1AnalyticsEclairEnable | boolean |
Indicates whether EclairNG charts can be enabled for S1 Mobile Analytics in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableS3OutputConnector | boolean |
Indicates whether the S3 output data connector is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| enableSFXJoinedReportsEnable | boolean |
Indicates whether the Lightning Experience joined report feature can be enabled or disabled on the Setup page in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableSalesforceOutputConnector | boolean |
Indicates whether the Salesforce output data connector is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| enableSecureImageSharing | boolean |
Indicates whether secure image sharing and downloading is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enableSmartDataDiscovery | boolean |
Indicates whether the org admin can enable Einstein Discovery in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 49.0 and 50.0. Removed in API version 51.0. |
| enableSemanticAuthoringAI | boolean |
Indicates whether semantic authoring AI is enabled for Salesforce Analytics (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableShowHighContrastChart | boolean |
Indicates whether high-contrast charts are enabled for Tableau Next dashboards (true) or not (false). Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| enableSnowflakeOutputConnector | boolean |
Indicates whether the Snowflake output data connector is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| enableSummaryFilterOrgPref | boolean |
Indicates whether Lightning Experience Report summary filters are enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 60.0 and later. |
| enableSqlDataset | boolean |
Indicates whether SQL datasets are available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 52.0. Removed in API version 53.0. |
| enableSqlLiveDataset | boolean |
Indicates whether SQL live datasets are available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 51.0 and 52.0. Removed in API version 53.0. |
| enableTNAppAutoInstall | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next templated apps can be auto-installed in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| enableTNAppAutoUpdate | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next templated apps are automatically updated in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAdoptionInsights | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Admin Adoption Insights is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAgent | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Agent is enabled in Agentforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAgentAnalyzeData | boolean |
Indicates whether the standard Tableau Agent Data Analysis topic and Analyze Data action are enabled in Agentforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAgentBeacon | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau Agent Beacon, which generates analytical insights that surface relevant business findings and recommendations proactively, is enabled in Agentforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAgentCreateAlert | boolean |
Indicates whether the standard Tableau Agent Data Alert Management topic and Create Data Alert action are enabled in Agentforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAgentDataExploration | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau Agent Data Connection and Analytics Creation are enabled in Agentforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAgentDataPro | boolean |
Indicates whether the standard Tableau Agent Semantic Model Curation topic and Create Calculated Field actions are enabled in Agentforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAgentDescriptionGeneration | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Agent Description Generation action is enabled in Agentforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAgenticTransforms | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Agent agentic transforms are enabled in Agentforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAnalyticsFeedbackStreaming | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Agent analytics feedback streaming is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAnalyticsInteractions | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Agent analytics interactions testing center is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAnnotations | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau annotations are enabled for Slack (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAssetCompareUseLlm | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau asset comparison API uses LLM-powered comparison (true) or the deterministic engine (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAssetThumbnail | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next asset thumbnails are enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauAudit | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next auditing is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauClientMonitor | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau Next client monitor is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauConciergeV2 | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next Concierge V2 is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauEnhancedVisualizationAuthoring | boolean |
Indicates whether beta features for Tableau Next visualization authoring are enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauExternalDataExploration | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next external data exploration is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauFollowing | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau Next following feature is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauGenerateVisualization | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Agent generate visualization feature is enabled in Agentforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauHyperOutputConnector | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau hyper output data connector is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| enableTableauMISummary | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau Next metrics insights (MI) summary is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauMaps | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next maps are enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauPersonalOrg | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next personal orgs are enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauPersonalOrgSfSupport | boolean |
Indicates whether Salesforce support login as SysAmdin is enabled for Tableau Next personal orgs (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauPlatform | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau Next platform is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauPrivateMarketplaceConsumeFlow | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next marketplace is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauPrivateMarketplaceMetricConsumeFlow | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next marketplace metric templates are enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauPrivateMarketplaceTemplateBuilderFlow | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau Next marketplace template builder is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauSdmAiOptimization | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau semantic model (SDM) AI optimization is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauSeamlessAuth | boolean |
Indicates whether Tableau Next configuration for token-based authentication is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauSlackApp | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau Next Slack app is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauSlackCollab | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau Next integration for Slack is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableTableauTemplateBldr | boolean |
Indicates whether the Tableau Next template builder is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableUseOldChartsLookAndFeel | boolean |
Indicates whether this org allows the old charts look and feel for Lightning Experience reports and dashboards (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableWaveAssetsNewDateVersion | boolean |
Indicates whether the new date version for timezone support in Analytics assets is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| enableWaveCustomFiscal | boolean |
Indicates whether custom fiscal year is enabled for Analytics in Salesforce (true) or not (false). When enabled, custom fiscal year lets admins import custom fiscal year definitions from Salesforce to Analytics. Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enableWaveIframeDashboard | boolean |
Indicates whether using legacy iframe embedding instead of LWC for CRM Analytics dashboards is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| enableWaveIndexMVDim | boolean |
Indicates whether multivalve dimension indexing is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enableWaveIndexMVDimV2 | boolean |
Indicates whether version 2 multivalve dimension indexing is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 52.0 and later. |
| enableWaveMultiCurrency | boolean |
Indicates whether CRM Analytics multiple currencies is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 56.0 and later. (Beta) |
| enableWaveLwcDashboards | boolean |
Indicates whether embedded Analytics dashboards are rendered in Lightning Experience using a Lightning Web Component (true) or the legacy Aura Component (false). Available in API version 55.0 and 56.0. Removed in API version 57.0. |
| enableWaveRecordNavigation | boolean |
Indicates whether browser tab navigation for record actions from Analytics is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableWaveReplication | boolean |
Indicates whether replication (extract) for Salesforce objects is enabled in Salesforce (true) instead of SFDC Digest (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableWaveSharingInheritance | boolean |
Indicates whether Analytics data can inherit sharing and security settings for their source object in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableWaveSqlCFIndexing | boolean |
Indicates whether indexing for custom fiscal dates in SQL queries is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| enableWaveSqlInQueryApi | boolean |
Indicates whether SQL is enabled for CRM Analytics in the Query API in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available as Beta in API version 53.0. Removed for GA in API version 54.0. |
| enableWaveTemplate | boolean |
Indicates whether Analytics templates are enabled for this org (true) or not (false). Removed in API version 51.0. |
| enableWaveTrendedDatasetCleanup | boolean |
Indicates whether this org allows automatic deletion of inactive trended datasets (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableWriteToDataCloud | boolean |
Indicates whether CRM Analytics recipe output to Data 360 is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 60.0 and later. (Beta) |
| etlOrchestrationPref | boolean |
Indicates whether Data Prep recipe orchestration is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 54.0 and later. (Beta) |
| incrementalUpsertEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether the incremental upsert operation is enabled for CRM Analytics recipe output nodes (true) or not (false). Available in API version 66.0. Removed in API version 68.0. |
| inheritSharingForNonOpptyObjects | boolean |
Indicates whether medium visibility support for Analytics sharing inheritance for all Salesforce objects besides the Opportunity object is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and 49.0. Removed in API version 50.0. |
| inheritSharingForOpptyObject | boolean |
Indicates whether medium visibility support for Analytics sharing inheritance for the Opportunity object is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and 49.0. Removed in API version 50.0. |
| isDiscoveryOptimizationEnabled | boolean |
Indicates whether Einstein Discovery optimization is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 58.0 and later. (Beta) |
| isHighVolumePushbackEnabled | boolean |
Indicates whether Einstein Discovery high volume push back is enabled in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| maxHoursAppInProgress | integer |
The maximum number of hours an embedded application can have the status InProgress before it’s canceled. Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| queryCachingOptOut | boolean |
Indicates whether the option to cache query results is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| recipeDirectDataPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the option to enable Data Prep recipe direct data loading is available (true) or not (false). Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| recipeFiscalPref | boolean |
Indicates whether the option to enable Data Prep recipe custom fiscal settings is available (true) or not (false). Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| recipePreCachingOptOut | boolean |
Indicates whether the option to disable Data Prep recipe pre-step caching is available (true) or not (false). Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| recipeScheduleExportPref | boolean |
Indicates whether exporting schedules for CRM Analytics recipes is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| recipeStagedDataPref | boolean |
Indicates whether staged data for Data Prep recipes is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| replaceBlankMeasuresWithNulls | boolean |
Indicates whether null values are supported in measures (true) or not (false). If enabled (true), the implicit default value for blank measures is null. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| setWaveIsYearEndFiscalYear | boolean |
Indicates whether the Analytics year end is the fiscal year end (true) or not (false). This preference is only applicable when enableWaveCustomFiscal is true. If false, the fiscal year end is the calendar year end. Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| sonicEnabled | boolean |
Indicates whether the Sonic feature is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| turnOnTimeZones | boolean |
Indicates whether the timezone feature is available in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| animationFrequency | picklist | Required. The frequency with which an animation is displayed when a user
selects the designated picklist values in a path. Valid values are:
|
| developerName | string | Required. The developer name for the animation rule. |
| isActive | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the animation rule is active (true) or not (false). |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The label for the animation rule. |
| recordTypeContext | picklist | Required. An enum to track whether this AnimationRule applies to all record types for the associated sObject, or only to a single or main record type. Valid values are All, Master, or Custom. |
| recordTypeName | reference | The record type selected for the sObject in which the animation is displayed. |
| sobjectType | string | The object on which the animation rule is run. |
| targetField | string | Required. Name of the field used to determine when to display an animation. |
| targetFieldChangeToValues | string | Required. Values used to determine when to display an animation. When a user selects a value in targetField that matches a value stored in targetFieldChangeToValues, the animation is displayed. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| apiVersion | double |
The API version for this class. Every class has an API version specified at creation. |
| content | base64 | The Apex class definition. Base 64-encoded binary data. Before making an API call, client applications must encode the binary attachment data as base64. Upon receiving a response, client applications must decode the base64 data to binary. This conversion is handled for you by a SOAP client. This field is inherited from the MetadataWithContent component. |
| fullName | string | The Apex class name. The name can only contain characters, letters, and the underscore (_) character, must start with a letter, and can’t end with an underscore or contain two consecutive underscore characters. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| packageVersions | PackageVersion[] |
The list of installed managed package versions
that are referenced by this Apex class.
For more information about managed packages, see Second-Generation Managed Packages in the Salesforce DX Developer Guide. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| status | ApexCodeUnitStatus (enumeration of type string) |
The status of the Apex class. The following string values are valid:
ApexCodeUnitStatus includes an Inactive option, but it’s only supported for ApexTrigger; it isn’t supported for ApexClass. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| namespace | string | Required. In a packaging context, a namespace prefix is a one to
15-character alphanumeric identifier that distinguishes your package
and its contents from packages of other developers on AppExchange.
Namespace prefixes are case-insensitive. For example, ABC and abc
aren’t recognized as unique. Your namespace prefix must be globally
unique across all Salesforce orgs. Salesforce automatically prepends your namespace prefix, followed by two underscores (“__”), to all unique component names in your Salesforce organization. A unique package component is one that requires a name that no other component has within Salesforce, such as custom objects, custom fields, custom links, s-controls, and validation rules. For more information about namespaces, see Create and Register Your Namespace in the Second-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide. |
| majorNumber | int | Required. The major number of the package version. A package version number has a majorNumber.minorNumber format. |
| minorNumber | int | Required. The minor number of the package version. A package version number has a majorNumber.minorNumber format. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| apiVersion | double | The API version for this Visualforce component. Every component has an API version specified at creation. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| content | base64Binary | The component content. Base 64-encoded binary data. Before making an API call, client applications must encode the binary attachment data as base64. Upon receiving a response, client applications must decode the base64 data to binary. This conversion is handled for you by a SOAP client. This field is inherited from the MetadataWithContent component. |
| description | string | A description of what the component does. |
| fullName | string | The component developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| label | string | Required. The label for this component. |
| packageVersions | PackageVersion[] |
The list of installed managed package versions
that are referenced by this Visualforce component.
Package components and Visualforce custom component are distinct concepts. A package is comprised of many elements, such as custom objects, Apex classes and triggers, and custom pages and components. For more information about managed packages, see Second-Generation Managed Packages in the Salesforce DX Developer Guide. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| apiVersion | double | Required. The API version for this page. Every page has an API version specified at creation. This field is available in API version 15.0 and later. If you set this field to a number lower than 15.0, it’s changed to 15.0. |
| content | base64Binary | The page content. Base 64-encoded binary data. Before making an API call, client applications must encode the binary attachment data as base64. Upon receiving a response, client applications must decode the base64 data to binary. This conversion is handled for you by a SOAP client. This field is inherited from the MetadataWithContent component. |
| description | string | A description of what the page does. |
| fullName | string | The page developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| availableInTouch | boolean | Indicates if Visualforce tabs associated with the Visualforce
page can be used in the Salesforce mobile app. (Use of this field
for Salesforce Touch is deprecated.). This field is available in API
version 27.0 and later. Standard object tabs that are overridden with a Visualforce page aren’t supported in the Salesforce mobile app, even if you set this field for the page. The default page for the object is displayed instead of the Visualforce page. |
| confirmationTokenRequired | boolean |
Indicates whether GET
requests for the page require a CSRF confirmation token.
This field is available in API version 28.0 and later. If you change this field’s value from false to true, links to the page require a CSRF token to be added to them, or the page is inaccessible. |
| label | string | Required. The label for this page. |
| packageVersions | PackageVersion[] |
The list of installed managed
package versions that are referenced by this Visualforce
page.
For more information about managed packages, see Second-Generation Managed Packages in the Salesforce DX Developer Guide. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| asyncApexExecutionsOverride | integer | Use this field to specify an override value that is less than the licensed rolling 24-hour asynchronous Apex job limit. The org defaults to the licensed asynchronous limit if the override is 0, null, or omitted. Applicable to only nonproduction orgs, including sandboxes, scratch orgs, and Developer Edition orgs. Used for testing elastic processing behavior. See Elastic Limits for Asynchronous Apex Jobs (Beta). Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| DefaultQueueableDelay | integer | Indicates the admin-controlled minimum delay (in seconds) that applies to all enqueued jobs that were scheduled without a delay parameter. The minimum delay is one second and the maximum is 600 seconds. The default behavior, when the setting is omitted, is no delay in scheduling enqueued jobs. |
| enableAggregateCodeCoverageOnly | boolean | Indicates whether aggregate (not detailed) totals are tracked for Apex test coverage data (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| enableApexAccessRightsPref | boolean | Deprecated. |
| enableApexApprovalLockUnlock | boolean | Indicates whether approval process lock and unlock operations from Apex code are allowed (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| enableApexCtrlImplicitWithSharingPref | boolean | Indicates whether the Use with sharing for @AuraEnabled Apex Controllers with Implicit Sharing critical update is activated (true) or not (false). For more details, see the Winter ’20 Release Notes. |
| enableApexPropertyGetterPref | boolean | Indicates whether the Enforce Access Modifiers on Apex Properties in Lightning Component Markup critical update is activated (true) or not (false). For more details, see the Winter ’20 Release Notes. |
| enableAsyncApexElasticExecutions | boolean | Indicates whether the Use elastic limits for asynchronous Apex jobs (Beta) setting is enabled (true) or not (false). The default value is false. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| enableAuraApexCtrlAuthUserAccessCheckPref | boolean | Indicates whether the Restrict Access to @AuraEnabled Apex Methods for Authenticated Users Based on User Profile critical update is activated (true) or not (false). For more details, see the Winter ’20 Release Notes. |
| enableAuraApexCtrlGuestUserAccessCheckPref | boolean | Indicates whether the Restrict Access to @AuraEnabled Apex Methods for Guest and Portal Users Based on User Profile critical update is activated (true) or not (false). For more details, see the Winter ’20 Release Notes. |
| enableBlockPackagedApexExecAnon | boolean | Indicates whether the Block Apex Anonymous Code Execution from Managed Packages release update is enabled (true) or not (false). The default value is false. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| enableCompileOnDeploy | boolean | Indicates whether Apex code is automatically recompiled (true) or not (false). When set to true, code is recompiled before completing a metadata deployment, change set deployment, package installation, or package upgrade. For production orgs and full sandboxes, the default value is true. For all other orgs, the default value is false. |
| enableDisableParallelApexTesting | boolean | Indicates whether Apex tests are serially executed (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| enableDebugLogsDuringDeployment | boolean | Indicates whether debug logs are enabled during metadata deployment (true) or not (false), in conjunction with an active debug log trace flag. If this setting is true but the trace flag is not active, debug logs are not enabled during metadata deployment. The default value is false. |
| enableEnforceSummer26ApexHeapLimit | boolean | Indicates whether a nonproduction org is restricted to the lower Summer ’26 Apex heap limits (true) or not (false). The default value is false. This setting is available only in Winter ’27. In Spring ’27, the higher Apex heap limits are enforced globally regardless of the setting status. For more details, see Handle Larger Datasets with Increased Apex Heap Limits. Available in API version 68.0. |
| enableGaplessTestAutoNum | boolean | Indicates whether autonumbering gaps are prevented by Apex test executions not incrementing autonumber fields for non-test records (true) or not (false). The default value is true. |
| enableMngdCtrlActionAccessPref | boolean | Indicates whether the Disable Access to Non-global Apex Controller Methods in Managed Packages critical update is activated (true) or not (false). For more details, see the Winter ’20 Release Notes. |
| enableNonCertifiedApexMdCrud | boolean | Indicates whether Apex classes can access metadata, public or protected, through classes in the Metadata namespace (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| enableRestrictCommunityExecAnon | boolean | Indicates whether guest users are restricted from executing anonymous Apex. The restriction applies regardless of whether the Author Apex permission is set. The default value is true. |
| enableSecureNoArgConstructorPref | boolean | Not used. Critical update is automatically enforced. See Restrict Reflective Access to Non-Global Constructors in Packages (Critical Update). |
| enableTestSetupSkipTestResults | boolean | Indicates whether Apex test results are generated for @TestSetup methods (false) or not (true). Available in API version 61.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| apiVersion | double | Required. The API version for this trigger. Every trigger has an API version specified at creation. |
| content | base64 | The Apex trigger definition. This field is inherited from the MetadataWithContent component. |
| fullName | string | The Apex trigger name. The name can only contain characters, letters, and the underscore (_) character, must start with a letter, and can’t end with an underscore or contain two consecutive underscore characters. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| packageVersions | PackageVersion[] |
The list of installed managed package
versions that are referenced by this Apex trigger.
For more information about managed packages, see the Second-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| status | ApexCodeUnitStatus (enumeration of type string) | Required. The status of the Apex trigger. The following string values are valid:
|
| Salesforce API Versions | Version Support Status | Version Retirement Info |
|---|---|---|
| Versions 41.0 through 68.0 | Supported. | |
| Versions 31.0 through 40.0 |
Supported. Deprecated and unsupported from Summer ’27. Retired from Summer ’28. |
Salesforce Platform API Versions 31.0 through 40.0 Retirement |
| Versions 21.0 through 30.0 | As of Summer ’25, these versions are retired and unavailable. | Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0 through 30.0 Retirement |
| Versions 7.0 through 20.0 | As of Summer ’22, these versions are retired and unavailable. | Salesforce Platform API Versions 7.0 through 20.0 Retirement |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| masterLabel | string | Required. The label for the appointment assignment policy. |
| policyApplicableDuration | string | Required. The frequency at which the utilization of service resources is
calculated. Valid values are:
|
| policyType | string | Required. The type of appointment assignment policy. Valid value is:
|
| utilizationFactor | string | Required. Specifies the count type for the resource utilization. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| appointmentAssignmentPolicy | string | The name of the appointment assignment policy. This field is available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| appointmentStartTimeInterval | picklist | Required. The proposed time interval in minutes between appointment start
times. For example, if you set the interval to 15, appointments can then begin at the top of the hour and at 15-minute
intervals thereafter (10:00 AM, 10:15 AM, 10:30 AM, and so on). Valid values are:
|
| extCalEventHandler | lookup | Required. The API name of the custom Apex class that checks service resources’ external calendar events and returns the time slots where service resources are already booked. Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| isSvcTerritoryMemberShiftUsed | boolean | Required. Indicates whether to consider shifts of service territory members when determining the availability of service resources for appointments (true) or not (false). This field is available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| isSvcTerrOpHoursWithShiftsUsed | boolean | Required. Indicates whether to consider the intersection of shifts and service territory operating hours when determining the availability of service resources for appointments (true) or not (false). This field is available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The label for the appointment scheduling policy. |
| shouldCheckExternalCalendar | boolean | Required. Indicates whether to check the external calendar for resource availability (true) or not (false). This field is available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| shouldConsiderCalendarEvents | boolean | Required. Indicates whether to consider events on the Salesforce calendar to determine the availability of service resources to be assigned to appointments (true) or not (false). |
| shouldEnforceExcludedResource | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this appointment scheduling policy prevents excluded service resources from being assigned to appointments (true) or not (false). |
| shouldEnforceRequiredResource | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this appointment scheduling policy allows only required service resources to be assigned to appointments (true) or not (false). |
| shouldMatchSkill | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this appointment scheduling policy allows only required service resources who have certain skills to be assigned to appointments (true) or not (false). |
| shouldMatchSkillLevel | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this appointment scheduling policy allows only required service resources who have certain skills and skill levels to be assigned to appointments (true) or not (false). |
| shouldRespectVisitingHours | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this appointment scheduling policy prevents users from scheduling appointments outside of an account’s visiting hours (true) or not (false). |
| shouldUsePrimaryMembers | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this appointment scheduling policy allows only service resources who are primary members of a service territory to be assigned to appointments (true) or not (false). |
| shouldUseSecondaryMembers | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this appointment scheduling policy allows service resources who are secondary members of a service territory to be assigned to appointments (true) or not (false). |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Required. Whether the approval process is active. After an approval process is activated, you can’t add, delete, or change the order of the steps or change its reject or skip behavior, even if the process is inactive. |
| allowRecall | boolean | Whether to allow submitters to recall approval requests. If set to false, only administrators can recall approval requests. |
| allowedSubmitters | ApprovalSubmitter[] | Required. An array of users who are allowed to submit records for approval. |
| approvalPageFields | ApprovalPageField | Specifies which fields to display on the approval page, where the
approver goes to approve or reject the record. By default, the
approval page displays the following:
If you enable notifications in the Salesforce mobile app, keep in mind that approvers can view this list of fields on a mobile device. Select only the fields necessary for users to decide whether to approve or reject records. |
| approvalStep | ApprovalStep[] | An array of approval step definitions. |
| description | string | Describes the approval process. |
| emailTemplate | string | Specifies which Classic email template to use for approval
requests. If not specified, the default email template is used.
Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. When an approval process assigns an approval request to a user, Salesforce sends the user an approval request email. |
| enableMobileDeviceAccess | boolean | Whether users can access an external version of the approval page
from any browser, including browsers on mobile devices, without
logging in to Salesforce. Corresponds to Security
Settings in the user interface. If set to true, approval steps can’t have approvers of type adhoc. If set to false, approvers must log in to Salesforce to access the approval page. |
| entryCriteria | ApprovalEntryCriteria | Determines which records can enter the approval process. Exclude
this field to allow all records to enter the approval process.
When you deploy an approval process with no entry criteria to overwrite an existing approval process with entry criteria, then the entry criteria from the existing process are applied to the deployed process. |
| finalApprovalActions | ApprovalAction | Specifies which workflow actions to execute when all required approvals have been given for a record. |
| finalApprovalRecordLock | boolean | Whether to keep the record locked after it receives all necessary approvals. Default: false. |
| finalRejectionActions | ApprovalAction | Specifies which workflow actions to execute after a record enters the final rejection state. |
| finalRejectionRecordLock | boolean | Whether to keep the record locked after it’s finally rejected. Default: false. |
| initialSubmissionActions | ApprovalAction | Specifies which workflow actions to execute when a record is initially submitted for approval. |
| label | string | Required. Name of the approval process. |
| nextAutomatedApprover | NextAutomatedApprover | Specifies a standard or custom user hierarchy field that can be
used to automatically assign the approver for an approval step. If you exclude this field, then no approval step can use a user hierarchy field to automatically assign the approver. |
| postTemplate | string | Post template to use for Approvals in Chatter. Chatter post approval notifications are only available for approval processes associated with an object that has been enabled for feed tracking. |
| recallActions | ApprovalAction | Specifies which workflow actions to execute when a pending approval request is withdrawn. |
| recordEditability | RecordEditabilityType (enumeration of type string) | Specifies which users can edit records that are pending approval.
When a record is submitted for approval, it’s automatically locked
to prevent other users from editing it during the approval process.
Valid values are:
|
| showApprovalHistory | boolean | Whether to add the Approval History related list to the approval
page, which is where the approver can view the approval request
details and approve or reject the record. The Approval History
related list tracks a record through the approval process. If you also want to add the Approval History related list to record detail and edit pages, use the Salesforce user interface to customize the page layouts for the given object. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| submitter | string | Identifies a specific user or set of users who can submit records
for approval. This field is required, except when the following
types are specified and the submitter field is ignored:
Example:
<allowedSubmitters> <type>allInternalUsers</type> </allowedSubmitters> <allowedSubmitters> <submitter>myGroup</submitter> <type>group</type> </allowedSubmitters> |
| type | ProcessSubmitterType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Type of user or set of users who can submit records for
approval. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| allowDelegate | boolean | Whether to allow delegated approvers in this step of the approval process. A delegated approver is a user appointed by an assigned approver as an alternate for approval requests. |
| approvalActions | ApprovalAction | Specifies which workflow actions to execute when a record is approved in this step of the approval process. |
| assignedApprover | ApprovalStepApprover | Specifies the assigned approvers for this step of the approval process. |
| description | string | Describes the approval step. |
| entryCriteria | ApprovalEntryCriteria | Determines which records can enter this step of the approval process. |
| ifCriteriaNotMet | StepCriteriaNotMetType (enumeration of type string) | Specifies what to do for records that don't meet the entry
criteria. Valid values are:
|
| label | string | Required. Name of the approval step. |
| name | string | Required. Unique name of the approval step. It must contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. The requirement for uniqueness is only within the specific approval process. |
| rejectBehavior | ApprovalStepRejectBehavior | Required, except for the first step in the approval process.
Specifies what happens if the approver rejects the request during
this approval step, unless it's the first step in the
approval process. If the approver rejects the request in the first step in the approval process, the reject behavior is determined by the finalRejectionActions. |
| rejectionActions | ApprovalAction | Specifies which workflow actions to execute when a record is rejected in this step of the approval process. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| approver | Approver[] | An array of assigned approvers for this step of the approval process. |
| whenMultipleApprovers | RoutingType (enumeration of type string) | Specifies how to handle approval or rejection when multiple
approvers are assigned to the step. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Filter logic for criteriaItems. Exclude this field if you enter a formula. |
| criteriaItems | FilterItem[] | Filter criteria that a record must meet to enter the approval
process or approval step. Approval processes don’t support valueField entries in filter criteria. |
| formula | string | Formula that must evaluate to true for a record to enter the approval process or approval step. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| type | StepRejectBehaviorType (enumeration of type string) | Not allowed in the first step of the approval process. Valid
values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| articleTypeChannelDisplay | articleTypeChannelDisplay | Represents the article-type templates used to display an article in the various channels. See “Article Type Templates” in the Salesforce online help. |
| deploymentStatus | DeploymentStatus (enumeration of type string) |
A string which represents the deployment status of a custom object or field. Valid values are:
|
| description | string | A description of the article type. Maximum of 1000 characters. |
| fields | CustomField[] | Represents one or more fields in the article type. |
| gender | Gender | Indicates the gender of the noun that represents the object. This is used for languages where words need different treatment depending on their gender. |
| label | string | Label that represents the object throughout the Salesforce user interface. |
| pluralLabel | string | Plural version of the label value. |
| startsWith | StartsWith (enumeration of type string) | Indicates whether the noun starts with a vowel, consonant, or is a special character. This is used for languages where words need different treatment depending on the first character. Valid values are listed in StartsWith. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| defaultValue | string | If specified, represents the default value of the field. This field was deprecated in API version 48.0. |
| deleteConstraint | Metadata Field Types (enumeration of type string) | Provides deletion options for lookup relationships. Valid values are:
For more information on lookup relationships, see "Object Relationships" in Salesforce Help. |
| description | string | Description of the field. |
| formula | string | If specified, represents a formula on the field. |
| formulaTreatBlankAs | Metadata Field Types (enumeration of type string) | Indicates how to treat blanks in a formula. Valid values are: BlankAsBlank and BlankAsZero. |
| fullName | string | Inherited from Metadata, this field is defined in the WSDL for this metadata type. It must be specified when creating, updating, or deleting. See createMetadata() to see an example of this field specified for a call. |
| inlineHelpText | string | Represents the content of field-level help. For more information, see "Define Field-Level Help" in Salesforce Help. |
| label | string | Label for the field. You cannot update the label for standard fields in Article Type such as Title, UrlName, Summary, etc. |
| length | int | Length of the field. |
| picklist | Picklist (Including Dependent Picklist) | (Deprecated. Use this field in API version 37.0 and earlier only. In later versions, use valueSet instead.) If specified, the field is a picklist, and this field enumerates the picklist values and labels. |
| referenceTo | string | If specified, indicates a reference this field has to another object. |
| relationshipLabel | string | Label for the relationship. |
| relationshipName | string | If specified, indicates the value for one-to-many relationships. For example, in the object MyObject that had a relationship to YourObject, the relationship name might be YourObjects. |
| required | boolean | Indicates whether the field requires a value on creation (true) or not (false). |
| type | FieldType | Required. Indicates the field type for the field. Valid values are:
|
| visibleLines | int | Indicates the number of lines displayed for the field. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Indicates whether the assignment rule is active (true) or not (false). |
| fullname | string | Inherited from Metadata, this field is defined in the WSDL for this
metadata type. It must be specified when creating, updating, or
deleting. See createMetadata()
to see an example of this field specified for a call. This value can't be null. |
| ruleEntry | RuleEntry[] | Represents the type and description for the assignment rule. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| assignedTo | string | The name of the user or queue the item is assigned to. |
| assignedToType | AssignToLookupValueType (enumeration of type string) | Valid values are:
|
| booleanFilter | string | Advanced filter conditions that were specified for the rule. |
| criteriaItems | FilterItem[] | The items in the list that define the assignment criteria. |
| formula | string | The validation formula.
Specify either formula or criteriaItems, but not both fields. |
| notifyCcRecipients | boolean | Specifies whether email addresses included on the Cc line of an incoming Email-to-Case or Web-to-Lead message are included on the Cc line of the auto-response to that message (true) or not (false). Available in API version 32.0 and later. |
| overrideExistingTeams | boolean | Specifies whether the case team resets when the assignment is done true) or if the current team is added to the case instead of replacing the previous team (false). |
| team | string[] | The name of the case team. It can occur 0 or more times. |
| template | string | Specifies the template to use for the email that is automatically
sent to the designated recipient. Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| audienceName | string | Required. The name of the audience. |
| container | string | Required. The name of the site or org that contains the audience. |
| criteria | AudienceCriteria | Required. Criteria in an audience. This field is available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| criterion | AudienceCriterion[] | Removed. List of criteria in an audience.
This field is available in API version 44.0–46.0. In API version 47.0 and later, use criteria instead. |
| description | string | The description of the audience. |
| formula | string | Formula used to determine the audience. This field is available in API version 45.0 and later. |
| formulaFilterType | FormulaFilterType(enumeration of type string) | Indicates the audience’s formula type. Valid values are
|
| isDefaultAudience | boolean | Indicates whether the audience is the default audience (true) or not (false). This field is available and required in API version 48.0. In API
version 49.0 and later, this field is optional. The default audience file name is of format Default_Network Name.audience. |
| targets | PersonalizationTargetInfos | Targets for the audience. This field is available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| criteriaNumber | int | The number associated with the criterion in a formula, for example (1 AND 2) OR 3. This field is available in API version 45.0 and later. |
| criterionValue | AudienceCriteriaValue | The value of the criterion. |
| operator | AudienceCriterionOperator(enumeration of type string) | The operator associated with this criterion. Valid values are:
|
| type | AudienceCriterionType(enumeration of type string) | Required. Valid values are:
|
| AudienceCriterion Type | AudienceCriteriaValue Fields |
|---|---|
| GeoLocation |
city
country subdivision |
| Domain | domain |
| Profile | profile |
| FieldBased |
entityField
entityType fieldValue |
| Permission |
isEnabled
permissionName permissionType |
| Audience | audienceDeveloperName |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| groupName | string | Required. Group name of the target. Groups bundle related target and audience
pairs. You can have up to 2,000 groups and 500 targets per group. To determine the target group name, see https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.communities_dev.meta/communities_dev/communities_dev_personalization_names.htm in the Experience Cloud Developer Guide. |
| priority | int | Priority of the target. Within a group, priority determines which target is returned when the user matches more than one audience. |
| targetType | string | Required. Type of target, indicating the nature of the data being targeted.
Supported values include:
You can have up to 2,500 ExperienceVariation targets and 25,000 record targets. For more information on the ExperienceVariation target type, see ExperienceBundle. |
| targetValue | string | Required. Value of the target, which is the developer name of the experience
variation, such as ContactSupport_ContactSupportForCalifornia_Page for a page
variation. To determine the target developer name, see https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.communities_dev.meta/communities_dev/communities_dev_personalization_names.htm in the Experience Cloud Developer Guide. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| apiVersion | double | The API version for this definition bundle. When you create an Aura bundle, you can specify the API version to save it with. Available in API version 35.0 and later. |
| auraDefinitions | AuraDefinitions | Reserved for internal use. |
| controllerContent | base64Binary | The content of a JavaScript client-side controller. |
| description | string | The specification of the Aura bundle. Available in API version 35.0 and later. |
| designContent | base64Binary | The content of a design definition. Only valid inside a component bundle. |
| documentationContent | base64Binary | The content of a documentation definition. |
| helperContent | base64Binary | The content of a JavaScript helper. |
| markup | base64Binary | The content of the markup for a definition. |
| modelContent | base64Binary | Deprecated. Do not use. |
| packageVersions | PackageVersion[] | The list of installed managed package versions that this Aura definition bundle references. Available in API version 35.0 and later. |
| rendererContent | base64Binary | The content of a JavaScript client-side renderer. |
| styleContent | base64Binary | The CSS for the definition. |
| SVGContent | base64Binary | The SVG image for the definition. |
| testsuiteContent | base64Binary | Reserved for internal use. |
| type | AuraBundleType (enumeration of type string) | The definition type. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| appleTeam | string | Required when using Apple as a third-party authentication provider. A 10-character team ID, obtained from an Apple developer account. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| authorizeUrl | string | Required when creating an OpenID Connect authentication provider.
The OAuth authorization endpoint
URL. Available in API version 29.0 and later. In API version 33.0 and later, for Salesforce-managed auth providers, leave the field blank to let Salesforce supply and manage the value. For details, see “Usage.” |
| consumerKey | string | The app’s key that is registered at the third-party
(external) authentication provider. In API version 33.0 and later, for Salesforce-managed auth providers, leave the field blank to let Salesforce supply and manage the value. For details, see “Usage.” |
| consumerSecret | string | The consumer secret of the app that is registered at the
third-party provider. After it’s set, you can’t change the value.
When using create(), this field
must be encrypted. To create an encrypted form of the consumer
secret from plaintext:
In API version 33.0 and later, for Salesforce-managed auth providers, leave the field blank to let Salesforce supply and manage the value. For details, see Usage. If a consumer secret is defined on an authentication provider, the consumer secret is always exported as a placeholder value, not as an encrypted secret. |
| controlPlane | MuleSoftControlPlane (enumeration of type string) | Required when using MuleSoft as a third-party authentication
provider. Environment where the MuleSoft Anypoint Platform control
plane is hosted. The control plane is the part of the Anypoint
Platform architecture that includes Anypoint Exchange and determines
the login URL. If you select User-Specified, you must enter the
Consumer Key and Consumer Secret. Obtain the values from the
MuleSoft connected app that you created to store the authentication
details for your Salesforce org. Available in API version 57.0 and
later. Valid values include:
|
| customMetadataTypeRecord | string | Required when creating a custom authentication provider plug-in. The API name of the custom authentication provider. Available in API version 36.0 and later. |
| defaultScopes | string | For OpenID Connect authentication providers, the scopes to send with the authorization
request, if not specified when a flow starts. Available in API version 29.0 and
later. In API version 33.0 and later, for Salesforce-managed auth providers, leave the field blank to let Salesforce supply and manage the value. See “Usage.” |
| ecKey | string | Required when using Apple as a third-party authentication provider. A private key generated by Apple. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| errorUrl | string | A custom error URL for the authentication provider to use to report errors. |
| executionUser | string |
Required to specify a registration handler. The username of the Salesforce admin or system user who runs the Apex handler or flow. The execution user provides the context in which the registration handler runs. For example, if the handler creates a contact, the creation can be easily traced back to the registration process. In production, use a system user. The user must have the Manage Users permission. Available in API version 27.0 and later. |
| flow | string | A flow for the registration handler. The flow must be of the
Identity User Registration Flow type. You can use either a flow or an Apex class for the registration handler. To use an Apex class instead, omit the flow field and specify an Apex class in the registrationHandler field. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| flowDefaultAccount | string | For authentication providers that use a flow registration
handler, the default account that new external users are assigned
to. If you include this field, Salesforce automatically uses it for
the defaultAccountId variable in the
Authentication Provider User Registration standard flow. A default account is required to use a flow registration handler to create and update external users. You can specify a default account here or in the flow itself. If you use both, the default account that's configured in the flow takes precedent. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| flowDefaultProfile | string | For authentication providers that use a flow registration
handler, the default profile that new users are assigned to. If you
include this field, Salesforce automatically uses it for the
defaultProfileId variable in the
Authentication Provider User Registration standard flow. A default profile is required to use a flow registration handler. You can specify a default profile here or in the flow itself. If you use both, the default profile that's configured in the flow takes precedent. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| friendlyName | string | Required. A user-friendly name for the authentication provider. |
| iconUrl | string | The path to an icon to use as a button on the login page. Users click the button to log in with the associated authentication provider, such as Twitter or Facebook. Available in API version 32.0 and later. |
| idTokenIssuer | string | The source of the authentication token in https: URI format. This field is available when configuring an OpenID Connect or Microsoft authentication provider. If provided, Salesforce validates the returned id_token value. OpenID Connect requires returning an id_token value with the access_token value. Available in API version 30.0 and later. |
| includeOrgIdInIdentifier | boolean | Used to differentiate between users with the same user ID from two sources (such as two sandboxes). If enabled (true), Salesforce stores the org ID of the third-party identity in addition to the user ID. After you enable this setting, you can’t disable it. Applies only to a Salesforce-managed auth provider. Available in API version 32.0 and later. |
| isPkceEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether the OAuth 2.0 Proof Key for Code Exchange
(PKCE) security extension is enabled (true) or not (false). You can enable PKCE for these
providerType values.
This field is available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| linkKickoffUrl | string | The URL for linking existing Salesforce users to a third-party account. This field is read-only. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| logoutUrl | string | The destination for users after they log out if they authenticated using single sign-on. The URL must be fully qualified with an http or https prefix, such as https://acme.my.salesforce.com. Available in API version 33.0 and later. |
| oauthKickoffUrl | string | The URL for obtaining OAuth access tokens for a third party. This field is read-only. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| paramForwardAllowlist | AuthProvParamFwdAllowlist[] | An allowlisted URL parameter that can be forwarded from the authentication provider's client configuration URLs to the authorization URL. Available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| plugin | string | An existing Apex class that extends the Auth.AuthProviderPluginClass abstract class. Available in API version 36.0 and later. |
| portal | string | This field is used only with portals, which are deprecated. Salesforce doesn’t support creating portals, but existing portals are supported. |
| providerType | AuthProviderType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The third-party authentication provider to use. Valid
values include:
|
| registrationHandler | string | An existing Apex class that implements the Auth.RegistrationHandler
interface. You can use either an Apex class or a flow for the registration handler. To use a flow instead, omit the registrationHandler field and specify a flow in the flow field. |
| requireMfa | boolean | Requires multi-factor authentication (MFA) for single sign-on with this auth provider based on the MFA status of each user. For this setting to trigger MFA, you must apply MFA directly to users via one of two methods. 1) Enable the org setting Require multi-factor authentication (MFA) for all direct UI logins to your Salesforce org. 2) Assign the user permission multi-factor authentication for User Interface Logins. |
| sendAccessTokenInHeader | boolean | If enabled (true), the access token is sent to the UserInfoUrl in a header instead of a query string. Available in API version 30.0 and later. |
| sendClientCredentialsInHeader | boolean | Required when creating an OpenID Connect authentication provider. If enabled (true), the client credentials are sent in a header to the tokenUrl instead of a query string. The credentials are in the standard OpenID Connect Basic Credentials header format, which is Basic <token>, where <token> is the base64-encoded string "clientkey:clientsecret". Available in API version 30.0 and later. |
| sendSecretInApis | boolean |
Determines whether the encrypted consumer secret appears in API
responses. If enabled (default), the secret appears in the
response. If disabled (false), responses don’t include the consumer
secret. For security, you can disable the setting. However, keep
in mind that:
The consumer secret is always included in the response as a placeholder value, regardless of the value provided for sendSecretInApis. |
| ssoKickoffUrl | string | The URL for performing single sign-on into Salesforce from a third party by using its third-party credentials. This field is read-only. Available in API version 43 and later. |
| tokenUrl | string | The OAuth token endpoint URL of an OpenID Connect authentication provider. Available
in API version 29.0 and later. In API version 33.0 and later, for Salesforce-managed auth providers, leave the field blank to let Salesforce supply and manage the value. For details, see “Usage.” |
| userInfoUrl | string | The OpenID Connect endpoint URL of the OpenID Connect authentication provider.
Available in API version 29.0 and later. In API version 33.0 and later, for Salesforce-managed auth providers, leave the field blank to let Salesforce supply and manage the value. For details, see “Usage.” |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableAddContactAutomatically | boolean | Indicates whether new contacts are automatically added from external email accounts
(such as Microsoft and Google) to Salesforce (true) or not (false). The default value is
false.
enableAddContactWithSuggestion must be true to use this setting. |
| enableAddContactRoleAutomatically | boolean | Indicates whether opportunity contact roles from external accounts are automatically added to Salesforce (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| enableAddContactRoleWithSuggestion | boolean | Indicates whether opportunity contact roles from external accounts are suggested as new Salesforce opportunity contact roles (true) or not (false). The default value is true. |
| enableAddContactWithSuggestion | boolean | Indicates whether new contacts from external accounts (such as Microsoft and Google)
are suggested as new Salesforce contacts (true) or not (false). The default value is
true.
enableAddContactRoleWithSuggestion must be true to use this setting. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Indicates whether the autoresponse rule is active (true) or not (false). |
| fullname | string | Inherited from Metadata, this field is defined in the WSDL for this
metadata type. It must be specified when creating, updating, or
deleting. See createMetadata()
to see an example of this field specified for a call. This value can't be null. |
| ruleEntry | RuleEntry[] | Represents the type and description for the auto-response rule. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Advanced filter conditions that were specified for the rule. |
| criteriaItems | FilterItem[] | The items in the list that define the assignment criteria. |
| formula | string | The validation formula. Specify either formula or criteriaItems, but not both fields. |
| replyToEmail | string | The email address that appears in the reply-to header. |
| senderEmail | string | The email address of the person or queue sending the email notification. |
| senderName | string | The name of the person or queue sending the email notification. |
| template | string | Specifies the template to use for the email that is automatically
sent to the designated recipient. Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| activities | BatchCalcJobActivity[] | Collection of reusable activities, such as a data stream run or an activation
trigger, that can be referenced across steps in a data processing engine
definition. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| aggregates | BatchCalcJobAggregate[] | Collection of aggregate nodes in a data processing engine. |
| apiVersion | string | API version in which the data processing engine definition is created. For
example, 68.0. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| appends | BatchCalcJobUnion[] | Collection of append nodes in a data processing engine. |
| atomicWritebacks | BatchCalcJobAtomicWriteBack[] | Collection of composite writeback nodes in a data processing engine definition. Available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| customNodes | BatchCalcJobCustomNode[] | Collection of custom nodes in a data processing engine. Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| currencyConversion | string | Specifies the currency conversion type for the data processing engine
definition. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| dataSpaceApiName | string | Stores the Data Space API Name from Data 360. Available in API version 60.0 and later. |
| datasources | BatchCalcJobDatasource[] | Collection of data source nodes in a data processing engine. |
| definitionRunMode | BatchCalcJobDefRunMode(enumeration of type string) | Specifies the execution mode in a data processing engine. Valid values are:
|
| definitionType | BatchCalcJobDefType (enumeration of type string) | Type of data processing engine definition. Valid values are:
Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| description | string | Description of a data processing engine definition. |
| doesGenAllFailedRecords | boolean | Indicates whether the error file includes a complete list of all failed
writeback records (true) or not (false). The default value is false, and only the first instance of a failure is
recorded in the error file. If set to true, all
failed records are recorded in the error file for the writeback node. Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| executionPlatformObjectType | ExecutionPlatformObjectType(enumeration of type string) | The execution platform object type that's used during the read, transform, and
writeback process for the Data Processing Engine definition. Possible values are:
Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| executionPlatformType | ExecutionPlatformType(enumeration of type string) | The platform that's used to run the Data Processing Engine definition. Valid
values are:
Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| filters | BatchCalcJobFilter[] | Collection of filter nodes in a data processing engine. definition. |
| forecasts | BatchCalcJobForecast[] | Collection of forecast nodes in a data processing engine.
definition. Available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| hierarchyPaths | BatchCalcJobHierarchyPath[] | Collection of hierarchy path nodes in a data processing engine definition. |
| isTemplate | boolean | Indicates whether it’s a template data processing engine definition. |
| joins | BatchCalcJobSourceJoin[] | Collection of join nodes in a data processing engine. |
| label | string | The label of a data processing engine definition. |
| parameters | BatchCalcJobParameter[] | Collection of input variables in a data processing engine. |
| processType | BatchCalcProcessType (enumeration of type string) | The process type of a data processing engine. These process types may be
available to you depending on your industry solution and permission sets. Valid
values are:
|
| status | BatchJobDefinitionStatus (enumeration of type string) | Status of a data processing engine definition. Valid values are:
|
| steps | BatchCalcJobStep[] | Collection of steps that group related activities in a data processing engine
definition. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| targetCurrencyIsoCode | string | ISO code of the target currency for currency conversion in the data processing
engine definition. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| transforms | BatchCalcJobTransform[] | Collection of data transformation nodes in a data processing engine. |
| writebacks | BatchCalcJobWritebackObject[] | Collection of writeback objects in which the results of the data processing engine are written back. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| activityName | string | Required. Unique name that identifies the activity in a step. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| activityType | BatchCalcJobActivityType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Type of activity performed in a step. Valid values are:
Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| label | string | User-defined name for the activity. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| name | string | Required. Unique API name of the activity. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| label | string | User-defined name for the step. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| name | string | Unique API name that identifies the step. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| processNodes | BatchCalcJobStepProcNode[] | Collection of process nodes that associate activities with the
step. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| sources | string[] | Collection of source node names associated with the step. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| processNodeReferenceRecord | string | Required. Action that represents the activity in the step. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| sequenceNumber | integer | Execution order of the activity in the step. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| aggregateFunction | BatchCalcJobAggregateFunction (enumeration of type string) | Required. Function used for aggregation. Valid values are:
|
| alias | string | Required. Name that subsequent nodes within the data processing engine use to refer to the aggregate field. |
| sourceFieldName | string | Required. Source node field on which the aggregate is calculated. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| CSVDelimiter | BatchCalcJobCSVDelimiter (enumeration of type string) | Specifies the field separator to read fields from a CSV file record.
Possible values are:
The default value is COMMA. The same delimiter value used for the CSV file can’t be used within any of the column values in the file. If you mistakenly use the same delimiter value in column values, it can cause data parsing issues. |
| description | string | Description of a data source node. |
| fields | BatchCalcJobDatasourceField[] | Required. Collection of data source fields. |
| fileIdentifier | string | Specifies the source of the file or file storage system. |
| filePath | string | The file path for the specified file. |
| fileSource | BatchCalcJobFileSource (enumeration of type string) | Specifies the source of the file or file storage system. Possible value is:
|
| label | string | Required. Label of a data source node. |
| name | string | Required. Name of a data source node. |
| parentDataSource | string | Name of the parent data source node. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| sourceName | string | Required. Name of a standard or custom object from which the data source node extracts data. |
| subtype | BatchCalcJobSubtype (enumeration of type string) | Specifies the subtype of the data source. Use this field to identify data
source nodes that reference context nodes or similar structures. Valid value is:
Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| type | BatchCalcJobDataSourceType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Type of object for the source object field. Supported values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| alias | string | Name that subsequent nodes within the data processing engine use to refer to the data source field. Required when the field name is lookup. |
| dataType | BatchCalcJobDataType (enumeration of type string) | Specifies the data type of the input field when using a CSV file as a data
source. Possible values are:
|
| isPrimaryKey | boolean | Indicates whether a column name is the primary key (true) or not (false) for the Data Cloud CSV file. |
| name | string | Required. Name of the field. Can be either of the following:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| criteria | BatchCalcJobFilterCriteria[] | Collection of filter criteria in a filter node. The field is required when isDynamicFilter is set to False. |
| description | string | Description of the batch calculation job filter. |
| filterCondition | string | Logic that is specified to apply the filter conditions. The field is required when isDynamicFilter is set to False. |
| filterParameterName | string | Name of the parameter of type filter. |
| isDynamicFilter | boolean | Indicates whether the filter criteria is dynamic. If value is set to True, filter criteria is passed in runtime with filterParameterName. |
| label | string | Required. Label of the filter node. |
| name | string | Required. Name of the filter node. |
| sourceName | string | Required. Name of the source node. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| accuracyPercent | BatchCalcJobFrcstAccuracy (enumeration of type string) |
The interval percentage to account for errors in forecasts. Possible values are:
The default value is None. |
| aggregationFields | BtchCalcJobFrcstAggrFld[] | The list of fields to forecast. |
| dateFieldName | string | Required. The date field from the source node used to forecast values for the specified forecast length. |
| description | string | The description of the forecast node. |
| forecastModelType | BatchCalcJobFrcstModel (enumeration of type string) | The model used to forecast data. Possible values are:
The default value is Auto. |
| forecastPeriodCount | int | The number of time periods to generate forecast data. For example, if you
select Year-Month as the forecast period type, and 4 as the forecast period count,
the forecast results are generated for the next 4 months. The minimum and the default count is 1, and the maximum is 100. |
| forecastPeriodType | BatchCalcJobFrcstPeriodType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The type of forecast period to group date field values in the forecast results. Possible values are:
|
| groupFields | BatchCalcJobFrcstGrpFld[] | The source fields for grouping the data to be processed by the forecast node. |
| label | string | Required. The name of the forecast node in the UI. |
| name | string | Required. A unique name for the forecast node. |
| periodStartDateName | string | Required. The start date of the forecast period. |
| seasonality | BatchCalcJobFrcstSeasonality (enumeration of type string) |
Represents the periodic fluctuations that occur around the same time every year. Possible values are:
The default value is None. |
| shouldExcludeLastPeriod | boolean | Indicates whether to ignore the last period in the source node when it has
incomplete data (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| sourceName | string | Required. The name of the source node. A source can be any node other than the datasink and register node. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| aggregateFunction | BatchCalcJobAggregateFunction (enumeration of type string) | Required. The function of the aggregate field. Possible values are:
|
| aggregationResultLabel | string | Required. The name of the aggregation result generated from the aggregation function that’s applied to the source node field. |
| fieldName | string | Required. The name of the source field. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| fieldName | string | Required. The name of the source field to group the data to be processed by the forecast node. |
| groupBy | string | A comma-separated list of values to group data by. Required when the source field type is Date or DateTime. Possible values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| aggregateFields | BatchCalcJobHierarchyPathAggregateField[] | Collection of aggregate fields for the hierarchy path node. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| description | string | Description of the hierarchy path node. |
| hierarchyFieldName | string | Required. Field name that contains the hierarchy path. |
| isAggregationRequired | boolean | Indicates whether aggregation is required for the hierarchy path node (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| isSelfFieldValueIncluded | boolean | Indicates whether the self value is included in the calculated hierarchy path (True) or not (False). |
| label | string | Required. Label of the hierarchy path node. |
| name | string | Required. Name of the hierarchy path node. |
| parentFieldName | string | Required. Parent field name to calculate hierarchy path. |
| rollupMultiplicationFactor | double | Multiplication factor used for the rollup calculation in the hierarchy path
node. Available in API version 264.0 and later. |
| rollupPercentageFieldName | string | Field name used for rollup percentage calculation in the hierarchy
path. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| selfFieldName | string | Required. Self field name to calculate hierarchy path. |
| sourceName | string | Required. Name of the source node. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| aggregateFunction | BatchCalcJobHierPathAggrFunc (enumeration of type string) | Required. Function used to aggregate values across the hierarchy path. Valid values are:
Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| shouldExcludeParentValue | boolean | Indicates whether to exclude the parent record's value from the hierarchical
aggregation (true) or include it (false). The default value is false. This field is supported only when
definitionRunMode is OnDemand. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| inputVariable | string | Name of the input variable used as a filter. |
| operator | BatchCalcJobFilterOperator (enumeration of type string) | Required. Operator that is specified in the filter condition. Valid values are:
|
| sequence | integer | Required. Sequence number used to refer the criteria in a filter node. |
| sourceFieldName | string | Required. Name of the field from the source node to apply the filter. |
| value | string | Value used to filter data from the source node. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| dataType | BatchCalcJobParameterDataType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Data type of the parameter. Valid values are:
|
| defaultValue | string | Default value of the parameter. |
| description | string | Description of the batch calculation job parameter. |
| isMultiValue | boolean | Indicates whether the parameter has different values (True) or not (False). This field is supported only for the Text data type. |
| label | string | Required. Label of the batch calculation job parameter. |
| name | string | Required. Name of the batch calculation job parameter. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| description | string | Description of the join node. |
| fields | BatchCalcJobJoinResultField[] | Collection of fields in a join node. |
| hasLookUpMultipleValues | boolean | Indicates whether the lookup join returns multiple values (true) or not (false). Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| joinKeys | BatchCalcJobJoinKey[] | Collection of mapping of fields from the primary source node and the second source node in a join node. |
| label | string | Required. Label of the join node. |
| name | string | Required. Name of the join node. |
| primarySourceName | string | Required. Name associated with the node as the primary source node. |
| secondarySourceName | string | Required. Name associated with the node as the secondary source node. |
| type | BatchCalcJobSourceJoinType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Type of join specified between the primary source node and secondary
source node. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| description | string | The description of the batch calculation job transform. |
| droppedFields | BatchCalcJobTransformDroppedField[] | The collection of dropped fields in a data transformation. Available when the transformation type is Slice. |
| expressionFields | BatchCalcJobTransformAddedField[] | The collection of formula fields in a data transformation. Available when the transformation type is Expression. |
| label | string | Required. The label of the batch calculation job transform. |
| name | string | Required. The name of the batch calculation job transform. |
| orderBy | BatchCalcJobOrderByField[] | A collection of fields that’s used to sort the records within each partition group. |
| partitionBy | string[] | A group of fields that’s used to partition the source data into partition groups. |
| sourceName | string | Required. Name of the source node. |
| transformType | BatchCalcJobTransformType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The type of transformation. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| alias | string | Required. Name that subsequent nodes within the data processing engine use to the transform node. |
| dataType | BatchCalcJobDataType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Data type of the formula. Valid values are:
|
| decimalPlaces | integer | Number of digits to the right of a decimal point in the value. Required for the Numeric data type. |
| displayOrder | integer | The order in which this expression is evaluated in its parent formula node.
Values start at 1 and must be continuous. This field can be null for legacy
formulas. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| expression | string | Required. Formula defined by the user. |
| length | integer | Total length of the value including the decimal places. Required for data types: Text and Numeric. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| name | string | Required. Name of the field that is used to sort data. |
| orderType | BatchCalcJobOrderType(enumeration of type string) | Order in which the data is sorted. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| canWrtbckToNonEditableFields | boolean | Indicates whether the non-editable fields are included in field mapping when
the action type is upsert. The default value is false. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| description | string | Descriptions of the batch calculation job writeback object. |
| externalIdFieldName | string | Unique external field ID for the target object name. Available in API version 60.0 and later. |
| fields | BatchCalcJobWritebackMapping[] | Collection of the writeback fields. |
| filterCondition | string | The condition that filters the records from a writeback dataset for a user.
Examples of a filter condition include a user ID, stage name, and a security policy
that returns only the records that a user owns. Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| folderName | string | The folder where the writeback dataset is saved. Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| groupBy | string | Reserved for future use. |
| isChangedRow | boolean | Indicates whether a row in the write back object is changed. Set to True to write back the changed rows. |
| isExistingDataset | boolean | Indicates whether a CRM Application (CRMA) dataset or a Data 360 Data Lake object is present (true) or will be created (false). Available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| jsonStructureType | string | JSON structure type for the writeback object. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| label | string | Required. Name of the write back object. |
| name | string | Required. Name of the batch calculation job write back object. |
| operationType | BatchCalcJobWritebackOpn (enumeration of type string) | Type of operation specified. Valid values are:
|
| sharingInheritanceObjectName | string | The name of the source object from which the row-level sharing inheritance settings are applied. Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| shouldCreateTargetObject | boolean | Indicates whether target Data Lake Object or Salesforce Object is created in Salesforce (true) or not (false). Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| shouldMngRowLockForGroupedRec | boolean | Reserved for future use. |
| sourceName | string | Required. Name of the source node associated with the write back object. |
| storageType | BatchCalcJobWritebackType (enumeration of type string) | Specifies where you want to use the data stored in the source node. Available
in API version 57.0 and later. Valid values are:
The default value is sObject. |
| targetObjectName | string | Required. Object that is inserted or upserted by the data processing engine. |
| targetObjectCategory | string | Category of the target object for the writeback operation. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| writebackSequence | integer | Sequence in which the target object is updated by the data processing engine. |
| writebackUser | string | ID of the user whose permissions decide which objects and fields of the target object can be updated. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| fieldType | string | Target field type on the writeback object. Valid values are:
Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| isAutogenerated | boolean | Indicates whether the target field value on the writeback object is
autogenerated (true) or not (false). Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| parentName | string | Name of the lookup object. Required only when the relationshipName field is defined. |
| relationshipName | string | Name of the lookup relationship. |
| runtimeParameter | boolean | Indicates whether the source field from runtime parameter is true or false.
The default value is false. Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| sourceFieldName | string | Required. Name of the field in the source node that is written back. |
| targetFieldName | string | Name of the sObject field to which the results are written back. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| batchSize | integer | Required. Number of records that each Batch Management job can process. Flow type Batch Management jobs can process up to 2000 records and Loyalty Program Process type Batch Management jobs can process up to 250 records. |
| dataSource | BatchDataSource[] | Required. Source of information whose records must be processed by the Batch Management job. |
| description | string | Description of the Batch Management job, up to 255 characters. |
| executionProcessApiName | string | API name of process that must be executed by the Batch Management job. This
field is available in API version 55.0 and later.
You can use database-based APEX classes that let you use flex queues in the Batch Management job, allowing to place more than 5 jobs in a queue. This functionality is applicable to all Industry Clouds that use managed packages. See Apex Flex Queue. |
| flowApiName | string | API name of an active flow process that must be executed by the Batch
Management job. You can either specify the flow API name in the executionProcessApiName field or in the flowApiName field. |
| flowInputVariable | string | Input variable of associated flow that is used by the batch job to uniquely identify records. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. Name of the Batch Management job, up to 80 characters. |
| processGroup | string | Required. Name of the group for which the Batch Management job processes records. |
| retryCount | integer | Required. Number of times this Batch Management job must be rerun in case it fails. The maximum retry count is 3. Valid values are 1–3. |
| retryInterval | integer | Required. Number of milliseconds after which the Batch Management job must be rerun in case it fails. Valid values are 1,000–10,000. |
| status | string | Indicates the status of the Batch Management job. Valid values are Active and Inactive. |
| type | string (enumeration of type string) | The type of process that the Batch Management job must execute. This field is
available in API version 55.0 and later. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| condition | string | Required. Criteria defined to filter the records. |
| criteria | string | Type of filter criteria that’s used to filter records for processing. |
| dataSourceType | string | Type of data source that's used to create the batch job definition. Valid
values are:
Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| filters | BatchDataSrcFilterCriteria[] | Filter criterion that decides which records must be processed by the Batch Management job. |
| orderFields | BatchDataSourceOrderField | Fields that are used to order the records before the records are added to a batch in a job. |
| sourceObject | string | Required. API name of an object whose records must be processed by the batch
job. If the batch job type is Loyalty Program Process, the source object must be:
|
| sourceObjectField | string | API name of the source object field that uniquely identifies records for which
the batch job is executed. This field is available in API version 57.0 and
later. This field is only applicable when the batch job’s type is Loyalty Program Process and a TierProcess type active loyalty program process is specified in the executionProcessApiName field. Specify the API name of a field that is a lookup to the LoyaltyProgramMember object and uniquely identifies the members whose tier must be assessed. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| blockedByApiWhitelisting | boolean | Set to true to apply the Permitted Users policy, Admin approved users are pre-authorized to all connected apps in the org. This policy limits access to only users with the associated profile or permission set assigned to the app. Set to false to allow access to the connected app. False is the default value. |
| consumerKey | string | Required. A value used by the consumer for identification of the connected app
to Salesforce. Referred to as client_id in
OAuth 2.0. After you define and save the value, it can’t be edited. The value must be alphanumeric, can’t contain special characters or spaces, and must be between 8–256 characters. Consumer keys must be globally unique. |
| consumerName | string | Required. The name of the connected app being blocked. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The primary label for the connected app record. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| agentDSLEnabled | boolean | Reserved for internal use. |
| agentTemplate | string | If this Bot represents an agent, this field represents the name of the agent template used to create it. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| agentType | GenAiAgentType (enumeration of type string) | Specifies the agent type for this agent. For example, AgentforceServiceAgent. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| botMlDomain | LocalMlDomain | Represents the Einstein intent set that groups intents, entities, and variables associated with a bot. All Einstein Bot versions under the same bot now share an intent set. Available in API version 44.0 and later. |
| botUser | string | Specifies the username of the user account, not the first and last name or the user ID. Available in API version 46.0 and later. |
| botVersions | BotVersion | Represents the configuration details for a specific Einstein Bots version, including dialogs, intents, entities, and variables. |
| contextVariables | ConversationContextVariable | Represents the context variables that enable your bot to gather customer information regardless of channel. Available in API 45.0 and later. |
| conversationChannelProviders | ConversationDefinitionChannelProvider [] | Represents a list of the conversation channels linked to the bot. Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| defaultOutboundFlow | string | Specifies a fallback escalation behavior if the primary agent escalation behavior is not available. For example, Agentforce Service Agents can route conversations to human service reps. Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| description | string | A description of the bot. |
| label | string | Label that identifies the bot throughout the Salesforce user interface. |
| logPrivateConversationData | boolean | Specifies whether to log customer inputs as part of conversation data (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| pageContextVariables | PageContextVariable[] | Provides page-level context variables for the bot. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| sessionTimeout | int | Represents the maximum amount of minutes that a bot session can be idle. Available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| type | BotType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The default value is Bot. This field represents the configuration type of
the bot. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| contextVariableMappings | ConversationContextVariableMapping | Represents the mapping between a context variable, channel type, and sObject field. |
| dataType | ConversationDataType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Represents the data type of the context variable. Valid
values are:
|
| description | string | A description of this variable. This value may be used by the Agentforce planner service. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| developerName | string | Required. Represents the name of the context variable. Can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters and must be unique in your org. It must begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. |
| includeInPrompt | boolean | Indicates whether the variable is injected into the prompt sent to the Agentforce model. If true, the variable appears in the Included Fields section of the UI. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| label | string | Required. A label that identifies the context variable throughout the Salesforce user interface. |
| SObjectType | string | Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| fieldName | string | Required. The API name of an SObject field to be used as part of the mapping. |
| messageType | MessageType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Represents the message channel. Valid values are:
|
| SObjectType | string | Required. SObject type for the field property defined as part of
the mapping. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| SObjectType | string | Specifies the sObject type associated with this page context variable. |
| dataType | ConversationDataType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Represents the data type of the page context variable. Valid
values are:
|
| description | string | A description of the page context variable. |
| developerName | string | Required. Represents the unique API name of the page context variable. Can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters and must be unique in your org. It must begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. |
| label | string | Required. A label that identifies the page context variable throughout the Salesforce user interface. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| briefcaseRules | BriefcaseRule[] | A list of rules that specify which records are included in the briefcase. |
| description | string | Description of the briefcase. |
| isActive | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the briefcase is active by default (true) or inactive (false). Activate a briefcase to make the selected records available to assignees. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. Label for the briefcase name that appears in the Salesforce user interface. |
| type | BriefcaseType (enumeration of type string) | Applies if multiple briefcase types are available in your org. Valid values
include:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| briefcaseRuleFilters | BriefcaseRuleFilter[] | A list of filters on a rule. |
| filterLogic | string | The filter logic for record selection, for example, 1 AND 2 where 1 and 2 correspond to filter 1 and filter 2. Filter logic operators include AND and OR. |
| isAscendingOrder | boolean | Indicates whether the records should be sorted in ascending order (true) or descending order (false). |
| isRelatedFilesRule | boolean | Indicates whether the briefcase rule is part of a hierarchical set of rules
that configure the offline priming of file attachments. Available only for the
Offline App (Salesforce Mobile App Plus). To configure the offline priming of file attachments, create a set of four hierarchical briefcase rules:
See the Declarative Metadata Sample Definition section for an example briefcase definition that configures the offline priming of file attachments. The ContentDocumentLink, ContentDocument, and ContentVersion rules must all have isRelatedFilesRule set to true. To delete a briefcase configuration for file attachments, you must delete the ContentDocumentLink rule and all of its nested rules. You can’t delete a single rule within the hierarchy of ContentDocumentLink, ContentDocument, and ContentVersion rules. When isRelatedFilesRule is set to true, you must use the recordLimit field to limit the number of file attachments returned by a briefcase rule. Apply the same recordLimit value across the ContentDocumentLink, ContentDocument, and ContentVersion rules. You can optionally filter file attachments by file size and file type through Briefcase Builder in Setup. After you set a value for isRelatedFilesRule, you can no longer modify the field. The value that you set persists for the life of the rule.Removed in API version 63.0 and later. |
| orderBy | string | The field to order the records by, which determines how the records can be sorted. For example, Account Name or Created By. |
| queryScope | FilterScope (enumeration of type string) | A group of records to restrict the scope of this rule. Valid values include:
The AssignedToMe scope is supported for the ServiceAppointment object only. |
| recordLimit | int | The maximum number of records for an object on the briefcase rule. The maximum is 50,000 records that meet the criteria. However, the records returned by one briefcase rule must fit within the maximum limit of 50,000 records across active briefcases. If there are more records that match the criteria than the record limit allows, the orderBy field determines which records are returned. |
| relatedRules | BriefcaseRule[] | A list of rules that are related to the current rule. |
| relationshipField | string | Required for relatedRules. Defines the Salesforce object field that relates the relatedRules field to another relatedRules field or the briefcaseRules field on the BriefcaseDefinition metadata type that it's nested in. For example, an Account object rule can be related to a Contact object rule using the Account ID object field. In this example, the value for the related rule's relationshipField is AccountID. |
| relationshipType | BriefcaseRuleRelationshipType (enumeration of type string) | Required for relatedRules. Defines the relationship
between the relatedRules field and another
relatedRules field or the briefcaseRules
field on the BriefcaseDefinition metadata type that it's nested in. Valid values include:
|
| targetEntity | string | Required. The API name of the standard object, custom object, or custom
metadata type that the briefcase rule selects records from. If the targetEntity is a custom metadata type, the briefcase rule can’t include any other fields. You can add only one briefcase rule for the same custom metadata type in a briefcase. Custom metadata types are supported as the targetEntity for top-level rules only–you can’t create a related rule with targetEntity as a custom metadata type. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| filterOperator | BriefcaseFilterOperator (enumeration of type string) | Required. The comparison operator for this rule filter. Capitalization matters
with date filter operators. Be sure to specify date literals in uppercase. Some
valid date literals include TODAY, YESTERDAY and TOMORROW. Valid values include:
|
| filterSeqNumber | int | Required. The filter number. When you apply multiple filters, the filters are numbered sequentially, 1, 2, 3, and so on. |
| filterValue | string | The value that the field and criteria evaluate. For example, true or false
for a boolean field whose criteria or filter operator is Equals. Be sure to specify date literals in uppercase. Some valid date literals include TODAY, YESTERDAY and TOMORROW. For targetEntityField values that accept a user ID, such as OwnerId or CreatedById, enter $User.Id to pass the ID of the user making the request. To evaluate targetEntityField by whether the field is empty or not empty, leave filterValue blank and set filterOperator to e (equals) or n (not equals). |
| targetEntityField | string | Required. The API name of the field to filter by. This field is from the targetEntity on BriefcaseRule. Compound fields aren't supported. Fields encrypted with deterministic encryption can be used in filters with equals and not equals operators. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| businessProcessDefinitions | BusinessProcessDefinition[] | A list that defines stages in a customer lifecycle map. |
| customerSatisfactionMetric | SurveyQuestionType(enumeration of type string) | Required. Types of questions that can be associated with stages in a customer
lifecycle map. Valid values are:
|
| description | string | A description of the customer lifecycle map. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The name of the customer lifecycle map. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| businessProcessFeedbacks | BusinessProcessFeedback[] | A list of stages in a customer lifecycle map. |
| description | string | A description of a stage in the customer lifecycle map. |
| developerName | string | Required. The API name of a stage in the customer lifecycle map.
Only users with View DeveloperName OR View Setup and Configuration permission can view, group, sort, and filter this field. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The name of a stage in the customer lifecycle map. |
| sequenceNumber | int | Required. The position of a stage in the customer lifecycle map. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actionName | string | Required. The name of the survey used to collect feedback |
| actionParam | string | Required. The name of the survey question used to collect feedback. |
| actionType | ExpFeedbackCollType(enumeration of type string) | Required. The mode of feedback collection. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| isActive | boolean | Indicates whether the media provider can upload voice recordings (true) or not (false). Default value is false. |
| providerDescription | string | Description of the media provider. |
| providerName | string | Name of the media provider. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| isActive | boolean | Indicates whether the model is active. Active models can generate campaign influence records. Deactivating a model deletes its campaign influence records. Custom models are always active and this field is ignored. This field is available beginning with API version 40.0. |
| isDefaultModel | boolean | Required. Indicates if the model is the default model or not.
Only campaign influence records associated with the default model
appear on campaigns and opportunities. You can only have one default
model at a time. A model must be active to become the default
model. Activating or deactivating custom models does not automatically generate or delete campaign influence records. |
| isModelLocked | boolean | Required. Indicates if the model is locked or not. Campaign Influence records for locked models can be manipulated only via the API. |
| modelDescription | string | A description of the influence model. |
| name | string | Required. A unique name for the model. |
| recordPreference | picklist | The value of this field determines when to create campaign
influence records.
This field is available In API version 41.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| aiAttributionTimeframe | int | Indicates the number of months between the opportunity creation
date and an engagement activity, during which Einstein scans for
influential campaigns. The value must be a multiple of three, up to
24. Available in API version 49.0 and later. This field supports Einstein Attribution. |
| enableAIAttribution | boolean | Indicates whether the Einstein Attribution feature is enabled (true) or not (false). The default value is false. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| enableAccountsAsCM | boolean | Indicates whether accounts can be used as campaign members (true) or not (false). The default value is false. Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| enableAutoCampInfluenceDisabled | boolean | Indicates whether Salesforce creates Campaign Influence
information (true) or not
(false).
enableCampaignInfluence2 must be false to use this setting. The default value is false. |
| enableB2bmaCampaignInfluence2 | boolean | Indicates whether your org can access campaign influence models
from other systems, such as Pardot (true) or not (false). enableCampaignInfluence2
must be true to use this
setting. The default value is false. |
| enableCampaignHistoryTrackEnabled | boolean | This read-only field is reserved for system use. |
| enableCampaignInfluence2 | boolean | Indicates whether Customizable Campaign Influence is enabled
(true) or not (false). When true, Campaign Influence 1.0 is
hidden from users and is no longer active. The default value is true. |
| enableCampaignMemberTWCF | boolean | This read-only field is reserved for system use. |
| enableEKAI | boolean | Indicates whether Einstein Key Accounts Identification is enabled (true) or not (false). The default value is false. Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| enableOpportunityInfluence | Indicates whether Opportunity Influence campaign attribution is enabled (true) or not (false). When enabled, Opportunity Influence connects opportunity revenue to specific campaigns. The default value is false. Available with Marketing Cloud Growth and Advanced editions in API version 63.0 and higher. | |
| enableSuppressNoValueCI2 | boolean | This read-only field is reserved for system use. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| caseAssignNotificationTemplate | string | Specifies the email template used for case assignment
notifications. The format must be
folderName/emailTemplateName.
Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| caseAutoProcUser | boolean | Indicates whether to create an automated response record after a customer’s initial email (true) or not (false). |
| caseCloseNotificationTemplate | string | Specifies the email template used for case close notifications.
The format must be
folderName/emailTemplateName. Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| caseCommentNotificationTemplate | string | Specifies the email template used for case comment notifications.
The format must be
folderName/emailTemplateName. Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| caseCreateNotificationTemplate | string | Specifies the email template used for case create notifications.
The format must be
folderName/emailTemplateName. Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| caseFeedItemSettings | FeedItemSettings[] | Specifies the settings for feed items in feed-based case page layouts. This field is available in API version 32.0 and later. |
| caseFeedReadUnreadLtng | boolean | Indicates whether unread feed items are shown in bold in Lightning Experience (true) or not (false). |
| caseMergeInLightning | boolean | Indicates whether Case Merge is enabled in Lightning Experience (true) or not (false). |
| closeCaseThroughStatusChange | boolean | Indicates whether Closed is included in the Case Status field on case edit pages (true) or not (false). |
| defaultCaseFeedLayoutOn | boolean | Indicates whether the default Case Feed layout is used in the org (true) or not (false). |
| defaultCaseOwner | string | Specifies the default owner of a case when assignment rules fail to locate an owner. |
| defaultCaseOwnerType | string | Specifies whether the default case owner is a user or a queue. |
| defaultCaseUser | string | Specifies the user listed in the Case History related list for
automated case changes from:
Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| emailActionDefaultsHandlerClass | string | Use this Apex class name to provide default values for the email action. |
| emailToCase | EmailToCaseSettings | The organization's Email-to-Case settings. |
| enableCaseFeed | boolean | Indicates whether Case Feed is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| enableCollapseEmailThread | boolean | Indicates whether earlier messages in an email thread are removed from email feed items (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableDraftEmails | boolean | Indicates whether draft emails are enabled (true) or not (false). Enabling email drafts requires that Case Feed and Email-to-Case are also enabled. |
| enableEarlyEscalationRuleTriggers | boolean | Indicates whether early triggers on escalation rules are enabled (true) or not (false). |
| enableEmailActionDefaultsHandler | boolean | Indicates whether the Email Action Default Handler setting is enabled (true) or not (false). Use this setting to select an Apex class to load a default template or to specify the default target fields for the email action. |
| enableEmailContactOnCasePost | boolean | If true, the case contact is notified by email when someone makes an externally visible post on a case in an Experience Builder site. |
| enableEscalateQfiToCaseInternal | boolean | If true, moderators can create cases from Question feed items in Chatter in your organization. |
| enableEscalateQfiToCaseNetworks | boolean | If true, moderators can create cases from Question feed items in Chatter in all Experience Builder sites where Chatter Questions is enabled. |
| enableExtNetworksCaseFeedEnabled | boolean | If true, site members can see case-related emails, comments, and updates in the case feed. |
| enableMultiLangSolnSrchCSS | boolean | Indicates whether multilingual searching for Solutions in self-service portals is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| enableMultiLangSolnSrchPKB | boolean | Indicates whether multilingual searching for public Solutions is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| enableMultiLangSolution | boolean | Indicates whether multilingual Solutions are enabled (true) or not (false). |
| enableNewEmailDefaultTemplate | boolean | Indicates whether default email templates are enabled (true) or not (false). Default email templates are
available only if draft emails are enabled. Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| enableSolutionCategory | boolean | Indicates whether browsing for Solutions is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| enableSolutionInlineCategory | boolean | Indicates whether using inline Solutions category breadcrumbs is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| enableSolutionShortSummary | boolean | Indicates whether Solutions summaries are enabled (true) or not (false). |
| enableSuggestedArticlesApplication | boolean | Indicates whether the Suggested Articles list appears on case pages. (true) or not (false). Is only valid if enableSuggestedSolutions=false. |
| enableSuggestedArticlesCustomerPortal | boolean | Indicates whether the Suggested Articles list appears on customer portal pages (true) or not (false). Is only valid if enableSuggestedSolutions=false. |
| enableSuggestedArticlesPartnerPortal | boolean | Indicates whether the Suggested Articles list appears on partner portal pages (true) or not (false). Is only valid if enableSuggestedSolutions=false. |
| enableSuggestedSolutions | boolean | Indicates whether the View Suggested Solutions or Find Articles button appears on case detail pages (true) or not (false). Is only valid if enableSuggestedArticlesApplication, enableSuggestedArticlesCustomerPortal, and enableSuggestedArticlesPartnerPortal=false. |
| escalateCaseBefore | boolean | Indicates whether early triggers are enabled to escalate a case (true) or not (false). |
| genericMessageEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether generic messages are enabled (true) or not (false). |
| keepCaseMergeRecords | boolean | If true, duplicate cases aren’t deleted after a case merge. |
| keepRecordTypeOnAssignmentRule | boolean | When applying assignment rules to manually created records, indicates whether to keep the existing record type (true) or to override the existing record type with the assignee’s default record type (false). |
| newEmailDefaultTemplateClass | string | Specifies the Apex class that defines the default email template
for new email messages in Case Feed. This field appears only when
enableNewEmailDefaultTemplate=true. Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| notifyContactOnCaseComment | boolean | Indicates whether contacts who aren’t members of your Self-Service portal can be notified when a new comment is added to a case (true) or not (false). |
| notifyDefaultCaseOwner | boolean | Indicates whether the default case owner is notified when assigned a new case (true) or not (false). |
| notifyOwnerOnCaseComment | boolean | Indicates whether the case owner is notified when a comment is added to a case (true) or not (false). |
| notifyOwnerOnCaseOwnerChange | boolean | Indicates whether the Send Notification Email checkbox on cases is automatically selected when users change a case owner to another user (true). |
| predictiveSupportEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether predictive support is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| showEmailAttachmentsInCaseAttachmentsRL | boolean | Indicates whether the case Attachments related list shows email
attachments. If true, the page
displays an email icon next to each attachment from an email in the
Attachments related list for cases. The related list’s list view
also includes a Source column that identifies the attachment’s
origin. If false, email
attachments aren’t displayed in the Attachments related list for
cases. This field is available in API version 40.0 and later. |
| showFewerCloseActions | boolean | Indicates whether the Save & Close button on case edit pages and the Cls link on Cases related lists are hidden (true) or shown (false). |
| systemUserEmail | string | Specifies the email address used when the default case user is the system user. |
| useSystemEmailAddress | boolean | Indicates whom case comment, case attachment, and case assignment email notifications appear to be sent from. Use true to show notifications as sent from a system address. Use false to show notifications as sent from the user or contact who is updating the case. |
| useSystemUserAsDefaultCaseUser | boolean | Indicates whether the system user is used as the automated case user (true) or not (false). If false, then you must specify a value for the defaultCaseUser field. |
| visibleInCssCheckbox | boolean | Sets the default visibility of a case as indicated by the Visible in CSS option on the case edit page. If false, the case is visible in CSS by default. If true, CSS visibility is off. |
| webToCase | WebToCaseSettings | The organization's Web-to-Case settings. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableEmailToCase | boolean | Indicates whether Email-to-Case is enabled (true) or not (false). Note: After Email-to-Case is enabled, it can't be disabled. |
| enableE2CAttachmentAsFile | boolean | Indicates whether to save attachments sent using Email-to-Case as Salesforce Files (true) or not (false). |
| enableE2CDeduplicateAttachments | boolean | When Email-to-Case receives an inbound email to thread to an existing case, attachments in the email that already exist on the case are not saved as new records and are instead linked to the new email (true). |
| enableE2CExternalServer | boolean | Indicates whether emails can be sent via an external service such as Gmail or Outlook, rather than the Salesforce email service (true). External outbound email services are available in Lightning Experience only. |
| enableE2CSourceTracking | boolean | Indicates whether Set Case Source to Email is enabled (true) or not (false). After you enable this setting, the Case Source field is updated to Email for all cases that originate from Email-to-Case. Associated emails are marked as Read when the agent opens the case. |
| enableHtmlEmail | boolean | Indicates whether HTML email is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| enableNewtoReadTriggers | boolean | Indicates whether the email status change invokes triggers when emails open in Case feeds or from Email Message records in Lightning (true) or not (false). |
| enableOnDemandEmailToCase | boolean | Indicates whether On-Demand Email-to-Case is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| enableThreadIDInBody | boolean | Indicates whether the Thread ID for a case is inserted in the body of an email (true) or not (false). This is applicable only to orgs that do not use Lightning Threading. |
| enableThreadIDInSubject | boolean | Indicates whether the Thread ID for a case is inserted in the subject line of an email (true) or not (false). This is applicable only to orgs that do not use Lightning Threading. |
| enableThreadTokenInBody | boolean | Indicates whether a threading token is appended in the email body when agents send an email from a Lightning email composer (true) or not (false). This is applicable only to orgs using Lightning Threading. |
| enableThreadTokenInSubject | boolean | Indicates whether a threading token is appended in the email subject when agents send an email from a Lightning email composer (true) or not (false). This is applicable only to orgs using Lightning Threading. |
| notifyOwnerOnNewCaseEmail | boolean | Indicates whether the owner of a case receives a notification when a new email related to the case is received (true) or not (false). |
| overEmailLimitAction | EmailToCaseOnFailureActionType (enumeration of type string) | Specifies what happens to email messages that are received after an organization exceeds its daily Email-to-Case limits. Valid values are: |
| preQuoteSignature | boolean | Indicates whether the user signature is inserted after the reply but before the email thread in an outbound email (true) or at the end of the email (false). |
| routingAddresses | EmailToCaseRoutingAddress[] | The organization's Email-to-Case routing addresses and their attributes. Removing an address from this list deletes it from the target org. |
| replyWithNewContentOnly | boolean | Indicates whether previous thread content in excluded from replies, to reduce the size of outgoing emails (true) or not (false). |
| showGeneratedEmailCheckbox | boolean | Indicates whether senders are required to confirm that they reviewed emails written by Einstein (true) or not (false). |
| unauthorizedSenderAction | EmailToCaseOnFailureActionType (enumeration of type string) | Specifies what happens to email messages received from invalid
senders. Valid values are:
|
| useEmailHeadersForThreading | boolean | Indicates whether metadata from incoming emails is used to match replies with cases if token-based threading doesn't produce a match (true) or not (false). |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| addressType | EmailToCaseRoutingAddressType (enumeration of type string) | Specifies the type of Email-to-Case routing address. Valid values are:
|
| authorizedSenders | string | Specifies the email addresses or domains from which On-Demand Email-to-Case can receive email. Include multiple entries in a comma-separated list. |
| caseOrigin | string | Specifies the default case origin for cases created through this routing address. |
| caseOwner | string |
Specifies the default owner of cases created through this routing address. The case owner can be either a user or a queue. Specify the case owner using a Salesforce username. Specifying a case owner here in the routing address sets a value of defaultCaseOwner in CaseSettings. |
| caseOwnerType | string | Specifies whether the default case owner is a user or a queue. |
| casePriority | string | Specifies the default case priority for cases created through this routing address. |
| createTask | boolean | Indicates whether a task is automatically assigned to the case owner when a case is created through an email (true) or not (false). |
| emailAddress | string | Specifies the email address used to route email messages that are submitted as cases. |
| emailServicesAddress | string | Specifies the Salesforce-generated routing address used for setting up Email-to-Case forwarding. This field value is read-only and can't be modified. |
| fallbackQueue | string | Defines which queue to use when emails can’t be routed with the
specified Omni-Channel flow. This queue must use Case as the service
channel object. Available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| isPermsetControlled | boolean | Indicates whether users’ access to the email routing address is
controlled by a permission set. If true, only users with access via a permission set can
use the routing address to send emails. Available in API version 61.0 and later. |
| isVerified | boolean | Indicates whether the customer has verified the routing address (typically by clicking a confirmation email). This field value is read-only and can't be modified. |
| newEntityRecordType | string |
Sets the Case Record Type used for new Cases that are created from emails sent to that specific routing address. If not provided, Salesforce uses the org’s default Case Record Type for the user/context handling Email-to-Case. Ensure the record type exists and is active on Case. |
| routingFlow | string | Specifies the name of an Omni-Channel flow that routes cases
generated in Email-to-Case. Available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| routingName | string | Specifies the name of the Email-to-Case routing address. |
| saveEmailHeaders | boolean | Indicates whether email routing and envelope information are saved (true) or not (false). |
| taskStatus | string | Specifies the default status on tasks automatically assigned to the case owner when email is submitted as a case. Only applies if createTask is set to true. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| characterLimit | int | Specifies the maximum number of characters displayed for each feed item. |
| collapseThread | boolean |
Removed. Indicates whether earlier messages in an email thread are removed from email feed items (true) or not (false). Available in API versions 27.0 to 46.0. |
| displayFormat | FeedItemDisplayFormat (enumeration of type string) | Indicates how email feed items are displayed. Valid values are:
|
| feedItemType | FeedItemType (enumeration of type string) | The type of feed item to which the settings apply. For FeedItemSettings, the only valid feedItemType value is EmailMessageEvent. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| caseOrigin | string | Specifies the default case origin for cases created through this web form. Applies only if enableWebToCase is set to true. |
| defaultResponseTemplate | string | Specifies the default template used for email responses to cases
that are submitted through a Self-Service portal. Applies only if
enableWebToCase is set to true. Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| enableWebToCase | boolean | Indicates whether Web-to-Case is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| index | int | Required. The order in which the custom Case Subject is generated, meaning if the social network is 0 and the social message is 1, then the subject generates as Twitter | Tweet. |
| textField | string | Specifies inbound social content added to Case Subject in case records. |
| type | CaseSubjectParticleType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Specifies the custom Case
Subject format from which inbound social content
appears in case records. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| description | string | The description defined when the API is cataloged. |
| descriptor | string | The content of the API schema in JSON format. |
| externalSourceIdentifier | string | The ID of the API in the external source that it's imported from. |
| instances | CatalogedApiInstance[] | Reference to the cataloged API that this instance is specific to. |
| label | string |
Required. The API name as it appears in API Catalog. |
| providerType | ExternalServiceRegistrationProviderType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates the source of the API specification registered with API
Catalog. API Catalog supports the value Anypoint for deployment and supports other values for enumeration. See information about the values in the registrationProviderType field. |
| type | APIType (enumeration of type string) |
Required. Specifies the API type. If not specified, the API type is derived based on the descriptor content. Nillable. Values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| accessStatus | APIInstanceAccessStatus (enumeration of type string) |
Required. The access status for the API instance. Values are:
|
| apiInstanceDescriptor | string | The content of the API schema in JSON format. |
| approvalType | APIInstanceApprovalType (enumeration of type string) |
Required. The approval type for access in Anypoint Platform. Values are:
|
| endpointType | APIInstanceEndpointType (enumeration of type string) |
The endpoint type to invoke the instance. Available in API version 66.0 and later. Values are:
|
| label | string |
Required. The instance name as it appears in API Catalog. |
| serviceRegistration | string |
Required. The service registration in external services related to this API instance. |
| uri | string |
Required. The uniform resource identifier (URI) for the instance. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| catalogedApi | string | Required. An API managed for consumption in Salesforce using API Catalog. |
| description | string | The description defined when the API is cataloged. |
| externalSourceIdentifier | string | The ID of the API in the external source that it's imported from. |
| label | string |
Required. The API name as it appears in API Catalog. |
| version | string | Required. The ID of the API version information. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| allowChatterGroupArchiving | boolean | Indicates whether manual and automatic group archiving are allowed on all
Chatter groups (true) or aren’t allowed
(false). In Setup, allowChatterGroupArchiving equates to the Chatter setting Allow Group Archiving. |
| allowRecordsInChatterGroup | boolean | Indicates whether records can be associated with groups (true), or not (false). If groups already have record data, setting this field to
false doesn’t delete it. In Setup, allowRecordsInChatterGroup equates to the Chatter setting Allow Records in Groups. |
| allowSharingInChatterGroup | boolean | Removed. The setting of this field has no effect on the org. Available in API version 47.0 only. |
| enableApprovalRequest | boolean | Indicates whether Approvals in Chatter are enabled for the org. When the value
is true, users see approval requests as posts
in Chatter feeds. Users can update their own Chatter feeds settings to opt out of
receiving approval requests as Chatter posts. When the value is false, approval requests aren’t posted to Chatter.
The default value is false. In Setup, enableApprovalRequest equates to the Chatter setting Allow Approvals. |
| enableCaseFeedRelativeTimestamps | boolean | In Case feeds, indicates whether to use relative (true) or absolute (false) date and
time stamp formats on Case feed items. When the value is true, Case feed items show a relative timestamp (for example,
10m ago). When the value is true,
users can hover over the relative timestamp to see the absolute. When the value is
false, Case feed items show an absolute
timestamp (for example, January 7, 2020 at 12:15PM).
When you change this setting, all timestamps in Case feeds reflect that change. The
default value is true. This field is available
in API version 48.0 and later. In Setup, enableCaseFeedRelativeTimestamps equates to the Chatter setting Show relative timestamp. |
| enableChatter | boolean | Indicates whether Chatter is enabled for your org (true) or not (false). |
| enableChatterEmoticons | boolean | Indicates whether the automatic conversion of text characters, such as :), into
a graphic emoticon is allowed in Chatter (true)
or isn’t allowed (false). In Setup, enableChatter equates to the Chatter setting Allow Emoticons. |
| enableFeedEdit | boolean | Indicates whether qualified users can edit feed posts and comments (true) or not (false). Qualified users include:
In Setup, enableFeedEdit equates to the Chatter setting Allow users to edit posts and comments. |
| enableFeedPinning | boolean | Indicates whether to allow the pinning of posts in a feed
(true) or not (false). When set to
true:
After post pinning is enabled, authorized users include admins and group owners and managers. Admins can also assign post pinning permission through permission sets or user profiles. In Setup, enableFeedPinning equates to the Chatter setting Allow post pinning. |
| enableFeedsDraftPosts | boolean | Indicates whether draft posts are automatically saved every seven seconds
(true) or not (false). When set to true:
In Setup, enableFeedsDraftPosts equates to the Chatter setting Allow draft posts. |
| enableFeedsRichText | boolean | Indicates whether to use the Rich Text Editor in the Chatter Publisher (true) or not (false). The rich text editor supports text formats, inline images,
hyperlinks, and, when enabled for the org, code snippets. In Setup, enableFeedsRichText equates to the Chatter setting Allow users to compose rich text posts. |
| enableInviteCsnUsers | boolean | Indicates whether a licensed user can invite customers to private groups that
the licensed user owns or manages (true) or not
(false). When the value is set to
true, licensed users can invite customers who are from outside
org email domains. Invited customers can see information only in the groups that
they're invited to. They can interact only with members of those groups. In Setup, enableInviteCsnUsers equates to the Chatter setting Allow customer invitations. |
| enableOutOfOfficeEnabledPref | boolean | Indicates whether to add an Out of Office setting to a user profile page
(true), or to omit it (false). When the value is set to true, this option adds a control to user profile
pages for setting a personal out-of-office message. In Setup, enableOutOfOfficeEnabledPref equates to the Chatter setting Users can set Out of Office message. |
| enableRichLinkPreviewsInFeed | boolean | Indicates whether to convert links in posts into embedded videos, images, and
article previews (true) or not to convert the
links (false). In Setup, enableRichLinkPreviewsInFeed equates to the Chatter setting Allow Rich Link Previews. |
| enableTodayRecsInFeed | boolean | Indicates whether to allow the posting of recommendations for using the
Salesforce Today app in users’ feeds (true) or
not (false). When set to true, automatically posts recommendations for using
the Salesforce Today app in users’ feeds. In Setup, enableTodayRecsInFeed equates to the Chatter setting Allow Today Recommendations. |
| unlistedGroupsEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether to allow the creation of unlisted groups (true) or to prevent their creation (false). When the value is set to true, users can create unlisted groups. Unlisted
groups don’t appear on the Groups list page. Membership in unlisted groups is by
invitation only. In Setup, unlistedGroupsEnabled equates to the Chatter setting Enable Unlisted Groups. |
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
| description |
Field Type: string Description: The description about the clause category configuration. |
| isProtected |
Field Type: boolean Description: An auto-generated value that doesn’t impact the behavior of the metadata type. The default is false. |
| masterLabel |
Field Type: string Description: Required. A user-friendly name for ClauseCatgConfiguration, which is defined when the ClauseCatgConfiguration is created. |
| usageType |
Field Type: ClmCategoryUsageType Description: Required. The usage type of the clause category configuration. Possible values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| bulkEnabled | boolean | Required. If this field is set to true, Salesforce applies the data integration rule to existing records whenever the rule is updated or saved. |
| bypassTriggers | boolean | Required. If this field is set to true, Salesforce bypasses triggers when it applies the rule; otherwise, it applies triggers after it applies the rule. |
| bypassWorkflow | boolean | Required. If this field is set to true, Salesforce bypasses workflow rules when it applies the data integration rule; otherwise, it applies workflow rules after it applies the rule. |
| description | string | Required. User-friendly text that describes the data integration rule. |
| developerName | string | Required. This name can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters, and must be unique in your org. It must begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This unique name prevents conflicts with rules from other packages that have the same masterLabel. |
| fieldMappings | FieldMapping[] | Required. A list of FieldMapping entries for the rule. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. Label for this object. This display value is the internal label that is not translated. |
| matchRule | string | Required. An internal label for a matching rule in the data service that’s associated with the CleanRule. |
| sourceSobjectType | string | Required. A virtual object in the data service that is associated with the CleanRule. Specifying a non-existent object causes an error. |
| status | string | Required. Status of the data integration rule. Valid values are Active and Inactive. |
| targetSobjectType | string | Required. A standard object that’s the target of additions and updates specified by this CleanRule. Specifying an object that the data service does not support causes an error. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| developerName | string | Required. This name can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters, and must be unique in your org. It must begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This unique name prevents conflicts with field mappings from other packages that have the same masterLabel. |
| fieldMappingRows | FieldMappingRow[] | Required. A list of FieldMappingRow entries. Each entry represents a field in a standard object that maps to a field in the data service. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. Label for this object. This display value is the internal label that is not translated. |
| SObjectType | string | Required. The standard object associated with this FieldMapping. Specifying an object that the data service does not support causes an error. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| cmsConnectAsset | CMSConnectAsset[] | Represents CSS or JavaScript defined for the connection.
|
| cmsConnectLanguage | CMSConnectLanguage[] | 0 to more. Represents language mappings defined for the connection. |
| cmsConnectPersonalization | CMSConnectPersonalization[] | 0 or 1. Represents personalization defined for the connection. Only for use when type is AEM. |
| cmsConnectResourceType | CMSConnectResourceType[] | 0–5. Represents JSON definitions defined for the connection. |
| connectionType | CMSSourceConnectionType(enumeration of type string) | Required. Type of authentication being used with outside system. Valid values are:
|
| cssScope | string | The class name used to prefix and scope the CSS rules. |
| developerName | string | Required. API name of the CMSConnectSource entity. |
| languageEnabled | string | Required. Valid values are:
|
| masterLabel | string | Required. Connection name |
| namedCredential | string | Required when the connectionType is Authenticated. API name of namedCredential. Before deploying namedCredential, it must exist on the destination org. |
| personalizationEnabled | string | Required. Valid values are:
|
| rootPath | string | Required. Root path. |
| sortOrder | int | Required. Defines the load order of the connection when multiple connections defined on page. The load order begins with 1. |
| status | CMSConnectionStatus(enumeration of type string) | Required. Status of connection. Valid values are:
|
| type | CMSConnectionSourceType(enumeration of type string) | Required. The identification of the source connection system. Valid values are:
|
| websiteUrl | string | Required if connectionType is Public |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| assetPath | string | Relative path of the asset. |
| assetType | string |
When used in Apex, this value can be sent as an enum, otherwise, this field has a type of string. Allowed values as string
Allowed values as enum
|
| sortOrder | int | Loading sequence on the page. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| cmsLanguage | string | When a language placeholder is in the URL path, this value is used to replace it. |
| language | string | Salesforce supported language.
For information see https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_translations.htm |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| developerName | string | Required. API name of CMSConnectResourceDefinition. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. developerName of Content Item or Content List. |
| options | int | Required. Identifies whether the content from the external source is a single
item or a list. 0 for Content List 1 for Content Item |
| payloadType | string | Required. The only valid value is JSON. |
| resourceIdPath | string | Relative path to ID. Required for Content Item. |
| resourceNamePath | string | Relative path to resource name. Required for Content Item. |
| resourcePath | string | Required. JSON resource path. |
| rootNodePath | string | Only for Content List and collection. Defines the initial starting path for a collection or list. |
| Type | Description |
|---|---|
| CMSConnectSource |
|
| CMSConnectAsset |
|
| CMSConnectPersonalization | If personalization isn’t enabled in the source system, but is enabled in the destination, the destination is disabled. The record for the connection is deleted from the table. |
| CMSConnectResourceType | If you find the developer name in the destination, then update the existing record with all details from the source. |
| CMSConnectResourceDefinition |
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| applyLoginPageTypeToEmbeddedLogin | boolean | When true, applies the Experience Cloud
site login page type (default, Login Discovery, Experience Builder, or Visualforce)
to all Embedded Login implementations. When false, applies the username and password login page type to all Embedded
Login implementations. For orgs created before the Salesforce Summer ‘20 release, the default setting is false. For new orgs, the default setting is true. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| blockEmbeddedLoginUnknownURLRedirect | boolean | When true, blocks redirects to unknown
URLs that are provided in the state parameter of the OAuth response during a
server-side callback. Redirects are allowed when the URL is in the same host or
domain as the site, or is allow-listed in the Embedded Login
salesforce-allowed-domains meta tag. When false, all redirects are allowed. For orgs created before the Salesforce Summer ‘21 release, the default setting is false. For new orgs, the default setting is true. Available in API version 52.0 and later. |
| canModerateAllFeedPosts | boolean | When true, allows moderation features, such as flags and rules, to be set on all feed posts including posts that are visible in Experience Cloud sites. When set to false, only feed posts in sites can be moderated. Default is false. |
| canModerateInternalFeedPosts | boolean | When true, allows moderation features, such as flags and rules, to be set on record feed posts created by internal users. Such posts can also be visible in multiple sites. Default is false. |
| embeddedVisualforcePages | boolean | When true, allows links to Visualforce pages from other Visualforce pages in Salesforce via the API. Default is false. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableCommunityWorkspaces | boolean | When true, allows admins to enable Experience Workspaces. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableCspContactVisibilityPref | boolean | When true, allows users to see contacts from private accounts that they have read access to, when the contact is controlled by the parent record. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableCspNotesOnAccConPref | boolean | When true, allows customer users to access notes and attachments associated with accounts and contacts. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableEnablePRM | boolean | When true, allows admins to enable partner users. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableExternalAccHierPref | boolean | When true, enables the External Account Hierarchy object. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableGuestRecordReassignOrgPref | boolean | Deprecated in API version 63.0 and later. When true, allows admins to set a default owner for records created by guest users. Available in API version 48.0 through 63.0. |
| enableGuvSecurityOptOutPref | boolean | When true, guest user visibility can be turned off. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| enableInviteChatterGuestEnabled | boolean | When true, allows guest users to be invited to use Chatter. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableNetPortalUserReportOpts | boolean | When true, allows external users in Experience Cloud sites, with permission, to run reports. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableNetworksEnabled | boolean | When true, allows users to enable digital experiences. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableOotbProfExtUserOpsEnable | boolean | When true, allows use of standard external profiles for self-registration and user creation. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enablePreventBadgeGuestAccess | boolean | When true, hides badges from guest users in Experience Builder sites. Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| enablePowerCustomerCaseStatus | boolean | When true, allows users with Customer Community Plus licenses to change case status. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enablePRMAccRelPref | boolean | When true, enables Account Relationship object and Account Relationship Data Sharing Rule setup options. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableRelaxPartnerAccountFieldPref | boolean | When true, allows editing for partner account fields on and opportunities and leads. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableUnsupportedBrowserModalPref | boolean | When true, warnings about unsupported browsers are displayed in Experience Cloud sites. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableUsernameUniqForOrgPref | boolean | When true, username uniqueness is set at the org level. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| baseTemplate | CommunityBaseTemplate (enumeration of type string) | Denotes that this CommunityTemplateDefinition was created in API version 41.0 or later. The only valid value is c. This field is available in API 41.0 and later. |
| bundlesInfo | CommunityTemplateBundleInfo[] | The list of preview images and feature highlights of this CommunityTemplateDefinition. |
| category | CommunityTemplateCategory (enumeration of type string) | Required. The optimized use case of this
CommunityTemplateDefinition. Valid values are:
|
| defaultBrandingSet | string | The set of branding properties associated with this
CommunityTemplateDefinition, as defined in the Theme panel in
Experience Builder. Available in API version 40.0 and later. In API version 44.0 and later, this field is read-only and can be implemented in CommunityThemeDefinition. |
| defaultThemeDefinition | string | Required. The assigned theme definition for this CommunityTemplateDefinition. |
| description | string | The optional description text of this CommunityTemplateDefinition. |
| enableExtendedCleanUpOnDelete | boolean | False by default. Determines if deleting this CommunityTemplateDefinition attempts to delete other directly or indirectly referenced objects automatically, for example, CommunityThemeDefinition, Flexipage, or StaticResource. Values are true or false. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The label for this CommunityTemplateDefinition, which displays in Setup. |
| navigationLinkSet | NavigationLinkSet | The navigation menu associated with this CommunityTemplateDefinition. A navigation menu consists of items that users can click to go to other parts of the site. Available in API versions 37.0 to 46.0. In API versions 47.0 and later, use NavigationMenu. |
| pageSetting | CommunityTemplatePageSetting[] | The list of FlexiPage of this CommunityTemplateDefinition. |
| publisher | string | Defines the name of the publisher as seen in the Change Theme
wizard. If no name is provided, the name of the org from which the
package was originally exported is used. This field is available in API version 45.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| description | string | The optional description text of its CommunityTemplateBundleInfo. |
| image | string | Required only when the type is PreviewImage, otherwise this field is optional. A preview image for this CommunityTemplateDefinition. |
| order | int | Required. An integer specifying the position of this CommunityTemplateBundleInfo relative to others of the same type within its CommunityTemplateDefinition. 1 is the first position, 3 is the maximum position for PreviewImage type, and 4 is the maximum position for the Highlight type. |
| title | string | Required. The title of this CommunityTemplateBundleInfo to use in code. |
| type | CommunityTemplateBundleInfoType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Stores descriptive information about the template
that’s included in the export. The template powers the interface of
the Experience Creation Wizard. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| bundlesInfo | CommunityThemeBundleInfo[] | If specified, at least one preview image and one highlight are required. Up to 3 preview images and 4 highlights are supported. Available in API version 44.0 and later |
| customThemeLayoutType | CommunityCustomThemeLayoutType[] | The list of custom theme layout types available to the theme layout. |
| defaultBrandingSet | string | The set of branding properties associated with this CommunityThemeDefinition, as defined in the Theme panel in Experience Builder. Available in API version 44.0 and later. |
| description | string | The optional description text of this CommunityThemeDefinition. |
| enableExtendedCleanUpOnDelete | boolean | False by default. Determines if deleting this CommunityThemeDefinition attempts to delete other directly or indirectly referenced objects automatically, for example, FlexiPage. Values are true or false. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The label for this CommunityThemeDefinition, which displays in Setup. |
| publisher | string | Defines the name of the publisher as seen in the wizard for creating Experience
Builder sites. If no name is provided, the name of the org from which the package
was originally exported is used. This field is available in API version 45.0 and later. |
| themeRouteOverride | CommunityThemeRouteOverride[] | List of theme layout type overrides for flexipages (currently only for home). Available in API version 44.0 and later. |
| themeSetting | CommunityTheme Setting [] | Required. The list of settings for this CommunityThemeDefinition. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| description | string | The optional description text of its CommunityThemeBundleInfo. |
| image | string | Required only when the type is PreviewImage, otherwise this field is optional. A preview image for this CommunityThemeDefinition. |
| order | int | Required. An integer specifying the position of this CommunityThemeBundleInfo relative to others of the same type within its CommunityThemeDefinition. 1 is the first position, 3 is the maximum position for PreviewImage type, and 4 is the maximum position for the Highlight type. |
| title | string | Required. The title of this CommunityThemeBundleInfo to use in code. |
| type | CommunityTemplateBundleInfoType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Stores descriptive information about the theme that is included in
the export. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| customThemeLayoutType | string | Required when themeLayoutType isn’t specified. Provides the custom theme layout type associated with the theme layout. This field and themeLayoutType are mutually exclusive; you can’t specify both. |
| pageAttributes | string | Required. Specifies the attributes of the site page for which the default theme layout type is overridden. The only valid value is {"PageName":"Home"}. |
| pageType | string |
Required. Specifies the type of the site page for which the default theme layout type is overridden. The only valid value is comm__standardPage. |
| themeLayoutType | CommunityThemeLayoutType (enumeration of type string) | Required if customThemeLayoutType isn’t specified. Provides the default theme layout type associated with the theme layout. Valid values are Inner, Home, or Login. This field and customThemeLayoutType are mutually exclusive; you can’t specify both. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| attributes | canvasConfig | A custom attribute of the connected app. |
| AppCanvasConfig | The configuration options of the connected app if it's exposed as a canvas app. | |
| contactEmail | string | Required. The email address that Salesforce uses to contact you or your support team. |
| contactPhone | string | The phone number for Salesforce to use to contact you. |
| description | string | An optional description for your app. |
| iconUrl | string | Reserved for future use. |
| infoUrl | string | An optional URL for a web page with more information about your app. |
| ipRanges | ConnectedAppIpRange[] | Specifies the ranges of IP addresses that can access the app without requiring the user to authenticate with the connected app. |
| label | string | Required. The name of the app. |
| logoUrl | string | An optional logo for the app. The logo appears with the app’s entry in the list of apps and on the consent page the user sees when authenticating. The URL must use HTTPS, and the logo can't be larger than 125 pixels high or 200 pixels wide. The default logo is a cloud. |
| mobileStartUrl | string | Users are directed to this URL after they've authenticated when the app is accessed from a mobile device. If you don't give a URL, the user is sent to the app’s default start page after authentication completes. If the connected app that you’re creating is a canvas app, then you can leave this field blank. The Canvas App URL field contains the URL that gets called for the connected app. |
| oauthConfig | connectedAppOauthConfig | Specifies how your app communicates with Salesforce. |
| oauthPolicy | ConnectedAppOauthPolicy | Specifies OAuth access policies associated with your connected app. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| permissionSetName | string | Specifies the permissions required to perform different functions with the connected
app. Available in API version 46.0 and later. You can assign multiple permission sets to the connected app, but you must enter each permission set name on a separate line. You can’t enter the same permission set name more than one time for each connected app. You can also change a permission set by replacing the current permission set with a new permission set. Make sure that each permission set name assigned to the connected app is unique. You can delete individual permission sets or remove all permission sets from a connected app by entering an empty permissionSetName string on deployment of the connected app: (<permissionSetName></permissionSetName>). To use this field, the isAdminApproved field on the ConnectedAppOauthConfig subtype must be set to true. |
| plugin | string | The name of a custom Apex class that extends Auth.ConnectedAppPlugin to customize the behavior of the app. |
| pluginExecutionUser | string | Specifies the user to run the plugin as. If the user isn’t authorized to use the
connected app, use the authorize method. See the
ConnectedAppPlugin class in the Apex Developer Guide.
Available in API version 46.0 and later. Enter a user that is part of your org. Otherwise, the user is removed from this field when you deploy the connected app. If you don’t want to specify a user, you can leave this field empty. To use this field in an org, the ConAppPluginExecuteAsUser setting must be enabled. |
| profileName | string[] | Specifies the profile (base-level user permissions) required to perform different
functions with the connected app. Available in API version 46.0 and
later. You can assign multiple profiles to the connected app, but you must enter each profile name on a separate line. You can’t enter the same profile name more than one time for each connected app. You can also change profiles by replacing the current profiles with new profiles. Make sure that each profile name assigned to the connected app is unique. You can also delete individual profiles or remove all profiles from a connected app by entering an empty profileName string on deployment of the connected app: (<profileName></profileName>). To use this field, the isAdminApproved field on the ConnectedAppOauthConfig subtype must be set to true. |
| samlConfig | ConnectedAppSamlConfig | Controls how the app uses single sign-on. |
| sessionPolicy | ConnectedAppSessionPolicy | Specifies a connected app’s session policies. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| startUrl | string | If the app isn’t accessed from a mobile device, users are directed to this URL after they've authenticated. If you don't give a URL, the user is sent to the app’s default start page after authentication completes. Whether you give a URL or not, the start URL can be updated later by managing the connected app. If the app is accessed from a mobile device, see mobileStartUrl. If the connected app that you’re creating is a canvas app, then you can leave this field empty. The Canvas App URL field contains the URL that gets called for the connected app. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| accessMethod | AccessMethod (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates how the canvas app initiates the OAuth authentication flow.
The valid values are:
|
| canvasUrl | string | Required. The URL of the third-party app that's exposed as a canvas app. |
| lifecycleClass | string |
The name of the Canvas.CanvasLifecycleHandler Apex class, if you've implemented
this class for custom parameters.
Available in API version 31.0 and later. |
| locations | CanvasLocationOptions (enumeration of type string)[] | Indicates where the canvas app can appear to the user. The valid values are:
|
| options | CanvasOptions (enumeration of type string)[] | Indicates whether to hide the Share button and header in the publisher for your canvas app and whether the app is a canvas personal app. Valid
values are:
|
| samlInitiationMethod | SamlInitiationMethod (enumeration of type string) |
If you're using SAML single sign-on (SSO), indicates which provider initiates the SSO flow.
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| assetTokenConfig | connectedAppOauthAssetToken | The OAuth asset token configuration for the connected app OAuth settings. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| callbackUrl | string | Required. The endpoint that Salesforce calls back to your connected app during OAuth. It’s the OAuth redirect_uri. |
| certificate | string | The PEM-encoded certificate string, if the app uses a certificate. |
| consumerKey | string | A value used by the consumer for identification to Salesforce.
Referred to as client_id in
OAuth 2.0. In API version 32.0 and later, you can set this field’s value only during creation. After you define and save the value, it can’t be edited. The value must be alphanumeric, can’t contain special characters or spaces, and must be between 8–256 characters. Consumer keys must be globally unique. |
| consumerSecret | string |
A value that is combined with
the consumerKey and used by the consumer
for identification to Salesforce. Referred to as client_secret in OAuth 2.0.
Typically, Salesforce generates this value when you create the
connected app. However, you can customize the shared secret
value during creation. After you save the value, it can’t be
edited. When set, the value isn’t returned in Metadata API
requests.
The value must be alphanumeric (no special characters and no spaces) and a minimum of 8 characters (maximum of 256 characters). If you specify a secret already in use for another connected app in the organization, an error occurs. Available in API version 32.0 and later. |
| idTokenConfig | ConnectedAppOauthIdToken | Specifies the ID token configuration for the connected app OAuth settings. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| isAdminApproved | boolean | If set to false (default),
anyone in the org can authorize the app. Users must approve the app
the first time they access it. If set to true, only users with the appropriate profile or permission set can access the app. These users don’t have to approve the app before they can access it. Manage profiles for the app by editing each profile’s Connected App Access list. Manage permission sets for the app by editing each permission set’s Assigned Connected App list. This setting isn’t available in Group Edition. Available in API version 46.0 and later. Connected app consumers can edit this setting when deploying a connected app in their org. |
| isClientCredentialEnabled | boolean | If set to true, the
connected app can use the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow. To use
the client credentials flow, you must also specify a user for
oauthClientCredentialUser. If set to false (default), the connected app can’t use the client credentials flow. Available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| isCodeCredentialEnabled | boolean | Determines whether the app can use the Authorization Code and
Credentials Flow to provide identity services to headless,
off-platform apps. The Authorization Code and Credentials Flow is
the foundation of headless login, headless registration, headless
passwordless login, and headless guest identity. If set to true, the connected app can use the Authorization Code and Credentials Flow and all associated Headless Identity features. The default value is false. This field is available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| isCodeCredentialPostOnly | boolean | For the Authorization Code and Credentials Flow, determines
whether the user’s credentials must be sent in the body of the
initial HTTPS POST request to the Salesforce authorization endpoint.
Requiring the credentials in the POST body instead of in the header
improves security. If set to true, the user’s credentials must be included in the POST body. The default value is false. This field is available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| isConsumerSecretOptional | boolean | If set to false (default),
the connected app’s client secret is required in exchange for an
access token in the OAuth 2.0 web server flow. If the client app can’t keep the client secret confidential and it must use the web server flow, set to true. A client secret is still generated for the connected app, but this setting instructs the web server flow not to require the client_secret parameter in the access token request. We recommend the user agent flow as a more secure option than web server flow without the secret. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| isIntrospectAllTokens | boolean | If set to true, authorizes
the connected app to introspect all access and refresh tokens within
the entire org. If set to false (default), the connected app can introspect its own tokens. In addition, an OAuth client that directly registers OAuth 2.0 connected apps through the dynamic client registration endpoint can check the tokens for itself and its registered apps. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| isNamedUserJwtEnabled | boolean | If set to true, the connected app is enabled to
issue JSON Web Token (JWT)-based access tokens. This field is generally available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| isPkceRequired | boolean | Determines whether the Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE)
extension is required for variations of the OAuth 2.0 authorization
code flow configured for the connected app, including the web server
flow and Authorization Code and Credentials Flow. For public client
apps that can’t keep the consumer secret confidential, such as
mobile apps, the PKCE extension helps ensure that the client that
initiates an authorization flow is the same client that completes
it. For this reason, we always recommend implementing PKCE for
public clients. We also strongly recommend that you implement PKCE
for private clients. If set to true, the PKCE extension is required and any authorization code flow variations that don’t implement it fail. If set to false, you can still implement PKCE but it isn’t required. The default value is false. This field is available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| isRefreshTokenRotationEnabled | boolean | If set to true, the connected app issues a new
refresh token each time the OAuth refresh token flow is invoked. The
old refresh token is automatically invalidated. If a user tries to
use a previous refresh token that’s been invalidated, the current
refresh token and its associated access tokens get deleted. If set
to false, the refresh token can
be used to obtain multiple access tokens. This field is available in API version 60.0 and later. |
| isSecretRequiredForRefreshToken | boolean | If set to true (default),
the app’s client secret is required in the authorization request of
a refresh token and hybrid refresh token flow. If set to false and an app sends the client
secret in the authorization request, Salesforce still validates it.
Select this option for web-server based apps that can protect client secrets. For apps that can’t protect client secrets, such as mobile apps or apps installed on a user’s computer, we recommend against selecting this option. Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| isSecretRequiredForTokenExchange | boolean | If set to true, the connected app must include
its consumer secret (client_secret) in the token request during the OAuth
2.0 token exchange flow. For security, set this field to true only if your app has a private
client backend where it can keep the secret safe. For public client
apps, such as single-page apps and mobile apps, set this field to
false and don’t include the
consumer secret. This field is available in API version 60.0 and later. |
| isTokenExchangeEnabled | boolean | If set to true, the connected app can use the
OAuth 2.0 token exchange flow to exchange tokens from an external
identity provider for Salesforce tokens. This field is available in API version 60.0 and later. |
| oauthClientCredentialUser | string | The execution user for the OAuth 2.0 client credentials flow.
Salesforce returns access tokens on behalf of this user. This user
must have the API Only permission. To use this field, set isClientCredentialEnabled to true and specify a consumerKey. Available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| scopes | ConnectedAppOauthAccessScope (enumeration of type string)[] | The permissions given by the user running the connected app. When
deploying metadata, valid values are:
When retrieving metadata, valid values are:
|
| singleLogoutUrl | string | The single logout endpoint. This URL is the endpoint where Salesforce sends a logout request when users log out of Salesforce. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| ipRelaxation | string | Required. Specifies whether a user’s access to the connected app is restricted by IP ranges. Valid options are:
|
| refreshTokenPolicy | string | Required. Specifies how long a refresh token is valid for. If refresh tokens are provided, users can continue to access the OAuth-enabled connected app without having to reauthorize when the access token expires, as defined by the session timeout value. The connected app exchanges the refresh token with an access token to start a new session. The Refresh Token policy is evaluated only during usage of the issued refresh token and doesn’t affect a user’s current session. Refresh tokens are required only when a user’s session has expired or isn’t available. For example, you set a refresh token policy to expire the token after 1 hour. If a user uses the app for 2 hours, the user isn’t forced to reauthenticate after 1 hour. However, the user is required to authenticate again when the session expires and the client attempts to exchange its refresh token for a new session. Valid options are:
|
| singleLogoutUrl | string | If single logout is enabled, specify the single logout URL. Salesforce sends logout requests to this URL when users log out of Salesforce. The single logout URL must be an absolute URL starting with https://. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| policyAction | string | If the High Assurance session security level is applied to the connected app, specify associated high assurance action. Valid values are:
|
| sessionLevel | string | Applies the High Assurance session security level to the connected app. This session level requires users to verify their identity with multi-factor authentication when they log in to the connected app. |
| sessionTimeout | int | The length of time the connected app’s session lasts. If you don’t set a value, Salesforce uses the timeout value in the connected app user’s profile. If the user’s profile doesn’t specify a timeout value, Salesforce uses the timeout value in the org’s Session Settings. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| format | ContentAssetFormat (enumeration of type string) | Describes the format of the asset file. Valid values are:
|
| isVisibleByExternalUsers | boolean | Indicates whether unauthenticated users can see the asset file (true) or not (false). If not specified, the default value is false. This field is available in API version 44.0 and later. |
| language | string | Required. The language of the asset file label. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The label for the asset file record, which displays in Setup. |
| originNetwork | string | For deploys, the name of the Experience Cloud site the file is assigned upon creation. For retrievals, the name of the Experience Cloud site the file is assigned to appears in the field value. If null, the file wasn’t assigned to an Experience Cloud site. |
| relationships | ContentAssetRelationships | The list of ContentAssetLinks that describe whether the asset file can be shared with the org. |
| versions | ContentAssetVersions | Required. Captures basic information about the file version included the asset metadata. Typically the file has only one version. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| access | ContentAssetAccess (enumeration of type string) | Required. The permission granted to the user of the shared file, determined by
the permission the user already has. Valid values are:
|
| isManagingWorkspace | boolean | Indicates whether the content asset resides in the workspace or not. When true, the content asset resides in the workspace. If not specified, the default value is false. This field is available in API version 39.0 and later. |
| name | string | Reserved for future use. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| urlPattern | String | A URL pattern for the origin. The origin URL pattern must include the HTTPS protocol and a domain name, and can include a port. The wildcard character (*) is supported and must be in front of a second-level domain name. For example, https://*.example.com adds all subdomains of example.com to the allowlist. Google Chrome™ and Mozilla® Firefox® browser extensions are also allowed as resources in API version 53 and later. Chrome extensions must use the prefix chrome-extension:// and 32 characters without digits or capital letters, for example chrome-extension://abdkkegmcbiomijcbdaodaflgehfffed. Firefox extensions must use the prefix moz-extension:// and an 8-4-4-4-12 format of small alphanumeric characters, for example moz-extension://1234ab56-78c9-1df2-3efg-4567891hi1j2. The origin URL pattern can be an IP address. But an IP address and a domain that resolve to the same address aren’t the same origin, and you must add them to the CORS allowlist as separate entries. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| criteriaItems | FilterItem[] | List that represents the criteria for the sharing rule. The possible values are:
|
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| accountAccessLevel | ShareAccessLevelNoNone (enumeration of type string) | Required. A value that represents the level of access that the user or group
has to the account. The possible values are:
|
| booleanFilter | string | Represents the filter logic of the sharing rule. |
| caseAccessLevel | ShareAccessLevelNoAll (enumeration of type string) | Required. A value that represents the level of access that the user or group
has to cases associated with the account. The possible values are:
|
| contactAccessLevel | ShareAccessLevelNoAll (enumeration of type string) | Required. A value that represents the level of access that the user or group
has to contacts associated with the account. The possible values are:
|
| description | string | Represents the description of the sharing rule. Maximum of 1000 characters. |
| name | string | Required. Name for the sharing rule. Corresponds to Label in the user interface. |
| opportunityAccessLevel | ShareAccessLevelNoAll (enumeration of type string) | Required. A value that represents the level of access that a target group is
granted for any associated opportunity. The possible values are:
|
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Represents the filter logic of the sharing rule. |
| description | string | Represents the description of the sharing rule. Maximum of 1000 characters. This field is available in API version 29.0 and later. |
| campaignAccessLevel | ShareAccessLevelNoNone (enumeration of type string) | Required. A value that represents the level of access that a target group is
granted for a campaign. The possible values are:
|
| name | string | Required. Name for the sharing rule. Corresponds to Label in the user interface. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Represents the filter logic of the sharing rule. |
| description | string | Represents the description of the sharing rule. Maximum of 1000
characters. This field is available in API version 29.0 and later. |
| caseAccessLevel | ShareAccessLevelReadEdit (enumeration of type string) | Required. A value that represents the level of access being granted for a case.
The possible values are:
|
| name | string | Required. Name for the sharing rule. Corresponds to Label in the user interface. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Represents the filter logic of the sharing rule. |
| description | string | Represents the description of the sharing rule. Maximum of 1000
characters. This field is available in API version 29.0 and later. |
| contactAccessLevel | ShareAccessLevelReadEdit (enumeration of type string) | Required. A value that represents the level of access being granted to the
target group, role, or user for a contact. The possible values are:
|
| name | string | Required. Name for the sharing rule. Corresponds to Label in the user interface. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Represents the filter logic of the sharing rule. |
| description | string | Represents the description of the sharing rule. Maximum of 1000 characters. This field is available in API version 29.0 and later. |
| leadAccessLevel | ShareAccessLevelReadEdit (enumeration of type string) | Required. A value that represents the level of allowed access. The possible
values are:
|
| name | string | Required. Name for the sharing rule. Corresponds to Label in the user interface. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Represents the filter logic of the sharing rule. |
| description | string | Represents the description of the sharing rule. Maximum of 1000
characters. This field is available in API version 29.0 and later. |
| opportunityAccessLevel | ShareAccessLevelReadEdit (enumeration of type string) | Required. A value that represents the level of allowed access. The possible
values are:
|
| name | string | Required. Name for the sharing rule. Corresponds to Label in the user interface. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Represents the filter logic of the sharing rule. |
| description | string | Represents the description of the sharing rule. Maximum of 1000 characters.
This field is available in API version 29.0 and later. |
| name | string | Required. Name for the sharing rule. Corresponds to Label in the user interface. |
| userAccessLevel | ShareAccessLevelReadEdit (enumeration of type string) | Required. A value that represents the type of allowed sharing. The possible
values are:
|
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| canAccessCamera | boolean | Indicates whether this CspTrustedSite can access the user’s
camera (true) or not (false). The default value is
false. This field takes effect only when the enablePermissionsPolicy field equals true and the grantCameraAccess field equals TrustedUrls in the SecuritySettings metadata API type. This field is available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| canAccessMicrophone | boolean | Indicates whether this CspTrustedSite can access the user’s
microphone (true) or not
(false). The default value
is false. This field takes effect only when the enablePermissionsPolicy field equals true and the grantMicrophoneAccess field equals TrustedUrls in the SecuritySettings metadata API type. This field is available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| context | CspTrustedSiteContext (enumeration of type string) | Declares the scope of the CSP directives for this trusted URL.
For custom Visualforce pages, content is restricted to trusted URLs only if the page’s cspHeader attribute is set to true. This field is available in API version 44.0 and later. |
| description | string | The description of this trusted URL. |
| endpointUrl | string | Required. The URL for this CspTrustedSite.
Before February 2025, it was possible to save a malformed URL. Malformed URLs are excluded from generated CSP HTTP headers. To keep your Trusted URLs list accurate, remove any malformed entries. You can use an Apex class to find all malformed URLs. See the knowledge article, Identify Malformed Trusted URLs. To add an EndpointUrl based on parameters, build the URL before you add it to this Metadata Type. |
| isActive | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this CspTrustedSite is active (true) or not (false). The default value is true. |
| isApplicableToConnectSrc | boolean | Indicates whether Lightning components, third-party APIs, and
WebSocket connections can load URLs using script interfaces from
this trusted URL (true) or not
(false). This field has a
default value of false. This field is available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| isApplicableToFontSrc | boolean | Indicates whether Lightning components, third-party APIs, and
WebSocket connections can load fonts from this trusted URL (true) or not (false). This field has a default
value of false. This field is available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| isApplicableToFrameSrc | boolean | Indicates whether Lightning components, third-party APIs, and WebSocket connections can load resources contained in <iframe> elements from this trusted URL (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false.This field is available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| isApplicableToImgSrc | boolean | Indicates whether Lightning components, third-party APIs, and WebSocket connections can load images from this trusted URL (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. This field is available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| isApplicableToMediaSrc | boolean | Indicates whether Lightning components, third-party APIs, and
WebSocket connections can load audio and video from this trusted URL
(true) or not (false). This field has a default
value of false. In API version 59.0 and later, for each trusted URL, at least one CSPTrustedSite starting with isApplicable or canAccess must be set to true. In API version 50.0 to 58.0, if all isApplicable fields are false, the isApplicableToImgSrc field is set to true. In API version 49.0 and earlier, if all isApplicable fields are false, these fields all default to true. This field is available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| isApplicableToStyleSrc | boolean | Indicates whether Lightning components, third-party APIs, and WebSocket connections can load style sheets from this trusted URL (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. This field is available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| mobileExtension | string | Reserved for future use. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| corporateCurrency | string | The ISO 4217 code of the org's corporate currency, such as USD or EUR. The corporate currency's conversion rate is fixed at 1.0; all other currencies are denominated against it. Setting this field in a deploy switches the org's corporate currency, which demotes the previously corporate currency and rebases conversion rates. The new corporate currency must already be registered in the org and be active. Has no effect unless enableMultiCurrency is true, either previously or in the same deploy. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| currency | Currency[] | One or more currency entries. New currencies are inserted; entries that match an existing currency by isoCode update its active, scale, and conversionRate values. Has no effect unless enableMultiCurrency is true, either previously or in the same deploy. See Currency Fields. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableCurrencyEffectiveDates | boolean | Indicates whether effective dated currency is enabled (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. To enable this preference, enableMultiCurrency must be set to true |
| enableCurrencySymbolWithMultiCurrency | boolean | Indicates whether the currency symbol (true) or ISO code (false) displays in multi-currency orgs. This field has a default value of false. This field has no effect if enableMultiCurrency is set to false. |
| enableMultiCurrency | boolean | Indicates whether multiple currencies are enabled (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. Starting in API version 68.0, deploying true against an org that doesn't have multi-currency enabled turns on multi-currency for the org. Deploying true against an org that already has multi-currency enabled is a no-op. When multi-currency is turned on, the corporate currency is taken from corporateCurrency if provided in the same deploy; otherwise it defaults to the org's locale-derived currency. |
| isMultiCurrencyActivationAllowed | boolean | Deprecated in API version 49.0 and later. Regardless of the value in this
field, a Salesforce admin can activate multiple currencies. In API version 48.0 and earlier, if Customizable Forecasting was enabled, this field indicated whether Salesforce Customer Support could activate multiple currencies (true) or the feature couldn't be activated (false). This field is only visible if
multiple currencies are disabled. It has a default of false to provide an extra layer of protection against accidentally
enabling multiple currencies when Customizable Forecasting was enabled. In API
version 48.0 and earlier, customers with Customizable Forecasting enabled in their
orgs had to contact Salesforce Customer Support to activate multiple currencies.
Customers set this field to true when
Salesforce Customer Support requested that they do so to validate their request to
activate multiple currencies.
|
| isParenCurrencyConvDisabled | boolean | Indicates whether parenthetical currency conversion is disabled (true) or enabled (false). This field has a default value of true. When this field is set to false, Salesforce displays converted currency amounts to users whose personal currency differs from the currency of the record they're viewing. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| description | string | A description of the custom metadata type. This field can contain a maximum of 1,000 characters. |
| fields | CustomField[] | Represents one or more custom fields in the custom metadata type. |
| gender | Gender | Indicates the gender of the noun that represents the object. This field is used for languages where words need different treatment depending on their gender. |
| label | string | A label that represents the object throughout the Salesforce Setup user interface. Custom metadata types are visible only through the recently used objects list on the Lightning Platform Home Page and in the packaging user interface. |
| pluralLabel | string | The plural version of the label value. |
| startsWith | StartsWith (enumeration of type string) | Indicates whether the noun starts with a vowel, a consonant, or a special character. This field is used for languages where words need different treatment depending on their first character. |
| visibility | SetupObjectVisibility (enumeration of type string) | This field returns the visibility of a custom metadata type. The following
values are valid:
The default value is Public. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableCustomAddressField | boolean | Indicates whether the Address
Field Type is available
for custom fields (true) or not
(false). The default value
is false. Custom Address Fields can’t be disabled. When enableCustomAddressField is set to true, you can’t change the value to false. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actionOverrides | AppActionOverride[] |
Represents an action override for an application. Use it to create, update, edit, or delete action overrides.This field is available for Lightning Experience in API version 38.0 and later. |
| brand | AppBrand |
The color scheme and logo used for the app.This field is available for Lightning Experience in API version 38.0 and later. |
| consoleConfig | ServiceCloudConsoleConfig |
Represents configuration settings for a Salesforce console app.This field is available in API version 42.0 and later. |
| defaultLandingTab | string | The fullName of a standard tab or custom tab that opens when this application is selected. |
| description | string | The optional description text of the application. |
| formFactors | FormFactor (enumeration of type string) |
Indicates the form factors for which the app is
visible for Lightning Experience. Valid values are:
This field is available in API version 38.0 and later. As of API version 38.0, formFactors is set to Large for existing Salesforce Classic apps, except for Salesforce Classic consoles. Salesforce Classic apps installed from packages created before API version 38.0 also have formFactors set to Large. For Salesforce Classic apps in packages created with API 38.0 or later, you must set formFactors to Large for Salesforce Classic apps to appear in the Lightning Experience desktop. As of API version 47.0, the Small value is supported for Lightning apps. The formFactors field can be set to Small or Large for Lightning apps, and it can be set to Null or Large for Salesforce Classic apps. |
| isNavAutoTempTabsDisabled | boolean | Indicates whether the navigation automatically creates temporary tabs settings. Applies only to Lightning apps with standard navigation. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| isNavPersonalizationDisabled | boolean | Indicates whether navigation personalization is disabled. Applies only to Lightning apps. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| isNavTabPersistenceDisabled | boolean | Indicates whether workspace tabs are cleared for each new console session (true) or not (false). Applies only to Lightning apps with console navigation. Available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| isServiceCloudConsole | boolean | Indicates if the application is a Salesforce Classic console app. For Lightning Experience console apps, this field is null and the navType field is set to Console. |
| label | string | The name of the application. |
| logo | string | The optional reference to the image document for a Salesforce app or Salesforce console app. |
| navType | NavType (enumeration of type string) |
The value Standard is for a
Lightning app with standard navigation. The value Console is for a Lightning app with console navigation. This field is available in API version 38.0 and later. |
| preferences | AppPreferences |
Represents the preferences for a Salesforce Classic console app. All of the AppPreferences fields are required.This field is available in API version 42.0 and later. |
| profileActionOverrides | AppProfileActionOverride[] |
A list of the Lightning Experience record
page ProfileActionOverrides that are assigned to this custom app. When a user
invokes the custom app, a matching ProfileActionOverride assignment takes
precedence over existing overrides for the record page specified in ActionOverride. You can override a record page for the custom app
by record type and profile.
In API version 45.0 and later, you can override a home page for the custom app by profile. |
| setupExperience | string | The type of Setup experience associated with the app. Valid values are:
A null value is equivalent to all. Previous valid values AllSetup, ServiceSetup, and EssentialsSetup have been deprecated. This field is available in API version 39.0 and later. |
| subscriberTabs | string[] |
Represents the list of tabs appended by a
subscriber to a Lightning app installed from a managed package. Records in a
subscriber tab always open as primary tabs.
This field is available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| tabs | string[] | The list of tabs included in this application. In API version 12.0, the
fullName for built-in tabs like Home, Account, and Reports,
is the name of the tab (Home, for example). In API version 13.0 and later, built-in
tabs are prefixed with standard-. For example,
to reference the Account tab you would use standard-Account. In API version 42.0, this field was renamed from tab to tabs. |
| uiBundle | string[] | The fully qualified name of an interal React app, which is represented by the
UIBundle metadata type, such as c__propertymanagementapp. When configured, makes the app available in
the App Launcher. This field is available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| uiType | UiType (enumeration of type string) | Not updateable. Identifies the type of custom
app. The value is:
This field is available in API version 38.0 and later. |
| utilityBar | string |
The developer name of the utility bar associated
with this app.
We recommend assigning a utility bar to only one Lightning App, because utility bars are shared. Sharing means that if you change the utility bar in one app, it automatically changes in all apps associated with it. This field is available in API version 38.0 and later. |
| workspaceConfig | AppWorkspaceConfig | isServiceCloudConsole is true.Represents how records open in a Salesforce console app. Required if workspaceConfig from workspaceMappings. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actionName | string | The only valid value is view for API version 43.0 and earlier. The value tab is supported for API version 44.0 and later. |
| comment | string | Any comments you want associated with the override. |
| content | string | Set this field if type is set to flexipage. It refers to the name of the page to use as the override. To reference installed components, use the format of Component_namespace__Component_name. |
| formFactor | FormFactor(enumeration of type string) |
The size of the page being
overridden.
If the type field is set to flexipage, set this field to Large to override the View action with a Lightning page in Lightning Experience. The Large value represents the Lightning Experience desktop environment and is valid only for the flexipage and lightningcomponent types. The Small value represents the Salesforce mobile app on a phone or tablet. The Medium value is reserved for future use. The null value (which is the same as specifying no value) represents Salesforce Classic. This field is available in API version 37.0 and later and is part of the feature for creating and editing record pages in Lightning Experience. Lightning component overrides return different FormFactor values depending on the API version used.
|
| pageOrSobjectType | string | The name of the
sObject type being overridden. Valid values are standard and custom. This value must be standard-home when actionName is tab. |
| skipRecordTypeSelect | boolean | Set this field to true if you prefer that any new records created by this action override aren’t forwarded to the record type selection page. This field is only valid if the actionName is a “create” type (like new), and type is set to visualforce. |
| type | ActionOverrideType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Represents the type of action override. The valid values are Flexipage and Default.
A Flexipage AppActionOverride set to App Default can’t be deleted via Metadata API. Instead, remove the override using the page assignment wizard in the Lightning App Builder UI. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actionName | string | Required. The name of the action. The only valid values are Tab and View. If pageOrSobjectType is record-home, this field must be View. The View action is supported only when ProfileActionOverride is being specified as part of a CustomApplication. In API version 45.0 and later, this action is supported only when ProfileActionOverride is being specified as part of a CustomApplication, pageOrSobjectType is standard-home, and this field is Tab. |
| content | string | Read-only. Represents the name of the Lightning page being used as the override. |
| formFactor | FormFactor (enumeration of type string) | Required. The size of the page being overridden. The Large value represents the Lightning Experience desktop environment. |
| pageOrSobjectType | string | Required. The name of the page being overridden. The only valid values are record-home and standard-home. If the actionName is Tab, this field must be standard-home |
| profile | string | The profile associated with the ProfileActionOverride. |
| recordType | string | The record type associated with the override. If pageOrSobjectType is standard-home, this field must be null. This field is required when actionName is set to View. |
| type | ActionOverrideType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Read-only. The type of action override. The only valid value is flexipage. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| action | string | Required. The action performed in the console when a user presses the
keyboard shortcut. Valid values are:
|
| active | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the keyboard shortcut is active (true) or not (false). |
| keyCommand | string |
Each key command can include up to four modifier keys followed by one non-modifier key. Modifier and non-modifier keys are separated by the + key. Modifier keys can occur in any order, but you must place non-modifier keys at the end of the key command sequence. For example, SHIFT+CTRL+ALT+META +A. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| customShortcuts | CustomShortcut[] |
addEventListener() method in the Salesforce Console Integration Toolkit. You
can’t create keyboard shortcuts for actions performed outside of the console. Represents custom keyboard shortcuts assigned to a Salesforce console app in Salesforce Classic. Before you can create custom shortcuts, a developer must define the shortcut’s action with the In API version 42.0, this field was renamed from customShortcut to customShortcuts. |
| defaultShortcuts | DefaultShortcut[] |
Represents default keyboard shortcuts assigned to a Salesforce console app. After you enable keyboard shortcuts for a console, several default shortcuts are available for customization. These include opening and closing tabs, moving between tabs, and saving records.In API version 42.0, this field was renamed from defaultShortcut to defaultShortcuts. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| height | int | Height of the list in pixels or percentage. Required if location is top. |
| location | string | Required. Location of the list on the screen. Valid values are:
|
| units | string | Required. Represents if height or width is in pixels or percentage. |
| width | int | Width of the list in pixels or percentage. Required if location is left. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableLiveChat | boolean | Specifies whether Chat is enabled in your organization (true) or not (false). |
| openNewAccountSubtab | boolean | Specifies whether to open a new Account subtab in a Salesforce console app automatically (true) or not (false) when an agent accepts a chat. |
| openNewCaseSubtab | boolean | Specifies whether to open a new Case subtab in a Salesforce console app automatically (true) or not (false) when an agent accepts a chat. |
| openNewContactSubtab | boolean | Specifies whether to open a new Contact subtab in a Salesforce console app automatically (true) or not (false) when an agent accepts a chat. |
| openNewLeadSubtab | boolean | Specifies whether to open a new Lead subtab in a Salesforce console app automatically (true) or not (false) when an agent accepts a chat. |
| openNewVFPageSubtab | boolean | Specifies whether to open a new Visualforce page as a subtab in a Salesforce console app automatically (true) or not (false) when an agent accepts a chat. |
| pageNamesToOpen | string [array of strings] | Specifies the Visualforce pages to open in subtabs when an agent accepts a chat
in a Salesforce console app. This field is available in API version 42.0 and later. |
| showKnowledgeArticles | boolean | Specifies whether to display the Knowledge component while using Chat in a Salesforce console app (true) or not (false). |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| componentList | AppComponentList | Represents custom console components (Visualforce pages) assigned to a Salesforce console app. |
| detailPageRefreshMethod | string |
Determines how detail pages refresh in a
Salesforce console app. Required if
isServiceCloudConsole is true. The valid values are:
|
| string | Specify the color with a hexadecimal code, such as #0000FF for blue. | |
| headerColor | string | Specify the color with a hexadecimal code, such as #0000FF for blue.Determines the header color in a Salesforce console app. |
| keyboardShortcuts | KeyboardShortcuts | Represents the keyboard shortcuts for a Salesforce console app. Keyboard shortcuts let users perform actions by pressing a combination of keys instead of having to use a mouse. |
| listPlacement | ListPlacement | Represents how lists display in a Salesforce console app. Required if isServiceCloudConsole is true. |
| listRefreshMethod | string |
Determines how lists refresh in a Salesforce console
app. Required if isServiceCloudConsole is true. The valid values are:
|
| liveAgentConfig | LiveAgentConfig | Represents the configurations for using Chat in the Salesforce Console. |
| primaryTabColor | string | Determines the primary tab color in a Salesforce console app. Specify the color with a hexadecimal code, such as #0000FF for blue. |
| pushNotifications | PushNotification[] | Represents push notifications for a Salesforce console app. Push notifications are visual indicators on lists and detail pages that show when a record or field has changed during a user’s session. For example, assume that two support agents are working on the same case. If one agent changes the Priority, a push notification displays to the other agent so the agent notices the change and doesn’t duplicate the effort. |
| tabLimitConfig | TabLimitConfig | Represents the maximum number of primary tabs and subtabs allowed in one Salesforce console session. Required if enableTabLimits is true. |
| whiteListedDomains | string[] | Any external domains that users can access from within a Salesforce console app. For example, www.yourdomain.com. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| maxNumberOfPrimaryTabs | string | The maximum number of primary tabs allowed in one console session. Valid values are:
|
| maxNumberOfSubTabs | string | The maximum number of subtabs allowed in one console session. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| feedItemType | FeedItemType (enumeration of type string) |
Required. The type of feed items that the filter shows. The feed item type can be one of the following values:
|
| feedItemVisibility | FeedItemVisibility (enumeration of type string) |
The visibility of feed items that the filter shows. For example, you can show only poll posts that are visible internally. Valid values are:
|
| relatedSObjectType | string |
The API name of the object that the feed item refers to. This field is typically used with the CreateRecordEvent feed item type. For example, a feed filter can show CreateRecordEvent feed items for the Cases object. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| businessOwnerGroup | reference | Group associated with this field. The business owner group understands the importance of the field’s data to your company, and can be responsible for determining the minimum security classification. This field is available in API version 45.0 and later. |
| businessOwnerUser | reference | Person associated with this field. The business owner understands the importance of the field’s data to your company, and can be responsible for determining the minimum security classification. This field is available in API version 45.0 and later. |
| businessStatus | picklist | Indicates if the field is in use. Valid values are:
|
| caseSensitive | boolean | Indicates whether the field is case-sensitive (true) or not (false). For indirect lookup relationship fields on external objects, this attribute affects how this custom field’s values are matched against the values of the referenceTargetField. |
| complianceGroup | multipicklist | Compliance acts, definitions, or regulations related to the
field’s data. Valid values are:
|
| customDataType | string | Deprecated in the Spring ‘19 (API version 45.0) release. |
| defaultValue | string | If specified, represents the default value of the field. |
| deleteConstraint | DeleteConstraint (enumeration of type string) |
Deletion options for lookup
relationships. Valid values are:
For more information on lookup relationships, see Object Relationships Overview. |
| deprecated | boolean | Reserved for future use. |
| description | string | Description of the field. |
| displayFormat | string | Display format of the field. |
| displayLocationInDecimal | boolean | Indicates how the geolocation values of a custom location field appear in the user interface. If true, the geolocation values appear in decimal notation. If false, the geolocation values appear as degrees, minutes, and seconds. |
| elementType | ElementType (enumeration of type string) | Reserved for future use. |
| encryptionScheme | EncryptionScheme (enumeration of type string) | For encrypted fields, determines which encryption scheme a field
takes. Valid values are:
|
| externalDeveloperName | string | Available only for external objects. Name of the table column on the external data source that maps to this custom field in Salesforce. Corresponds to the External Column Name in the user interface. This field is available in API version 32.0 and later. |
| externalId | boolean | Indicates whether the field is an external ID field (true) or not (false). This property is returned only if the custom field data type is auto number, email, number, or text. |
| fieldManageability | FieldManageability (enumeration of type string) | Determines who can update the field after it’s released in a
managed package. Valid values are:
|
| formula | string | If specified, represents a formula on the field. |
| formulaTreatBlanksAs | TreatBlanksAs (enumeration of type string) | Indicates how to treat blanks in a formula. Valid values are BlankAsBlank and BlankAsZero. |
| fullName | string | Full name of the object. It must be specified when creating, updating, or deleting the object. See createMetadata() to see an example of this field specified for a call. |
| globalPicklist | string. | If this custom field is a picklist that’s based on a global picklist, globalPicklist is the name of the global picklist whose value set this picklist inherits. A custom picklist that’s based on a global picklist is restricted. You can only add or remove values by editing the global picklist. This field is available only in API version 37.0. |
| indexed | boolean | Indicates whether the field is indexed (true) or not (false). If this field is unique or the externalId is set true, the isIndexed value is set to true. This field is available only in API version 14.0 and earlier. |
| inlineHelpText | string | Content of field-level help. For more information, see Define Field-Level Help. |
| isAIPredictionField | boolean | Available for number type custom fields when you use Einstein Prediction Builder. Indicates whether the field can store and display Einstein prediction data on an object (true) or not (false). Use Einstein Prediction Builder to determine the data for the target field. This field is available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| isFilteringDisabled | boolean | Available only for external objects. Indicates whether the custom field is available in filters (true) or not (false). This field is available in API version 32.0 and later. |
| isNameField | boolean | Available only for external object fields of type text. Indicates whether the custom field is the name field (true) or not (false). For each external object, you can specify one field as the name field. If you set this value to true, ensure the external table column identified by the externalDeveloperName attribute contains name values. This field is available in API version 32.0 and later. |
| isSortingDisabled | boolean | Available only for external objects. Indicates whether the custom field is sortable (true) or not (false). This field is available in API version 32.0 and later. |
| label | string | Label for the field. You can't update the label for standard picklist fields, such as the Industry field for accounts. |
| length | int | Length of the field. |
| lookupFilter | LookupFilter | Metadata associated with a lookup
filter definition. This field is only available in API version 30.0
and earlier. The metadata
associated with a lookup filter is now represented by the
lookupFilter field in the CustomField
component.
LookupFilter isn't supported on the article type object. |
| maskChar | EncryptedFieldMaskChar (enumeration of type string) |
For encrypted fields, specifies the character to be used as a mask. Valid values are:
This value pertains to Classic Encryption, not Shield Platform Encryption. For more information on encrypted fields, see Classic Encryption for Custom Fields in Salesforce Help. |
| maskType | EncryptedFieldMaskType (enumeration of type string) |
For encrypted text fields, specifies the format of the masked and unmasked characters in the field. Valid values are:
|
| metadataRelationshipControllingField | string | In custom metadata relationships, represents the controlling field that specifies the standard or custom object in an entity definition metadata relationship. Required when creating a field definition or entity particle metadata relationship on a custom metadata type. The object specified in the controlling field determines the values available in its dependent field definition or entity particle. For example, specifying the Account object filters the available fields in the field definition to Account fields only. This field is available in API version 39.0 and later. |
| picklist | Picklist | If specified, the field is a picklist, and this field counts the picklist values and labels. This field is available only in API version 37.0 and earlier. In later versions, use valueSet instead. |
| populateExistingRows | boolean | Indicates whether existing rows are going to be populated (true) or not (false). |
| precision | int | Precision, or number of digits in a number value. For example, the number 256.99 has a precision value of 5. |
| referenceTargetField | string | Specifies the custom field on the parent object to match against this indirect lookup relationship field, whose values come from an external data source. The specified custom field on the parent object must have both externalId and unique set to true. Available only for indirect lookup relationship fields on external objects. This field is available in API version 32.0 and later. |
| referenceTo | string | Reference this field has to another object. |
| relationshipLabel | string | Label for the relationship. |
| relationshipName | string | Value for one-to-many relationships. For example, if MyObject has a relationship to YourObject, the relationship name can be YourObjects. |
| relationshipOrder | int |
This field is valid for all
master-detail relationships, but the value is only non-zero for
junction objects. A junction object has two master-detail
relationships, and is analogous to an association table in a
many-to-many relationship. Junction objects must define one
parent object as primary (0), the other as secondary (1). The
definition of primary or secondary affects delete behavior and
inheritance of look and feel, and record ownership for junction
objects.
0 or 1 are the only valid values, and 0 is always the value for objects that aren't junction objects. |
| reparentableMasterDetail | boolean |
Indicates whether the
child records in a master-detail relationship on a custom object
can be reparented to different parent records (true) or not (false). The default value is
false.
This field is available in API version 25.0 and later. |
| required | boolean | Indicates whether the field requires a value on creation (true) or not (false). |
| scale | int | Scale, or the number of digits to the right of the decimal point in a number. For example, the number 256.99 has a scale of 2. |
| securityClassification | picklist | Sensitivity of the data contained in the field. Valid values are:
|
| startingNumber | int | Starting number for the field. When you create records, the
Starting Number value increments to store
the number that will be assigned to the next auto number field
created.
|
| stripMarkup | boolean | Indicates whether to remove markup (true) or preserve it (false). Used when converting a rich text area to a long text area. |
| summarizedField | string | Field on the detail row that’s being summarized. This field can't be null unless the summaryOperation value is count. |
| summaryFilterItems | FilterItem[] | Set of filter conditions for this field if it's a summary field. This field is summed in the child if the filter conditions are met. |
| summaryForeignKey | string | Master-detail field on the child that defines the relationship between the parent and the child. |
| summaryOperation | SummaryOperations (enumeration of type string) | Represents the type of sum operation to be performed. Valid
values are:
|
| trackFeedHistory | boolean |
Indicates whether the field is
enabled for feed tracking (true) or not (false). To set this field to true, the
enableFeeds field on the associated CustomObject
must also be true. For more
information, see Customize
Chatter Feed Tracking. This field is available in API version 18.0 and later. |
| trackHistory | boolean |
Indicates whether history tracking
is enabled for the field (true) or not (false). Also available for standard object
fields (picklist and lookup fields only) in API version 30.0 and
later. To set trackHistory to true, the enableHistory field on the associated standard or custom object must also be true. Field history tracking isn’t available for external objects. |
| trackTrending | boolean |
Indicates whether historical
trending data is captured for the field (true) or not (false).
An object is enabled for
historical trending if this attribute is true for at least one field.
This field is available in API version 29.0 and later. For more information, see Report on Historical Changes. |
| trueValueIndexed | boolean | Relevant only for a checkbox field. If set, true values are built into the index. This field is available only in API version 14.0 and earlier. |
| type | FieldType (enumeration of type string) | Type of field. Optional for standard fields on standard objects. This field is included for some standard field types, such as picklist or lookup, but not for others. The type field is included for custom fields. |
| unique | boolean | Indicates whether the field is unique (true) or not (false). |
| valueSet | ValueSet | Set of values that make up a picklist on a custom field. Each
value is defined as a CustomValue. If this custom field is a picklist that
uses a global value set, valueSet is the name
of the global value set whose values this picklist inherits. A
custom picklist that uses a global value set is restricted. You can
only add or remove values by editing the global value set. A ValueSet component has either a valueSetDefinition or a valueName specified, but never both. This field is available in API version 38.0 and later. |
| visibleLines | int | Number of lines shown for the field. |
| writeRequiresMasterRead | boolean |
Minimum sharing access level
required on the primary record to create, edit, or delete child
records. This field applies only to master-detail or junction
object custom field types.
For junction objects, the most restrictive access from the two parents is enforced. For example, if you set to true on both master-detail fields, but users have Read access to one primary record and Read/Write access to the other primary record, users aren't able to create, edit, or delete child records. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| definitionCreationType | DefinitionCreationType enumeration | How the object was added. Valid values are:
In API version 62.0 and later, additional valid values are:
In API version 67.0 and later, additional valid values are:
|
| invalidMergeActionType | InvalidMergeActionType (enumeration of type string) | Action to take when an invalid merge occurs for a field used to
merge data. Valid values are:
|
| isDynamicLookup | boolean | Indicates whether existing data is queried for the field’s unique values (true) or not (false). |
| labelOverride | string | Custom label that overrides the field’s default display label in the data model. If unspecified, the default label is used. Maximum length is 255 characters. This field is available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| mappingAlertType | MappingAlertType (enumeration of type string) |
Type of alert shown when this field isn't mapped in the data model. This field is available in API version 65.0 and later. Valid values are:
|
| masterLabel | string | Master label for the field. Maximum length is 40 characters. This field is available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| primaryIndexOrder | int | Position of the field in the primary key, starting at 1. If specified, the field is part of the primary key. For a compound primary key, the value specifies the field’s position in the key. |
| refAttrDeveloperName | string | Developer name of the field in the reference model. Applies only to standard fields. |
| mktDatalakeSrcKeyQualifier | string | Developer name of the MktDataLakeSrcKeyQualifier configured in the field. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| definitionCreationType | DefinitionCreationType (enumeration of type string) | How the object was added. Valid values are:
In API version 62.0 and later, additional valid values are:
|
| dateFormat | string | Optional date format of date and time fields. This field is available only in API version 55.0 and earlier. |
| externalName | string | External name of this field. |
| isEventDate | boolean | Indicates whether this field contains the event date for behavioral model area objects that are used to partition data (true) or not (false). |
| primaryIndexOrder | int | Position of the field in the primary key, starting at 1. If specified, the field is part of the primary key. For a compound primary key, the value specifies the field’s position in the key. |
| isInternalOrganization | boolean | Indicates whether this field contains the value for internal organization (true) or not (false). The value of the field is the name of the internal organization. Landing objects don't have access to the Salesforce ID and use the developer name instead. |
| isRecordModified | boolean | Indicates whether the field is the record modified field used to calibrate latest record version (true) or not (false). |
| mktDatalakeSrcKeyQualifier | string | Developer name of the MktDataLakeSrcKeyQualifier configured in the field. This field is available in API version 55.0 and later. |
| keyQualifierName | string | Developer name of key qualifier field. This field is available in API version 55.0 and later. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| field | string | Name of the field specified in the filter. |
| operation | FilterOperation (enumeration of type string) |
Filter operation for this filter
item. Valid values are:
|
| value | string | Value of the filter item being operated on, for example, if the filter is my_number_field__c > 1, the value of value is 1. |
| valueField | string | Final column in the filter contains a field or a field value. Approval processes don’t support valueField entries in filter criteria. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| displayType | CustomFieldDisplayType (enumeration of type string) |
Required. The view type of the product attribute custom fields. Values are:
|
| fieldApiName | string | Required. The unique name of the product attribute, for example, color_c. |
| isProtected | boolean | Optional. An auto-generated value that doesn’t impact the behavior of the metadata type. The default value is false. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The primary label for this object. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| fullName | string | Required. The name of the custom label bundle. Inherited from Metadata, this field is defined in the WSDL for this metadata type. It must be specified when creating, updating, or deleting. See createMetadata() to see an example of this field specified for a call. |
| labels | CustomLabel[] | A list of custom labels. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| categories | string | A comma-separated list of categories for the label. This field can be used in filter criteria when creating custom label list views. Maximum of 255 characters. |
| fullName | string | Required. The name of the custom label. Inherited from Metadata, this field is defined in the WSDL for this metadata type. It must be specified when creating, updating, or deleting. See createMetadata() to see an example of this field specified for a call. |
| language | string | Required. The language of the translated custom label. |
| protected | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this component is protected (true) or not (false). Protected components can’t be linked to or referenced by components created in the installing organization. |
| shortDescription | string | Required. An easily recognizable term to identify this custom label. This description is used in merge fields. |
| value | string | Required. The translated custom label. Maximum of 1000 characters. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| description | string | A description of the custom metadata record. This field can contain a maximum of 1,000 characters. |
| label | string | A label that represents the object throughout the Salesforce Setup user interface. Custom metadata records are currently visible only through the packaging user interface. |
| protected | boolean |
Boolean. Indicates whether the record is protected (true) or not (false). When a
custom metadata type is released in a managed package, access is limited in
specific ways.
|
| values | CustomMetadataValue[] | Represents one or more values for custom fields on the custom metadata record. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| caseValues | ObjectNameCaseValue[] | Different combinations of the custom object with regard to article, plural, possessive, and case. |
| fields | CustomFieldTranslation[] | A list of translations for the custom fields associated with the custom object. |
| fieldSets | FieldSetTranslation[] | A list of field set translations. Available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| fullName | string | The name of the custom object and the translation language with a
format of
customObjectName-lang,
where customObjectName is the custom object name,
and lang is the translation language. Inherited from Metadata, this field is defined in the WSDL for this metadata type. It must be specified when creating, updating, or deleting. See createMetadata() to see an example of this field specified for a call. |
| gender | Gender | Indicates the gender of the noun that represents the object. Used for languages where words need different treatment depending on their gender. |
| layouts | LayoutTranslation[] | A list of page layout translations. |
| nameFieldLabel | string | The label for the name field. Maximum of 80 characters. When you deploy a change to nameFieldLabel, also include at least one top-level caseValues entry with a nonempty value. Otherwise, the deployment succeeds but doesn’t apply the nameFieldLabel change. |
| namedFilters | NamedFilterTranslation[] | A list of translations for lookup filter error messages
associated with the custom object. This field has been removed as of API version 30.0 and is only available in prior versions. The translation metadata associated with a lookup filter is now represented by the lookupFilter field in the CustomFieldTranslation subtype. |
| quickActions | QuickActionTranslation[] | A list of translations for actions. |
| recordTypes | RecordTypeTranslation[] | A list of record type translations. |
| sharingReasons | SharingReasonTranslation[] | A list of sharing reason translations. |
| startsWith | StartsWith (enumeration of type string) | Indicates whether the noun starts with a vowel, consonant, or is a special character. This is used for languages where words need different treatment depending on the first character. |
| validationRules | ValidationRuleTranslation[] | A list of validation rule translations. |
| webLinks | WebLinkTranslation[] | A list of web link translations. |
| workflowTasks | WorkflowTaskTranslation[] | A list of workflow task translations. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| caseValues | ObjectNameCaseValue[] | Different combinations of the custom object with regard to article, plural, possessive, and case. Available in API version 29.0 and later. |
| description | string | Translation for the custom field description. |
| gender | Gender | Available in API version 29.0 and later. |
| help | string | Translation for the text that displays in the field-level help hover text for this field. |
| label | string | Translation for the label. Maximum of 40 characters. |
| lookupFilter | LookupFilterTranslation |
Represents the translation
metadata associated with a lookup filter.
This field is available in API version 30.0 and later. LookupFilter isn’t supported on the article type object. |
| name | string | Required. The name of the field relative to the custom object; for example, MyField__c. |
| picklistValues | PicklistValueTranslation[] | List of translations for picklist values. See PicklistValue. Note: “Subject” on the Task object is a text field, not a picklist value. It can’t be retrieved via Metadata API. Translations can be provided via the Translation Workbench. |
| relationshipLabel | string | Translation for a lookup relationship label. A lookup relationship allows a field to be associated with another field. The relationship field allows users to select an option from a list of values defined by the other field. Maximum of 80 characters. |
| startsWith | StartsWith (enumeration of type string) | Indicates whether the noun starts with a vowel, consonant, or is a special character. Used for languages where words need different treatment depending on the first character. Available in API version 29.0 and later. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| article | Article (enumeration of type string) | English has two types of articles: definite
(the) and indefinite (a,
an). The usage of these articles depends
mainly on whether you're referring to any member of a group, or to a
specific member of a group. The valid values are:
|
| caseType | CaseType (enumeration of type string) | The case of the custom object name. The valid values are:
|
| plural | boolean | Indicates whether the value field is plural (true) or singular (false). |
| possessive | Possessive (enumeration of type string) | The possessive case of
a language is a grammatical case used to indicate a relationship of
possession. The valid values are:
|
| value | string | Required. The value or label in this grammatical context. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Required. Determines whether the site is active. |
| allowHomePage | boolean | Required. Determines whether the standard home page is visible to public users. This field is available in API version 15.0 and later. |
| allowStandardAnswersPages | boolean | Determines whether the standard answer pages are visible to public users. This field is available in API version 19.0 and later. |
| allowStandardIdeasPages | boolean | Required. Determines whether the standard Ideas pages are visible to public users. This field is available in API version 15.0 and later. |
| allowStandardLookups | boolean | Required. Determines whether the standard lookup pages are visible to public users. This field is available in API version 15.0 and later. |
| allowStandardPortalPages | boolean | Required. When enabled, authenticated users in this site can access standard Salesforce pages as allowed by their access controls. When disabled, authenticated users in this site can't access standard Salesforce pages, even if their access controls allow it. If your site serves only Visualforce pages, disabling this setting helps add a layer of access protection to your site. This field is available in API version 39.0 and later. |
| allowStandardSearch | boolean | Required. Determines whether the standard search pages are visible to public users. This field is available in API version 15.0 and later. |
| analyticsTrackingCode | string | The tracking code associated with your site. Services such as Google Analytics can use this code to track page request data for your site. This field is available in API version 17.0 and later. |
| authorizationRequiredPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display when the guest user tries to access a page for which they aren’t authorized. |
| bandwidthExceededPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display when the site has exceeded its bandwidth quota. |
| browserXssProtection | boolean | Required. Determines whether protection against reflected cross-site scripting attacks is enabled. If a reflected cross-site scripting attack is detected, the browser shows a blank page with no content. Available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| cachePublicVisualforcePagesInProxyServers | boolean | Indicates whether proxy servers cache this site’s publicly available pages only
for unauthenticated guest users (true) or not
(false). When this field is false, this site’s cache-enabled Visualforce pages
are cached in the web browser for both authenticated and unauthenticated users. The
default is true. See Configure Site Caching in Salesforce Help
for more information. This field is available in API version 52.0 and later. |
| changePasswordPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display when the portal user attempts to change their password for either the portal or for Chatter Answers, when enabled. |
| chatterAnswersForgotPasswordConfirmPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page that informs the user that an email has been sent to them with a temporary password. This field is available if Chatter Answers is enabled for your organization. This field is available in API version 27.0 and later. |
| chatterAnswersForgotPasswordPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display when a user clicks the link to retrieve a forgotten password. This field is available if Chatter Answers is enabled for your organization. This field is available in API version 27.0 and later. |
| chatterAnswersHelpPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display when the user clicks the help link. This field is available if Chatter Answers is enabled for your organization. This field is available in API version 27.0 and later. |
| chatterAnswersLoginPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display where users can log in to the portal. This field is available if Chatter Answers is enabled for your organization. This field is available in API version 27.0 and later. |
| chatterAnswersRegistrationPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display where users can register themselves and access the portal. This field is available in API version 27.0 and later. |
| clickjackProtectionLevel | SiteClickjackProtectionLevel (enumeration of type string) |
Sets the clickjack protection level. The options
are:
|
| contentSniffingProtection | boolean | Required. Determines whether the browser is prevented from inferring the MIME type from the document content. If enabled, it also prevents the browser from executing some malicious files (JavaScript, Stylesheet) as dynamic content. This field is available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| cspUpgradeInsecureRequests | boolean | This field is removed in API version 52.0 and later. In API version 51.0 and earlier, the value in the field is ignored. |
| customWebAddresses | SiteWebAddress[] | The root custom URLs associated with the site. Saving or deploying a CustomSite replaces all root custom URLs in the site with the root custom URLs in this list. Custom URLs that use a non-root path prefix aren’t included in this list and aren’t affected when saving or deploying a CustomSite. This field is available in API version 21.0 and later. |
| description | string | The site description. |
| enableAuraRequests | boolean | Determines whether guest users can view features available only in Lightning (true). If set to false, Lightning features don’t load. This field is available in API version 46.0 and later. |
| favoriteIcon | string | The name of the static resource, without the extension, for the icon that
appears in next to the site’s name in browser tabs, bookmarks, and search results.
To update a site’s favorite icon, create a 16px by 16px ICO file. Then store that images a static resource at the base path for the site. For example, if the icon file name is favico.ico, https://myDomainName.my.site.com/store/favicon.ico is the required path for a site with the URL https://myDomainName.my.site.com/store. To use that icon, set favoriteIcon to favicon. If the specified the ICO file doesn’t exist in the required location, a 404 error is returned. Otherwise, if the file isn’t present, no favorite icon is used. |
| fileNotFoundPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display when the guest user tries to access a non-existent page. |
| forgotPasswordPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display when a user clicks the Forgot Password link on the site’s login page. This field is only applicable for Experience Cloud sites. |
| genericErrorPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display for errors not otherwise specified. |
| guestProfile | string | Read only. The name of the profile associated with the guest user. |
| inMaintenancePage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display when the site is down for maintenance. |
| inactiveIndexPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page set as the inactive site home page. |
| indexPage | string | Required. The name of the Visualforce page set as the active site home page. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The name of the site label in the Salesforce user interface. |
| myProfilePage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display as the site user’s profile page, where users can update their contact information. This field is available in API version 20.0 and later. |
| portal | string | The name of the portal associated with this site for login access. |
| redirectToCustomDomain | boolean | Indicates whether requests for this site’s system-managed URLs are redirected
to the HTTPS custom domain serving this site (true) or not (false).
System-managed site URLs end in *.my.salesforce-sites.com or
*.my.site.com. In Experience Cloud sites, the default is
false. In Salesforce Sites, the default is
true. If multiple custom domains serve this site and this field is set to true, requests are routed to the site’s primary custom URL only if it’s an HTTPS custom domain. Otherwise, requests are redirected to the first HTTPS custom domain associated with this site, in alphanumeric order. If no HTTPS custom domain serves this site, this option has no effect. This field is available in API version 52.0 and later. |
| referrerPolicyOriginWhenCrossOrigin | boolean | Required. Determines whether the referrer header shows only Salesforce.com rather than the entire URL when loading a page. This feature eliminates the potential for a referrer header to reveal sensitive information that could be present in a full URL, such as an org ID. This field is available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| requireHttps | boolean | This field is removed in API version 52.0 and later. In API version 51.0 and earlier, the value in the field is ignored. |
| requireInsecurePortalAccess | boolean | Determines whether to override your organization's security settings and exclusively use HTTP when logging in to the associated portal from your site. Removed in API version 50.0 and later. |
| robotsTxtPage | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display for the robots.txt file used by web crawlers. |
| selfRegPage | string | Visualforce page used for self-registration. |
| serverIsDown | string | The name of the static resource to be displayed from the cache server when Salesforce servers are down. The static resource must be a public zip file 1 MB or smaller and must contain a page named maintenance.html at the root level of the zip file. Other resources in the zip file, such as images or CSS files, can follow any directory structure. This field is available in API version 17.0 and later. |
| siteAdmin | string | The username of the site administrator. |
| siteGuestRecordDefaultOwner | string | The username of the user who owns all new records that unauthenticated guest users create. This field is available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| siteIframeWhiteListUrls | SiteIframeWhiteListUrl[] | The list of external domains that you allow to frame your Salesforce site. This field is available in API 49.0 and later. |
| siteRedirectMappings | SiteRedirectMapping[] | An array of all URL redirect rules set for your site. This field is available in API version 20.0 and later. |
| siteTemplate | string | The name of the Visualforce page to be used as the site template. |
| siteType | siteType | Required. Identifies whether the site is a Visualforce (Salesforce Sites), Site.com site, or ChatterNetwork (Salesforce Sites).This field is available in API version 27.0 and later. |
| subdomain | string | Read only. The previous custom subdomain prefix for the site. For example, if
your site URL is mycompany.force.com/partners,
mycompany is the subdomain. This field is applicable and required only when the myDomainSuffix MyDomainSettings field is set to MySalesforceLimited, CloudforceLimited, or DatabaseLimited. If you enabled Salesforce Sites or Digital Experiences when the myDomainSuffix MyDomainSettings field was set to one of those values, this field returns this site’s previous subdomain. Otherwise, this field returns a null value. |
| urlPathPrefix | string | The first part of the path on the site's URL that distinguishes this site from other sites. For example, if your site URL is MyDomainName.my.salesforce-sites.com/partners, partners is the urlPathPrefix. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| action | SiteRedirect (enumeration of type string) | Required. The type of the redirect. Available string values are:
|
| isActive | boolean | The status of the redirect: active or inactive. |
| source | string | Required. The URL that you want to redirect. It must be a relative URL, but can have any valid extension type, such as .html or .php. |
| target | string | Required. The new URL you want users to visit. It can be a relative URL or a fully-qualified URL with an http:// or https:// prefix. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actionOverrides | ActionOverride[] |
A list of the action overrides
that are assigned to the tab. Only one override is allowed
per formFactor for a given
tab. This field is available in API version 37.0 and later. |
| auraComponent | string |
The name of the Aura component to display
in this tab.
Only one of these fields can have a value set:
|
| customObject | boolean | Indicates whether this tab is for a custom object (true) or not (false). If set to true, the name of the tab matches the
name of the custom object. Only one of these fields can have a value set:
|
| description | string | The optional description text for the tab. |
| flexiPage | string |
The name of the Lightning page to
display in this tab.
Only one of these fields can have a value set:
|
| frameHeight | int | The height, in pixels of the tab frame. Required for s-control and page tabs. |
| fullName | string | The name of the tab. The value of this field depends on the type
of tab, and the API version.
The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| hasSidebar | boolean | Indicates if the tab displays the sidebar panel. |
| icon | string | The optional reference to the image document for the tab if the tab isn’t using one of the standard tab styles. This field is available in API version 14.0. |
| label | string | The label of the tab, for web tabs only. |
| lwcComponent | string | The name of the Lightning web component to display in this
tab. Only one of these fields can have a value set:
|
| motif | string | Required. The tab style for the color scheme and icon for the
custom tab. For example, “'Custom70: Handsaw,” is the handsaw icon. Valid Values for this field are: Custom1:Heart, Custom2:Fan, Custom3:Sun, Custom4:Hexagon, Custom5:Leaf, Custom6:Triangle, Custom7:Square, Custom8:Diamond, Custom9:Lightning, Custom10:Moon, Custom11:Star, Custom12:Circle, Custom13:Box, Custom14:Hands, Custom15:People, Custom16:Bank, Custom17:Sack, Custom18:Form, Custom19:Wrench, Custom20:Airplane, Custom21:Computer, Custom22:Telephone, Custom23:Envelope, Custom24:Building, Custom25:Alarmclock, Custom26:Flag, Custom27:Laptop, Custom28:Cellphone, Custom29:PDA, Custom30:Radardish, Custom31:Car, Custom32:Factory, Custom33:Desk, Custom34:Insect, Custom35:Microphone, Custom36:Train, Custom37:Bridge, Custom38:Camera, Custom39:Telescope, Custom40:Creditcard, Custom41:Cash, Custom42:Treasurechest, Custom43:Jewel, Custom44:Hammer, Custom45:Ticket, Custom46:Stamp, Custom47:Knight, Custom48:Trophy, Custom49:CD/DVD, Custom50:Bigtop, Custom51:Apple, Custom52:Balls, Custom53:Bell, Custom54:Boat, Custom55:Books, Custom56:Bottle, Custom57:BuildingBlock, Custom58:Caduceus, Custom59:Can, Custom60:Umbrella, Custom61:Castle, Custom62:Chalkboard, Custom63:Chip, Custom64:Compass, Custom65:Cup, Custom66:Dice, Custom67:Gears, Custom68:Globe, Custom69:Guitar, Custom70:Handsaw, Custom71:Headset, Custom72:Helicopter, Custom73:HighwaySign, Custom74:HotAirBalloon, Custom75:IPPhone, Custom76:Keys, Custom77:Locked, Custom78:Map, Custom79:MeasuringTape, Custom80:Motorcycle, Custom81:MusicalNote, Custom82:Whistle, Custom83:Pencil, Custom84:Presenter, Custom85:RealEstateSign, Custom86:RedCross, Custom87:Safe, Custom88:Sailboat, Custom89:Saxophone, Custom90:Scales, Custom91:Shield, Custom92:Ship, Custom93:ShoppingCart, Custom94:Stethoscope, Custom95:Stopwatch, Custom96:StreetSign, Custom97:Thermometer, Custom98:Truck, Custom99:TVCRT, Custom100:TVWidescreen. |
| page | string | The name of the Visualforce page to display in this tab. Only one of these fields can have a value set:
|
| scontrol | string | The name of the s-control to display in this tab. Only one of these fields can have a value set:
|
| splashPageLink | string | The custom link used as the introductory splash page when users click the tab. References a HomePageComponent. |
| url | string | The URL for the external web-page to embed in this tab. Only one of these fields can have a value set:
|
| urlEncodingKey | Encoding (enumeration of type string) | The default encoding setting is Unicode: UTF-8. Change it if you’re passing information to a URL that requires data in a different format. This option is available when the value URL is selected in the tab type. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| allowEmail | boolean | Indicates whether this value lets users email a quote PDF (true), or not (false). This field is only relevant for the Status field in quotes. This field is available in API version 18.0 and later. |
| closed | boolean | Indicates whether this value is associated with a closed status (true), or not (false). This field is only relevant for the standard Status field in cases and tasks. This field is available in API version 16.0 and up to version 36.0. In version 37.0, this field is in GlobalPicklistValue. |
| converted | boolean | Indicates whether this value is associated with a converted status (true), or not (false). This field is relevant for only the standard Lead Status field in leads. Your organization can set its own guidelines for determining when a lead is qualified, but typically, you want to convert a lead as soon as it becomes a real opportunity that you want to forecast. For more information, see Convert Qualified Leads in Salesforce Help. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| cssExposed | boolean |
Indicates whether this value is available in
your Self-Service Portal (true), or not
(false). This field is only relevant for the
standard Case Reason field in cases.
Self-Service provides an online support channel for your customers - allowing them to resolve their inquiries without contacting a customer service representative. For more information about Self-Service, see Setting Up Your Self-Service Portal in Salesforce Help. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| forecastCategory | ForecastCategories (enumeration of type string) |
Indicates whether this value is associated
with a forecast category (true), or not
(false). This field is only relevant for the
standard Stage field in opportunities.
This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| highPriority | boolean | Indicates whether this value is a high priority item (true), or not (false). This field is only relevant for the standard Priority field in tasks. For more information about tasks, see Start Using Tasks in Salesforce Help. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| probability | int | Indicates whether this value is a probability percentage (true), or not (false). This field is only relevant for the standard Stage field in opportunities. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| reverseRole | string |
A picklist value corresponding to a reverse
role name for a partner. If the role is subcontractor, then the reverse role might
be general contractor. Assigning a partner role to an account in Salesforce
creates a reverse partner relationship so that both accounts list the other as a
partner. This field is only relevant for partner roles.
For more information, see Partner Fields in Salesforce Help. This field is available in API version 18.0 and later. |
| reviewed | boolean | Indicates whether this value is associated with a reviewed status (true), or not (false). This field is only relevant for the standard Status field in solutions. For more information about opportunities, see Creating Solutions in Salesforce Help. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| won | boolean | Indicates whether this value is associated with a closed or won status (true), or not (false). This field is only relevant for the standard Stage field in opportunities. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| backgroundEndColor | string | Required. A dashboard can have a gradient color change on its charts. This field defines the second color for the gradient and backgroundStartColor defines the first color. If you prefer your background to be all one color or do not want a gradient color change, select the same color for this field and backgroundStartColor. The color is in hexadecimal format; for example #FF6600. |
| backgroundFadeDirection | ChartBackgroundDirection (enumeration of type string) | Required. The direction of the gradient color change, defined by
the backgroundStartColor and
backgroundEndColor fields. The valid values
are:
|
| backgroundStartColor | string | Required. The starting color for the gradient color change on the dashboard's charts. See backgroundEndColor for more information. The color is in hexadecimal format; for example #FF6600. |
| chartTheme | ChartTheme (enumeration of type string) | Determines the default theme for all dashboard charts. Replaces
dashboardChartTheme for API v42.0 and
later.
This field is available in API version 42.0 and later. |
| colorPalette | ChartColorPalettes (enumeration of type string) | Determines the default palette for all dashboard charts. Replaces
dashboardColorPalette for API v42.0 and later.
This field is available in API version 42.0 and later. |
| dashboardChartTheme | ChartTheme (enumeration of type string) | Determines the default theme for all dashboard charts.
This field is available to maintain backward compatibility with versions prior to API version 42.0. |
| dashboardColorPalette | ChartColorPalettes (enumeration of type string) | Determines the default palette for all dashboard charts.
This field is available to maintain backward compatibility with versions prior to API version 42.0. |
| dashboardFilters | DashboardFilter[] |
The list of filters in a
dashboard.
This field is available in API version 23.0 and later. |
| dashboardGridLayout | DashboardGridLayout |
Lists the included
DashboardGridComponent objects, specifies the number
of dashboard columns, and sets each dashboard row’s height in
pixels.
This field is available in API version 35.0 and later. |
| dashboardType | DashboardType (enumeration of type string) |
Determines the way
visibility settings are set for a dashboard. The valid
values are:
This field is available in API version 19.0 and later. |
| description | string | Description for the dashboard. Maximum of 255 characters. |
| folderName | string |
Name of the folder that houses
the dashboard.
This field is available in API version 35.0 and later. |
| fullName | string | Inherited from Metadata, this field is defined in the WSDL for this
metadata type. It must be specified when creating, updating, or
deleting. See createMetadata()
to see an example of this field specified for a call. This field specifies the folder and dashboard title; for example folderSales/California. |
| isGridLayout | boolean |
Specifies whether a
dashboard uses the Lightning Experience layout (true) or not (false).
Lightning Experience allows dashboards with more than three columns with components that span multiple columns and multiple rows in size. This field is available in API version 35.0 and later. |
| dashboardResultRefreshedDate | string | Required. Date that the dashboard was last refreshed. |
| dashboardResultRunningUser | string | Required. User currently accessing the dashboard. |
| leftSection | DashboardComponentSection | Required. The left section or column of the dashboard. |
| middleSection | DashboardComponentSection | The middle section or column of the dashboard. |
| numSubscriptions | int | Number of subscriptions reported on the dashboard. This field is available in API version 42.0 and later. |
| owner | string | The creator of the dashboard. |
| rightSection | DashboardComponentSection | Required. The right section or column of the dashboard. |
| runningUser | string |
The username of the user whose
role and sharing settings are used to determine the data shown
in the dashboard.
When you deploy a dashboard and the value in this field is not defined or does not correspond to a valid user, the field is populated with the username of the user performing the deployment. Regardless of their security settings, all users viewing a dashboard see exactly the same data, because dashboards are always run using the security settings of a particular user. |
| textColor | string | Required. Color of the text on each chart in the dashboard. The color is in hexadecimal format; for example #FF6600. |
| title | string | Required. The dashboard title. |
| titleColor | string | Required. Color of the titles on each dashboard component. The color is in hexadecimal format; for example #FF6600. |
| titleSize | int | Required. Size of characters in title text. For example, a value of 12 indicates 12pt text. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| operator | DashboardFilterOperation (enumeration of type string) |
Required. Represents the filter operation for this filter item.
Valid values are:
With API version 23.0, valid values are enumerated in CustomField. |
| values | string[] | Required. One or more values in the Filter Options area of the Add Filter dialog. This field is available in API version 24.0 and later. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| colSpan | int | Required. The width of the dashboard component in columns. For example, if colSpan is 5, then the dashboard component spans five columns. |
| columnIndex | int | Required. The left-most column that is occupied by the dashboard component. |
| dashboardComponent | DashboardComponent | Required. The dashboard component that is being sized and placed. |
| rowIndex | int | Required. The top-most row that is occupied by the dashboard component. |
| rowSpan | int | Required. The height of the dashboard component in rows. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| chartAxisRange | ChartRangeType (enumeration of type string) | A manual or automatic axis range for bar or line charts. The
valid values are:
|
| chartAxisRangeMax | double | The maximum axis range to be displayed. This only applies to bar and line charts in which the manual axis range is selected for the chartAxisRange field. |
| chartAxisRangeMin | double | The minimum axis range to be displayed. This only applies to bar and line charts in which the manual axis range is selected for the chartAxisRange field. |
| chartSummary | ChartSummary |
Specifies the summary field
for the chart data. Required if
isAutoSelectFromReport is set to
false.
This field is available in API version 25.0 and later. |
| componentType | DashboardComponentType (enumeration of type string) |
Required. Dashboard component
type. The valid values are:
|
| dashboardComponentContents | DashboardComponentContent[] | A list of dashboard component contents. This field is available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| dashboardDynamicValues | DashboardDynamicValue[] |
A list of dashboard dynamic
values.
This field is available in API version 36.0 and later. |
| dashboardFilterColumns | DashboardFilterColumn[] |
A list of dashboard filter
columns. Each report-based component must have a dashboard
filter column that defines the column that the filter applies
to.
This field is available in API version 23.0 and later. |
| dashboardTableColumn | DashboardTableColumn[] | Represents a list of columns on a customized dashboard table component. |
| displayUnits | ChartUnits (enumeration of type string) | Chart Units. The valid values are:
|
| drillDownUrl | string | For charts, specifies a URL that users go to when they click the dashboard component. Use this option to send users to another dashboard, report, record detail page, or other system that uses a Web interface. This field overrides the drillEnabled and drillToDetailEnabled fields. |
| drillEnabled | boolean |
Specifies whether to take users to the
full or filtered source report when they click the dashboard
component. Set to false to
drill to the full source report; set to true to drill to the source
report filtered by what they clicked. If set to true, users can click individual
groups, axis values, or legend entries.
This overrides the drillToDetailEnabled field. This field is available in API version 17.0 and later. |
| drillToDetailEnabled | boolean | When enabled, users are taken to the record detail page when they click a record name, record owner, or feed post in a table or chart. When set to true users can click axis and legend values, chart elements, and table entries. The drillDownUrl and drillEnabled fields override this field. This field is available in API version 20.0 and later. |
| enableHover | boolean | Specifies whether to display values, labels, and percentages when hovering over charts. Hover details depend on chart type. Percentages apply to pie, donut, and funnel charts only. This field is available in API version 17.0 and later. |
| expandOthers | boolean | Specifies whether to combine all groups less than or equal to 3% of the total into a single 'Others' wedge or segment. This only applies to pie, donut, and funnel charts. Set to true to show all values individually on the chart; set to false to combine small groups into 'Others.' This field is available in API version 17.0 and later. |
| flexComponentProperties | DashboardFlexTableComponentProperties | Defines metadata for Lightning Experience table columns and sorting. This field is available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| footer | string | Footer displayed at the bottom of the dashboard component. Maximum of 255 characters. |
| gaugeMax | double | The maximum value on a gauge. A gauge is used to see how far you are from reaching a goal. It looks like a speedometer in a car. |
| gaugeMin | double | The minimum value on a gauge. |
| groupingColumn | string | Specifies the field by which to group data. This data is
displayed on the X-axis for vertical column charts and on the Y-axis
for horizontal bar charts. This field is available in API version 25.0 and later. |
| GroupingSortProperties | DashboardComponentGroupingSortProperties | This field captures sort properties of the dashboard component. If the component has one or more groupings, sort information is stored here; otherwise, it is stored in the sortBy field. This field is available in API version 46.0 and later. |
| header | string | Header displayed at the top of the dashboard component. Maximum of 80 characters. |
| indicatorBreakpoint1 | double | The value that separates the indicatorLowColor from the indicatorMiddleColor on the dashboard. |
| indicatorBreakpoint2 | double | The value that separates the indicatorMiddleColor from the indicatorHighColor on the dashboard. |
| indicatorHighColor | string | The color representing a high number range on the gauge. |
| indicatorLowColor | string | The color representing a low number range on the gauge. |
| indicatorMiddleColor | string | The color representing a medium number range on the gauge. |
| legendPosition | ChartLegendPosition (enumeration of type string) | |
| maxValuesDisplayed | int | The maximum number of elements to include in the top-level grouping of the horizontal axis of a horizontal chart, vertical axis of a vertical chart, or selected axis of a stacked bar chart. For example, if you want to list only your top five salespeople, create an opportunity report that lists total opportunity amounts by owner and enter 5 in this field. |
| metricLabel | string | Descriptive label for the metric. This is relevant if metric is the value of the componentType field. |
| page | string | Visualforce page associated with the component. |
| pageHeightInPixels | int | Display height of the Visualforce page in pixels. |
| report | string | Name of the report associated with the component. |
| scontrol | string | S-control associated with component if scontrol is the value of the componentType field. For more information, see “Defining Custom S-Controls” in the Salesforce online help. |
| scontrolHeightInPixels | int | Display height of the s-control in pixels. |
| showPercentage | boolean | Indicates if percentages are displayed for regions of gauges and wedges and segments of pie, donut, and funnel charts (true), or not (false). |
| showPicturesOnCharts | boolean | Display Chatter photos for up to 20 records in a horizontal bar chart component whose source report is grouped by a user or group name field. If there are more than 20 records with photos, record names are shown instead of photos. Set Grouping Display to None to show photos. Set the Drill Down to option to Record Detail Page to take users directly to user profile or group pages when they click photos. Chatter must be enabled for photos to be displayed. Depending on your organization's setup, you may not see photos on tables and charts. |
| showPicturesOnTables | boolean | Display Chatter photos for up to 20 records in a horizontal bar chart component whose source report is grouped by a user or group name field. If there are more than 20 records with photos, record names are shown instead of photos. Set Grouping Display to None to show photos. Set the Drill Down to option to Record Detail Page to take users directly to user profile or group pages when they click photos. Chatter must be enabled for photos to be displayed. Depending on your organization's setup, you may not see photos on tables and charts. |
| showTotal | boolean | Indicates if the total of all wedges is displayed for gauges and donut charts (true), or not (false). |
| showValues | boolean | Indicates if the values of individual records or groups are displayed for charts (true), or not (false). |
| sortBy | DashboardComponentFilter (enumeration of type string) | The sort option for the dashboard component. |
| sortLegendValues | boolean | Specifies whether to sort the legend values for the dashboard component. |
| title | string | The title of the dashboard component. Maximum of 40 characters. |
| useReportChart | boolean | Specifies whether to use the chart defined in the source report on this dashboard component. The chart settings in the source report determine how the chart displays in the dashboard, and any chart settings you define for the dashboard are overridden. If you defined a combination chart in the source report, use this option to use that combination chart on this dashboard. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| additionalInfo | string | Any additional metadata the user wants to include for the component contents. |
| altText | string | The component’s alternative text. |
| fileName | string | The name of the component file. |
| fit | Fit (enumeration of type string) | The image alignment type. Valid values are:
|
| horizontalAlignment | HorizontalAlignment (enumeration of type string) | The horizontal alignment type. Valid values are:
|
| componentParameters | string | The parameters for the component. |
| richTextContent | string | The rich text content for the component. |
| tooltip | string | The dashboard component’s tooltip. |
| verticalAlignment | VerticalAlignment (enumeration of type string) | The vertical alignment type. Valid values are:
|
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| flexTableColumn | DashboardComponentColumn | Represents a column in a Lightning Experience table component. This field is available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| flexTableSortInfo | DashboardComponentSortInfo | Represents sorting column and order in a Lightning Experience table component. This field is available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| hideChatterPhotos | boolean | If true, hides any photos
from Chatter feeds. This field is available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| decimalPrecision | integer | For columns with numeric values, indicates the number of significant digits. |
| useReportTableSetting | boolean | If true, users can import report table settings
to this component. This field is available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| breakPoint1 | double | The value that separates the lowRangeColor from the midRangeColor on the dashboard. |
| breakPoint2 | double | The value that separates the midRangeColor from the highRangeColor on the dashboard. |
| breakPointOrder | double | Conditional highlighting can be applied to multiple columns. This field stores the order of conditional highlights. |
| highRangeColor | int | The color representing a high number range on the column. |
| lowRangeColor | int | The color representing a low number range on the column. |
| midRangeColor | int | The color representing a mid number range on the column. |
| reportColumn | string | Required. The report column code for the filter. |
| showTotal | boolean | If true, the column total is displayed. |
| type | DashboardComponentColumnType (enumeration of type string) | Represents the type of Lightning Experience table column:
This field is available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| columnSize | DashboardComponentSize (enumeration of type string) | Required. The size of the column in the dashboard:
|
| components | DashboardComponent[] | The list of DashboardComponent objects in the dashboard column. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| dataCategory | DataCategory[] | A recursive list of sub data categories. For example, a list of countries within a continent. You can create up to 100 categories in a data category group and have up to 5 levels in a data category group hierarchy. |
| label | string | Required. Label for the data category throughout the Salesforce user interface. |
| name | string | Required. The developer name of the data category used as a unique identifier for API access. The name can only contain characters, letters, and the underscore (_) character, must start with a letter, and cannot end with an underscore or contain two consecutive underscore characters. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| accelerationEnabled | AccelerationEnabled (enumeration of type string) | Acceleration of data stream processing. Available in API version 63.0 and
later. Possible values are:
|
| additionalDLOInfoJson | string | Additional information about the Directory Table data lake object (DLO), such as the directory path and file pattern. |
| creationType | string | Indicates whether this object was added by the user or as part of a standard taxonomy. |
| dataConnection | string | The source data connector for the Directory Table DLO. |
| dataSource | string | Required. The system where the data was sourced. |
| dataSourceFields | DataSourceField[] | An array of data source fields. |
| dmoDeveloperName | string | The developer name of the Directory Table data model object (DMO). |
| dmoLabel | string | The UI name of the Directory Table DMO. |
| externalDatabaseName | string | The name of the external database for the data source object. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| externalObjectName | string | The external data source object. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| externalRecordIdentifier | string | The identifier for the data source. |
| externalSchemaName | string | The name of the schema within the external database. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The UI name for the data source object. |
| objectCategory | string | The category of the data source object. |
| objectType | DataObjectType (enumeration of type string) | The object type. Possible values are:
|
| sourceObject | string | The developer name of the source object for the data source object. |
| storageType | StorageType (enumeration of type string) | The type of storage used for data source object. Available in API version 63.0
and later. Possible values are:
|
| templateVersion | int | The version number of the data source object. |
| Name | Type | Description |
| apexCode | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | Required. The log category level for Apex code. Includes information about Apex
code. Can also include log messages generated by data manipulation language (DML)
statements, inline SOQL or SOSL queries, the start and completion of triggers, the
start and completion of test methods, and so on. The following are valid values.
|
| apexProfiling | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | Required. The log category level for profiling information. Includes cumulative
profiling information, such as the limits for your namespace, the number of emails
sent, and so on. The following are valid values.
|
| callout | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | Required. The log category level for callouts. Includes the request-response
XML that the server is sending and receiving from an external Web service. The
request-response XML is useful when debugging issues related to SOAP API calls. The
following are valid values.
|
| database | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | Required. The log category for database activity. Includes information about
database activity, including every DML statement or inline SOQL or SOSL query. The
following are valid values.
|
| dataAccess | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | The log category level for rules and policy information for objects accessed
from the UI, which can be used to determine why an object isn’t accessible.The
following are valid values.
|
| label | string | Required. The name for the debug level. Also displays in the Developer Console and in Setup. |
| nba | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | Required. The log category level for Einstein Next Best Action activity,
including strategy execution details from Strategy Builder. The following are valid values.
|
| system | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | Required. The log category level for calls to all system methods, such as the
System.debug method. The following are valid values.
|
| validation | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | Required. The log category level for validation rules. Includes information
about validation rules, such as the name of the rule, or whether the rule evaluated
true or false. The following are valid values.
|
| visualforce | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | Required. The log category level for Visualforce. Includes information about
Visualforce events, including serialization and deserialization of the view state or
the evaluation of a formula field in a Visualforce page. The following are valid values.
|
| wave | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | Required. The log category level for CRM Analytics. Includes information such
as template processing errors and rules execution summaries. The following are valid values.
|
| workflow | ApexLogLevel (enumeration of type string) | Required. The log category level for workflow rules. Includes information for
workflow rules, such as the rule name and the actions taken. The following are valid values.
|
| Parameter | Description |
|---|---|
| allowMissingFiles | Boolean. If files that are specified in package.xml aren’t in the .zip file, specifies whether a deployment can still succeed. Don’t set this argument for deployment to production orgs. |
| autoUpdatePackage | Reserved for future use. |
| checkOnly | Boolean. Defaults to false. Set to true to perform a test deployment (validation) of components without saving the components in the target org. A validation enables you to verify the results of tests that would be generated in a deployment, but doesn’t commit any changes. After a validation finishes with passing tests, it can qualify for deployment without rerunning tests. See Deploy a Recently Validated Component Set Without Tests. |
| ignoreWarnings | Boolean. Indicates whether a deployment is
allowed to complete successfully despite one or more warnings (true) or not (false). Defaults to false.
The DeployMessage object for a warning contains the following values:
If a warning occurs and ignoreWarnings is set to true, the success field in DeployMessage is true. If ignoreWarnings is set to false, success is set to false and the warning is treated like an error. |
| performRetrieve | Reserved for future use. |
| purgeOnDelete | Boolean. If true, the deleted components in the
destructiveChanges.xml manifest file aren't stored in the
Recycle Bin. Instead, they become immediately eligible for deletion.
This option only works in Developer Edition or sandbox orgs. It doesn't work in production orgs. |
| rollbackOnError | Boolean. Indicates whether any failure causes a complete rollback (true) or not (false). If false, whatever actions can be performed without errors are performed, and errors are returned for the remaining actions. This parameter must be set to true if you’re deploying to a production org. The default is false. |
| runTests | String[]. A list of Apex tests to run during deployment. Specify the class
name, one name per instance. The class name can also specify a namespace with a dot
notation. For more information, see Running a Subset of Tests in a Deployment. To use this option, set testLevel to RunSpecifiedTests. |
| singlePackage | Boolean. Indicates whether the specified .zip file points to a directory structure with a single package (true) or a set of packages (false). |
| testLevel | TestLevel (enumeration of type string). Optional. Specifies which tests are run
as part of a deployment. The test level is enforced regardless of the types of
components that are present in the deployment package. Valid values are:
If you don’t specify a test level, the default test execution behavior is used. See Running Tests in a Deployment. Apex tests that run as part of a deployment always run synchronously and serially. |
| Parameter | Description | |
|---|---|---|
| id | ID. ID of the component being deployed. | |
| canceledBy | ID. The ID of the user who canceled the deployment. | |
| canceledByName | String. The full name of the user who canceled the deployment. | |
| checkOnly | Boolean. Indicates whether this deployment is used to check the validity of the deployed files without changing the org (true) or not (false). A check-only deployment doesn’t deploy any components or change the organization in any way. | |
| completedDate | DateTime. Timestamp for when the deployment process ended. | |
| createdBy | ID. The ID of the user who created the deployment. | |
| createdByName | String. The full name of the user who created the deployment. | |
| createdDate | DateTime. Timestamp for when the deploy request was received. | |
| details | DeployDetails. Provides the details of a deployment that is in-progress or ended if ?includeDetails=true is added as a query to the GET request. | |
| done | Boolean. Indicates whether the server finished processing the deploy request for the specified id. | |
| errorMessage | String. Message corresponding to the values in the errorStatusCode field, if any. | |
| errorStatusCode | String. If an error occurred during the deploy request, a status code is returned, and the message corresponding to the status code is returned in errorMessagefield. | |
| ignoreWarnings | Boolean. Optional. Defaults to false. Specifies whether a deployment continues even if the deployment generates warnings. Don’t set this argument to true for deployments to production organizations. | |
| lastModifiedDate | DateTime. Timestamp of the last update for the deployment process. | |
| numberComponentErrors | Int. The number of components deployed in the deployment process. Use this value with the numberComponentsTotal value to get an estimate of the deployment’s progress. | |
| numberComponentsTotal | Int. The total number of components in the deployment. Use this value with the numberComponentsDeployed value to get an estimate of the deployment’s progress. | |
| numberTestErrors | Int. The number of Apex tests that have generated errors during this deployment. | |
| numberTestsCompleted | The number of completed Apex tests for this deployment. Use this value with the numberTestsTotal value to get an estimate of the deployment’s test progress. | |
| numberTestsTotal | Int. The total number of Apex tests for this deployment. Use this value with the numberTestsCompleted value to get an estimate of the deployment’s test progress. The value in this field isn’t accurate until the deployment has started running tests for the components being deployed. | |
| runTestsEnabled | Boolean. Indicates whether Apex tests were run as part of this deployment (true) or not (false). Tests are either automatically run as part of a deployment or can be set to run in the deployOptions child object. | |
| rollbackOnError | Boolean. Defaults to true. Indicates whether any failure causes a complete rollback (true) or not (false). If false, whatever set of actions can be performed without errors are performed, and errors are returned for the remaining actions. This parameter must be set to true if you’re deploying to a production org. | |
| startDate | DateTime. Timestamp for when the deployment process began. | |
| stateDetail | String. Indicates which component is being deployed or which Apex test class is running. | |
| status | Indicates the current state of the deployment. The valid values are:
|
|
| success | Boolean. Indicates whether the deployment was successful (true) or not (false). |
| User Permissions Needed | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| To work with Metadata API from Salesforce CLI: |
Modify Metadata Through Metadata API Functions Or Modify All Data |
||
| Field Name | Field Type | Description | |
|---|---|---|---|
| doesSkipAsyncApexValidation | boolean | Indicates whether deployments from this org skip asynchronous Apex validations
(true) or not (false). The default value is true. Set this field to false when an Apex class in the package you’re deploying is used by an Apex batch job that could run during the deployment. The deployment of a package containing an Apex class that is used by a running batch job fails without validation. |
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
| description |
Field Type: string Description: The description about the disclosure definition. |
| disclosureType |
Field Type: string Description: Required. The API name of the disclosure type associated with this definition. |
| isProtected |
Field Type: boolean Description: An auto-generated value that doesn’t impact the behavior of the metadata type. The default is false. |
| masterLabel |
Field Type: string Description: Required. A user-friendly name for DisclosureDefinition, which is defined when the DisclosureDefinition is created. |
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
| authoringMode |
Field Type: AuthoringMode (enumeration of type string) Description: Specifies the authoring mode used to launch the disclosure authoring experience. Possible values are:
|
| description |
Field Type: string Description: The description about the disclosure definition version. |
| disclosureDefCurrVer |
Field Type: string Description: For internal use only. |
| disclosureDefinition |
Field Type: string Description: Required. The API name of the disclosure definition associated with this version. |
| documentTemplateGlobalKey |
Field Type: string Description: The document template global key associated with the DOCX template for the disclosure definition version. |
| isActive |
Field Type: boolean Description: Indicates whether the disclosure definition version is an active version (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| isCurrentVersion |
Field Type: boolean Description: Indicates whether this is the current version of the disclosure definition specified in the disclosureDefinition field (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| isProtected |
Field Type: boolean Description: An auto-generated value that doesn’t impact the behavior of the metadata type. The default is false. |
| masterLabel |
Field Type: string Description: Required. A user-friendly name for DisclosureDefinitionVersion, which is defined when the DisclosureDefinitionVersion is created. |
| omniScriptCnfgApiName |
Field Type: string Description: The API name of the Omniscript configuration that's associated with the disclosure definition version. This field is required only when authoringModeisn’t Microsoft 365 Word. |
| omniScriptConfiguration |
Field Type: string Description: The ID of the Omniscript configuration record. Note: The value of this field is automatically populated using the API name of the OmniScript configuration specified in the omniScriptCnfgApiName field. |
| versionNumber |
Field Type: string Description: Required. The version of the disclosure definition published by the author. |
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
| description |
Field Type: string Description: The description about the disclosure type. |
| disclosureBodyLogo |
Field Type: string Description: The logo ID of the standard body to which an individual or a company is making a disclosure. |
| disclosureBodyUrl |
Field Type: string Description: The URL of the disclosure standard body. |
| disclosureCategory |
Field Type: string Description: Required. The name of the clause category that's used for disclosure. |
| isProtected |
Field Type: boolean Description: An auto-generated value that doesn’t impact the behavior of the metadata type. The default is false. |
| masterLabel |
Field Type: string Description: Required. A user-friendly name for DisclosureType, which is defined when the DisclosureType is created. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| algorithmType | DiscoveryAlgorithmType | Algorithm that Einstein Discovery used to create the model associated with this story. |
| classificationThreshold | double | Threshold value. Applies only to binary classification models. For regression models, this is null. |
| description | string | Model description. |
| label | string | Model label. If you package a model, this label appears in Package Manager. |
| modelFields | DiscoveryModelField[] | One or more model fields (variables). |
| modelRuntimeType | DiscoveryModelRuntimeType | Model run-time type. |
| predictedField | string | Name of the field that is predicted. |
| predictionType | DiscoveryPredictionType | Type of prediction. One of the following strings:
|
| sourceType | DiscoveryModelSourceType | Source type. |
| status | DiscoveryAIModelStatus | Model status (enabled or disabled). |
| trainingMetrics | string | JSON object that represents metrics about the model when it was trained. |
| transformations | DiscoveryModelTransform | One or more model transformations. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Discovery | string | Einstein Discovery built the model. |
| UserUpload | string | An external tool built the model. The model was then uploaded into Salesforce. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Indicates whether the prediction definition is active (True) or not (False). |
| deployedModels | DiscoveryDeployedModel[] | One or more deployed models associated with this prediction definition. |
| label | string | Name of the prediction definition. |
| modelCards | DiscoveryModelCard[] | Model card for this prediction definition. |
| outcome | DiscoveryGoalOutcome | Outcome variable of this prediction definition. |
| predictionType | DiscoveryPredictionType | Type of prediction: Regression, Classification, or Unknown. |
| pushbackField | string | Automated writeback field for predictions. A custom field on the Salesforce object specified in subscribedEntity. |
| pushbackType | DiscoveryPushbackType | Type of writeback field for predictions. |
| subscribedEntity | string | Salesforce object associated with this model. |
| terminalStateFilters | DiscoveryFilter[] | If specified, one or more filter expressions that define the conditions under which an observation has attained its terminal state (the actual outcome has been reached). For performance monitoring, Einstein Discovery determines model accuracy by comparing a model’s predicted outcomes with actual (observed) outcomes. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Indicates whether the deployed model is active (True) or inactive (False). |
| aiModel | string | Full name of the DiscoveryAIModel being deployed. |
| classificationThreshold | double |
Threshold value. Applies only to binary classification models. For regression models, this is null. |
| fieldMappings | DiscoveryFieldMap[] | One or more mappings between model variables and either fields (in Salesforce objects) or columns (in CRM Analytics datasets). |
| filters | DiscoveryFilter[] | If specified, one or more segmentation filters for the deployed model. When making a prediction, the first model that has filters matching a specific input row will be used to make the prediction. No filters indicates that the model matches all input rows. |
| label | string | Label for the deployed model. Appears in Model Manager. |
| name | string | Name of the deployed model. |
| prescribableFields | DiscoveryPrescribableField[] | Actionable fields associated with improvements. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| application | string | Required. The CRM Analytics app the story is associated with. |
| autopilot | DiscoveryStoryAutopilotStatus | Optional. The autopilot status for the story. One of the following strings:
|
| classificationThreshold | double | Optional. The threshold for classification predictions for the story. |
| label | string | Required. The story label. If you package a story, this label appears in Package Manager. |
| outcome | DiscoveryStoryOutcome | Required. The selected outcome of the story. |
| sourceContainer | string | Required. The source ID for the story. |
| sourceType | DiscoveryStorySourceType | Required. The source type of the story. One of the following strings:
|
| validationContainer | string | Optional. The validation ID for the story. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| failureValue | string | Optional. The value if the story failed. |
| field | string | Required. The field configuration for the story. |
| goal | DiscoveryStoryOutcomeGoal | Required. The story outcome goal. One of the following strings:
|
| label | string | Required. The story outcome label. |
| successValue | string | Optional. The value if the story succeeded. |
| type | DiscoveryStoryOutcomeType | Required. The story outcome type. One of the following strings:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| documentTemplateLibraryName | String | Required. The name of the library that stores the document templates to which this setting applies. |
| generationMechanism | GenerationMechanism (enumeration of type string) | Specifies how and where a document is generated. Valid values are:
The default is ClientSide. |
| guestAccessNamedCredential | String | Specifies the named credential that lets guest users generate documents. |
| inProgDocGenRqstTmot | Integer | The time interval (in hours) after which InProgressDocumentGenerationProcess records (single point or batch request) are terminated and the request status is updated to Failed. Specify a valid whole number between 1 and 24. The default value is set to 6. |
| isInProgRqstTmotEnab | Boolean | Indicates whether the InProgress DocGen Request Time Out (hrs) is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| isServerSideDocGenEnabled | Boolean | Enables server-side document generation if the prerequisite license is present in the org. |
| masterLabel | String | Required. Specifies a name for the setting, such as DocGen. |
| previewType | PreviewType (enumeration of type string) | Specifies the format of previews of generated documents. Valid values are: The default is PDF. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actionOnInsert | DupeActionType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Determines what the duplicate rule does when users or the
DuplicateRule API try to insert a record that is a duplicate. Valid values are:
|
| actionOnUpdate | DupeActionType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Determines what the duplicate rule does when users or the
DuplicateRule API try to update a record, and the result is a duplicate. Valid
values are:
|
| alertText | string | Text that’s sent when the duplicate rule is triggered. The text is only sent if
isActive is true. In the
UI, the text displays as a message. The DuplicateRule API returns the message in its
response. You can set a value for alertText only when you have actionOnInsert or actionOnUpdate (or both) set to Allow. Otherwise, you receive a validation error when you add or update this component. |
| description | string | Required. Text that describes the duplicate rule. The value is customer-supplied, but isn’t visible in the UI. |
| duplicateRuleFilter | DuplicateRuleFilter | Required. Criteria that define how to find records to consider when looking for duplicates. For example, use duplicateRuleFilter to exclude records from the match when looking for duplicates. |
| duplicateRuleMatchRules | DuplicateRuleMatchRule[] | Required. One or more MatchingRule components for the DuplicateRule. A MatchingRule controls what constitutes a match between records. |
| isActive | boolean | Required. If true, the DuplicateRule detects duplicate records. Otherwise, the rule has no effect. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. Label for this DuplicateRule. This value is the internal label for the rule. |
| operationsOnInsert | string[] | Required. Controls the action to take when actionOnInsert
is set to Allow and the duplicate rule is
triggered. Either one or both of these values can be set in the array:
|
| operationsOnUpdate | string[] | Required. Controls the action to take when actionOnUpdate
is set to Allow and the duplicate rule is
triggered. Either one or both of these values can be set in the array:
|
| securityOption | DupeSecurityOptionType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Determines how record sharing rules affect duplicate management.
Valid values are:
|
| sortOrder | int | Required. Determines the order in which duplicate rules are applied. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| addRcCompToFlexiPages | boolean | Indicates whether the Recommended Connections component is automatically added
(true) to standard contact, lead, and person
account Lightning record pages or not (false). Default value is false. Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| autoContactCreationPref | boolean | Indicates whether Automatic Contact Creation is enabled (true) or not (false). Default value is false. Available in API version 61.0 and later. |
| autoContactEnrichmentPref | boolean | Indicates whether Automatic Contact Enhancements is enabled (true) or not (false). Default value is false. Available in API version 61.0 and later. |
| automatedEmailFilter | boolean | Indicates whether the setting to prevent automated emails from being shared is
on (true) or not (false). Available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| autoPopulateGoogleMeetLinks | boolean | Indicates whether the details to join with Google Meet are added (true) to the Google version of the event or not
(false) when sales reps create events in
Salesforce. The Google Meet details don’t sync back to Salesforce. Default value is false. Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| enableActivityAnalyticsPref | boolean | Indicates whether the Activities dashboard is enabled (true) or not (false). For orgs that enable Einstein Activity Capture after the Summer ‘21 release, the default value is false. Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| enableActivityCapture | boolean | Indicates whether Einstein Activity Capture is enabled (true) or not (false). provisionProductivityFeatures must be
true to use this feature. To ensure that your
org's requirements for handling sensitive data are met, see Einstein Activity Capture
Considerations. Default value is false. |
| enableActivityMetrics | boolean | Indicates whether Activity Metrics are enabled (true) or not (false).
enableActivityCapture must be true to use this feature. Before enabling this feature, see Considerations for Using
Activity Metrics. Default value is false. |
| enableActivitySyncEngine | boolean | Indicates whether combined sync and capture is enabled for events, contacts,
and emails (true) or not (false). Default value is false. |
| enableEACForEveryonePref | boolean | Indicates whether users who have the enableActivityCapture
set to false can still see emails and events in
their Salesforce timeline (true) or not
(false). Default value is true. |
| enableEnforceEacSharingPref | boolean | Indicates whether new Einstein Activity Capture users are required to keep their activity sharing setting as Don’t Share (true) or not (false). Users can still share individual emails and events, and respond to sharing requests from other users. |
| enableInboxActivitySharing | boolean | Indicates whether the default activity sharing for new users is set to
Everyone (true) or not
(false). For example, if enableInboxActivitySharing is true, then new Einstein Activity Capture users have their activity sharing set to Everyone by default. This setting does not affect the activity sharing setting of existing users. Default value is true. |
| enableInsightsInTimeline | boolean | Indicates whether Email Insights is enabled (true) or not (false). Default value is true. |
| enableInsightsInTimelineEacStd | boolean | Indicates whether Email Insights is enabled for users with an Einstein Activity
Capture Standard permission set (true) or not
(false). For more information, see "Turn On
Einstein Email Insights" in Salesforce Help. Default value is false. |
| provisionProductivityFeatures | boolean | Indicates whether your org is ready for productivity features to be enabled
(true) or not (false). Default value is false. |
| relationshipGraphPref | boolean | Indicates whether Buyer Relationship Map is enabled (true) or not (false). Default value is true. Available in API version 61.0 and later. |
| salesforceEventsOnlyPref | boolean | Indicates whether the activity timeline shows only events that are Salesforce
records (true) or not (false). For more information, see Guidelines for Using Events
with Einstein Activity Capture
Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| sensitiveEmailFilter | boolean | Indicates whether the setting to prevent sensitive emails from being shared is
on (true) or not (false). Available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| syncEmailToCoreActivity | boolean | Indicates whether Sync Email as Salesforce Activity is turned on (true) or not (false). Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| syncInternalEvents | boolean | Indicates whether internal events sync between the connected account and
Salesforce (true) or not (false). Events are internal when all attendees are
part of the internal domain. Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| s2XSvcAccEmail | boolean | Indicates whether a warning email has be sent to the customer if they're using
Service Account OAuth on Exchange Online (true)
or not (false). Default value is false. Available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableComplianceBcc | boolean | Indicates whether a copy of each outbound email message is sent to an email address you specify (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| enableEmailConsentManagement | boolean | Indicates whether Enforce Email Privacy Settings is enabled (true) or not (false). When enabled, Salesforce respects each recipient’s email privacy preferences. Default value is false. |
| enableEmailSenderIdCompliance | boolean | Indicates whether outgoing emails comply with Sender ID email protocols (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. To enable this preference, enableEmailSpfCompliance must be set to true. |
| enableEmailSpfCompliance | boolean | Indicates whether outgoing emails comply with Sender Policy Framework (SPF) email authentication (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of true. |
| enableEmailToSalesforce | boolean | Indicates whether Email to Salesforce is enabled (true) or disabled (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| enableEmailWorkflowApproval | boolean | Indicates whether users can respond to email approval requests directly from their email (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. See Considerations for Email Approval before enabling this field. |
| enableEnhancedEmailEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether Enhanced Email is enabled (true) or not (false). Default value is true. |
| enableHandleBouncedEmails | boolean | Indicates whether emails sent from Salesforce to an invalid email address bounce back to Salesforce (true) or not (false) . This field has a default value of true. With bounce handling enabled, reps know which lead, contact, or person account has a bad email address, and they know which specific email wasn’t delivered. |
| enableHtmlEmail | boolean | Indicates whether users receive Email-To-Case emails in HTML format (true) or receive a text version instead (false). This field has a default value of false. When this field is set to true, users receive a warning message about potential malicious HTML before they view incoming HTML email content. |
| enableInternationalEmailAddresses | boolean | Indicates whether non-Latin-based characters are allowed in email addresses (true) or not (false) when sending emails to and from Salesforce. This field has a default value of true in orgs created in Summer '20 or later. In orgs created in Spring '20 or earlier, the default value is false. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| enableListEmailLogActivities | boolean | Indicates whether Salesforce logs sent list emails as activities (true) or not (false). Default value is true. |
| enableResendBouncedEmails | boolean | Indicates whether the system forwards a copy of each bounced email message to the sender (true) or only displays the bounce alert (false). This field has a default value of false. To enable this preference, enableHandleBouncedEmails must be set to true. |
| enableRestrictTlsToDomains | boolean | Indicates whether the selected Transport Layer Security (TLS) setting applies only to specific domains (true) or applies to all domains (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| enableSendThroughGmailPref | boolean | Deprecated. |
| enableSendViaExchangePref | boolean | Indicates whether users can use Office 365 to send emails (true) or not (false). Default value is false. |
| enableSendViaGmailPref | boolean | Indicates whether users can use Gmail to send emails (true) or not (false). Default value is false. |
| enableUseOrgFootersForExtTrans | boolean | Indicates whether emails sent through external email services (such as Gmail or Office 365) include the Salesforce footer (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| sendMassEmailNotification | boolean | Indicates whether users receive an auto-generated status email from Salesforce for each mass email they send (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of true. |
| sendTextOnlySystemEmails | boolean | Indicates whether all system emails are sent via text only (true) or allow other formats (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| doesEmailLogAsEmailMessageInOutlook | boolean | Indicates whether the Outlook integration logs emails to the Email Message
object (true) or as tasks (false). The default value is true. This field can only be used if the enableOutlookIntegration field is set to true. |
| doesGmailStayConnectedToSalesforce | boolean | Indicates whether Gmail integration users log in to Salesforce from Gmail each
time their session expires. If set to true,
users log in from the Gmail integration one time, and their credentials are
remembered the next time they use the Gmail integration. If set to false, users log in to Salesforce from the Gmail
integration each time their Salesforce session expires. The default value is false. This field can only be used if the enableGmailIntegration field is set to true. |
| enableContactAndEventSync | boolean | Indicates whether users can sync calendar events and contacts between
Salesforce and their Microsoft and Google accounts ( true) or not (false). Lightning
Sync or Einstein Activity Capture must be enabled to use this feature. The default
value is false. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableContextualEverywhere | boolean |
Indicates whether contextual insights in Sales Cloud Everywhere, available in the Salesforce Chrome extension, are enabled (true) or not (false). This field is available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| enableEmailTrackingInMobile | boolean | Indicates whether Salesforce Inbox users can track emails (true) or not (false) while in the Outlook integration with Inbox or the Gmail integration with Inbox. It also controls email tracking in the Inbox mobile app and legacy versions of Inbox. The default value is true. |
| enableEngageForOutlook | boolean | Indicates whether Engage For Outlook is enabled (true) or not (false). When set to true, Engage users can connect their Outlook account and send Engage emails from their Outlook inbox. |
| enableExtensionHostUnrestricted | boolean | Indicates whether the contextual web experience is enabled in the chrome extension or not. |
| enableGmailIntegration | boolean | Indicates whether the Gmail integration is enabled (true) or not (false). When set to true, G Suite users with the Gmail integration can connect their Gmail account and work with Salesforce data in their email. The default value is true. |
| enableInboxInternalEmailTracking | boolean |
Indicates whether a read-receipt status is shown for emails that are sent within the same domain (true) or not (false). This field is available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| enableInboxMobileIntune | boolean | Indicates whether Inbox is enabled to use Microsoft Intune to manage security
settings (true) or not (false). When set to true, Inbox mobile users need a Microsoft Intune license to log in to
the app. The default value is false. Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enableOutlookIntegration | boolean | Indicates whether the Outlook integration is enabled (true) or not (false). When set to true, Outlook users with the Outlook integration can connect their Outlook account and work with Salesforce data in their email. The default value is false. |
| enableProductivityFeatures | boolean | Indicates whether Inbox features, such as Availability and Send later, are
available (true) or not available (false) in the Outlook or Gmail integration. The
default value is false. This field can only be used if either the enableOutlookIntegration or enableGmailIntegration field is set to true and if the org has an Inbox license. |
| enableSupplementalContactInfoInMobile | boolean | Indicates whether Salesforce Inbox mobile app users see third-party contact information when contacts are shown (true) or not (false) in the Inbox mobile app. The default value is false. |
| isLayoutCustomizationAllowed | boolean | Indicates whether Salesforce admins are allowed (true) or not allowed (false) to
create custom email application panes using the Lightning App Builder. The email
application pane defines the layout of the Salesforce pane in Outlook and Gmail. The
default value is true. This field can only be used if either the enableOutlookIntegration or enableGmailIntegration field is set to true. |
| orgIsSyncingEventsOutbound | boolean | Indicates whether changes to Salesforce events sync to Outlook and Google
calendars (true) or not (false).
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later |
| shouldUseTrustedDomainsList | boolean | Indicates if the web domains listed in the Outlook Integration & Sync page
in Salesforce Setup are supported (true) or not
(false). These domains are for users who
access email using Outlook on the web. The default value is true. This field can only be used if the enableOutlookIntegration field is set to true. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| apexClass | string | Required. The name of the Apex class that the email service uses to process inbound messages. |
| attachmentOption | EmailServicesAttOptions (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates the types of attachments the email service accepts. One of
the following values:
|
| authenticationFailureAction | EmailServicesErrorAction (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates what the email service does with messages that fail or do not support any of the authentication protocols if the isAuthenticationRequired field is true. |
| authorizationFailureAction | EmailServicesErrorAction (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates what the email service does with messages received from senders who are not listed in the authorizedSenders field on either the email service or email service address. |
| authorizedSenders | string | Configures the email service to only accept messages from the email addresses or domains listed in this field. If the email service receives a message from an unlisted email address or domain, the email service performs the action specified in the authorizationFailureAction field. Leave this field blank if you want the email service to receive email from any email address. |
| emailServicesAddresses | EmailServicesAddress | A list of EmailServiceAddress records. |
| errorRoutingAddress | The destination email address for error notification email messages when isErrorRoutingEnabled is true. | |
| functionInactiveAction | EmailServicesErrorAction (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates what the email service does with messages it receives when
the email service itself is inactive. One of the following values:
|
| functionName | string | Required. The name of the email service in the API. This name can contain only
underscores and alphanumeric characters and must be unique in your org. The value in
this 64-character field must begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with
an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. In managed packages,
this field prevents naming conflicts on package installations. This field is
automatically generated, but you can supply your own value if you create the
record using the API. With this field, a developer can change the object’s name in
a managed package and the changes are reflected in a subscriber’s organization.
|
| isActive | boolean | Indicates whether this object is active (true) or not (false). |
| isAuthenticationRequired | boolean | Configures the email service to verify the legitimacy of the sending server before processing a message. The email service uses the SPF, SenderId, and DomainKeys protocols to verify the sender's legitimacy: If the sending server passes at least one of these protocols and does not fail any, the email service accepts the email. If the server fails a protocol or does not support any of the protocols, the email service performs the action specified in the authenticationFailureAction field. |
| isErrorRoutingEnabled | boolean | When incoming email messages can’t be processed, indicates whether error notification email messages are routed to a chosen address or to the senders. |
| isTextAttachmentsAsBinary | boolean | If true, text attachments are supplied to the Apex code as a Messaging.BinaryAttachment instead of as a Messaging.TextAttachment. This means that the body is supplied as an Apex Blob instead of as an Apex String. |
| isTlsRequired | boolean | Not currently in use. |
| overLimitAction | EmailServicesErrorAction (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates what the email service does with messages if the total
number of messages processed by all email services combined has reached the daily
limit for your organization.
One of the following values:
The system calculates the limit by multiplying the number of user licenses by 1,000. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| authorizedSenders | string | Configures the email service address to only accept messages from the email addresses or domains listed in this field. If the email service address receives a message from an unlisted email address or domain, the email service performs the action specified in the authorizationFailureAction field of its associated email service. Leave this field blank if you want the email service address to receive email from any email address. |
| developerName | string | Required. The name of the object in the API. This name can contain only
underscores and alphanumeric characters and must be unique in your org. It must
begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain
two consecutive underscores. This 25-character field must be unique among other
EmailServicesAddress records under the same EmailServiceFunction parent. In
managed packages, this field prevents naming conflicts on package installations.
This field is automatically generated, but you can supply your own value if you
create the record using the API. With this field, a developer can change the
object’s name in a managed package and the changes are reflected in a subscriber’s
organization.
|
| isActive | boolean | Indicates whether this object is active (true) or not (false). |
| localPart | string | Required. The local-part of the email service address, which is the string that
comes before the @ symbol. For the local-part of a Salesforce email address, all
alphanumeric characters are valid, plus the following special characters: ! # $ % & amp; ' * / = ? ^ _ + - ` { | } ~ , The dot character (.) is also valid as long as it's not the first or last character. Email addresses aren’t case sensitive. |
| runAsUser | string | Required. The username of the user whose permissions the email service assumes when processing messages sent to this address. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| apiVersion | double | The API version if it's a Visualforce email template. Every Visualforce email template has an API version specified at creation. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| attachedDocuments | string[] | A list of references to documents in your organization. These documents are included as attachments in the email template. Each document is referenced by its path, for example MyFolder/MyDocument.txt. |
| attachments | Attachment[] | A list of attachments for the email template. |
| available | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this template is offered to users when sending an email (true) or not (false). |
| content | base64Binary | Content of the email template. Base 64-encoded binary data.
Before making an API call, client applications must encode the
binary attachment data as base64. Upon receiving a response, client
applications must decode the base64 data to binary. This conversion
is handled for you by a SOAP client. This field contains:
This field is inherited from the MetadataWithContent component. |
| description | string | The email template description describes the reason for creating the template. |
| encodingKey | Encoding (enumeration of type string) |
Required for Classic email
templates. The default encoding setting is Unicode: UTF-8. Change it if your
template requires data in a different format. Valid values include:
Lightning email templates don’t use this field. Instead, the encoding values are taken directly from the user’s encoding settings. |
| fullName | string | The email template developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. If this field contained characters before version 14.0 that are no longer allowed, the characters were stripped out of this field, and the previous value of the field was saved in the name field. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| letterhead | string | The letterhead name associated with this email template. Only available when type is set to html. |
| name | string | Required. Email template name. The list of characters allowed in the fullName field has been reduced for versions 14.0 and later. This field contains the value contained in the fullName field before version 14.0. |
| packageVersions | PackageVersion[] |
The list of package versions
for any managed packages containing components that are
referenced by this email template. This field is only relevant
for Visualforce email templates.
For more information about managed packages, see Second-Generation Managed Packages in the Salesforce DX Developer Guide. This field is available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| relatedEntityType | Object Name (enumeration of type string) | Reserved for future use with Lightning Experience. |
| style | EmailTemplateStyle (enumeration of type string) | Required. The style of the template. This field is only available
when type is set to html. Valid style values include:
|
| subject | string | The email subject. The limit is 1,000 characters for Lightning email templates and 230 characters for Classic email templates. |
| textOnly | string | The text of the email body if type is set to html or custom. |
| type | EmailTemplateType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The email template type. The valid values are:
|
| UiType | EmailTemplateUiType (enumeration of type string) | Indicates the user interface where this template is usable. Valid
values are:
If UiType is SFX, the type must be custom. Packaging is supported for Salesforce Classic email templates only. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableTemplateEnhancedFolderPref | boolean | Indicates whether Folders and Enhanced Sharing for Email
Templates is enabled (true) or
not (false). This feature
allows users to create and manage folders for email
templates. Default value is false. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| areGuestUsersAllowed | boolean | Specifies whether a user must be logged in to access an embedded component. Available in API version 45.0 and later. |
| authMethod | EmbeddedServiceAuthMethod (enumeration of type string) | Type of login method selected for this Embedded Service deployment. Valid
values are:
|
| branding | string | The branding set that has all of the branding configurations for this Embedded Service configuration. Available in API version 52.0 and later. |
| customMinimizedComponent | string | The custom Lightning component that’s used in this Embedded Service deployment in its minimized state. Available in API version 43.0 to 45.0. |
| deploymentFeature | EmbeddedServiceDeploymentFeature(enumeration of type string) | The conversation type of this Embedded Service deployment. Valid values are:
|
| deploymentType | EmbeddedServiceDeploymentType (enumeration of type string) | The platform this Embedded Service is deployed to. Valid values are:
|
| embeddedServiceAppointmentSettings | EmbeddedServiceAppointmentSettings[] | The settings of the Embedded Service deployment whose deploymentFeature is FieldService. Available in API version 46.0 and later. |
| embeddedServiceCustomComponents | EmbeddedServiceCustomComponent[] | The custom components used in this Embedded Service deployment. Available in API version 44.0 and later. |
| embeddedServiceCustomLabels | EmbeddedServiceCustomLabel[] | The custom labels used in this Embedded Service deployment. Available in API version 44.0 and later. |
| embeddedServiceCustomizations | EmbeddedServiceCustomization[] | The customizations used in this Embedded Service deployment. Each customization is associated with a static resource. Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| embeddedServiceFlowConfig | EmbeddedServiceFlowConfig[] | Represents a setup node for creating an embedded flow. Available in API version 45.0 and later. |
| embeddedServiceFlows | EmbeddedServiceFlow[] | All of the flows used by this Embedded Service deployment. Available in API version 45.0 and later. |
| embeddedServiceLayouts | EmbeddedServiceLayout[] | The layout of an Appointment Management deployment of an Embedded Service. Available in API version 44.0 and later. |
| isEnabled | boolean | Indicates if this Embedded Service deployment is enabled (true). |
| isTermsAndConditionsEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether Terms and Conditions is displayed. Displaying Terms and Conditions is supported if the deploymentFeature is either EmbeddedMesssaging or LiveAgent. The default is false. Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| isTermsAndConditionsRequired | boolean | Indicates whether acceptance of the Terms and Conditions is required before starting a chat. Displaying Terms and Conditions is supported if the deploymentFeature is either EmbeddedMesssaging or LiveAgent. The default is false. Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The name of the Embedded Service configuration node. Available in API version 37.0 and later. |
| shouldHideAuthDialog | boolean | Specifies whether the prompt that the customer log in again during a flow is hidden (true) or not (false). When it’s hidden, the customer is taken directly to your login page. This field is set to false by default. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| site | string | Required. The name of the Experience site or website connected to this Embedded Service deployment. Available in API version 37.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| customComponent | string | The name of the custom component. |
| customComponentType | EmbeddedServiceCustomComponentType (enumeration of type string) | The type of custom component. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| customLabel | string | The customized label that appears in the embedded component. |
| feature | EmbeddedServiceFeature (enumeration of type string) | The feature that this embedded component uses. Valid values are:
|
| labelKey | EmbeddedServiceLabelKey (enumeration of type string) | The type of label for this embedded component. The value corresponds to the label within a label group (substate of chat state or page type). |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| displayContext | EmbeddedServiceFormDisplayContext (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates when we display this form. Values are:
|
| isActive | Boolean | Indicates whether the form is active. The default value is false. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| formField | string or enum | Required. Maps to either a StandardMessingChannelParameter or a CustomMessagingChannelParameter |
| messagingChannelParameterType | MessagingChannelParameterType (enumeration of type string) OR StandardMessagingChannelParameter (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates whether formField points to a
StandardMessagingChannelParameter or a CustomMessagingChannelParameter. Please match
the Enum value here to the formField passed in. Valid values for
MessagingChannelParameterType are:
|
| formFieldType | EmbeddedServiceFormFieldType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates the type of data is passed by the End User when filling out
the Prechat form. Valid values are:
|
| displayOrder | Integer | Indicates the relative order of the form field in the prechat form. For Prechat fields where isHidden is set to true displayOrder must be set to -1. For Prechat fields where isHidden is set to false, this value must be greater than or equal to 0. |
| isRequired | Boolean | Indicates whether a Prechat form field is required. If isHidden is set to true, isRequired must be set to false. |
| isHidden | Boolean | Indicates whether a Prechat form field is displayed in the UI. isHidden can only be set to true if the formField field is set to CustomMessagingChannelParameter and messagingChannelParameterType is set to Custom. |
| choiceList | ChoiceList | The choice list that's associated with EmbeddedServiceFormField. ChoiceList can only be associated if the formField is set to CustomMessagingChannelParameter and messagingChannelParameterType is set to Custom. |
| embeddedServiceCustomLabels | EmbeddedServiceCustomLabel[] | The custom label for this field. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| resource | string | Required. The ID of the static resource that contains the javascript file of the customization. |
| resourceType | EmbeddedServiceResourceType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The embedded service feature to customize. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| flow | string | The developer name of the flow. |
| flowType | EmbeddedServiceFlowType(enumeration of type string) | The type of flow. Valid values are:
|
| isAuthenticationRequired | boolean | Indicates whether users are required to log in to access the Embedded Service component. The value can’t be true for the FS_Flow value and must be true for all other values. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| embeddedServiceLayoutRules | EmbeddedServiceLayoutRule[] | The appointment statuses that the layout of the Embedded Service deployment is valid for. |
| layout | string | The FlexiPage that represents the layout of this Embedded Service deployment. |
| layoutType | EmbeddedServiceLayoutType (enumeration of type string) | The type of layout applied to the Embedded Service deployment. Values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| avatarImg | string | Avatar image for this embedded chat deployment. |
| customPrechatComponent | string | The custom Lightning Component that’s used for the pre-chat page in this embedded chat deployment. |
| embeddedServiceConfig | string | Required. The name of the embedded service configuration node. |
| embeddedServiceQuickActions | EmbeddedServiceQuickAction | The quick action used by the pre-chat form. |
| enabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this embedded chat deployment is enabled (true). |
| fontSize | EmbeddedServiceFontSize (enumeration of type string) | Required. The font size for the text in the embedded chat window. One of the
following values:
|
| headerBackgroundImg | string | Header background image for this embedded chat window. Removed in API version 49.0. |
| isOfflineCaseEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether offline support is enabled for this embedded chat deployment. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| isQueuePositionEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether queue position (displaying the chat visitor’s place in line while they wait for an agent) is enabled for this embedded chat deployment. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| liveAgentChatUrl | string | The rest endpoint for chats. |
| liveAgentContentUrl | string | The rest endpoint for cChat content. |
| liveChatButton | string | Required. Reference to a chat button created in Chat setup. |
| liveChatDeployment | string | Required. Reference to a deployment created in Chat setup. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. Name of the embedded chat deployment. |
| offlineCaseBackgroundImg | string | Offline support case form background image for this embedded chat window. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| prechatBackgroundImg | string | Pre-chat background image for this embedded chat window. |
| prechatEnabled | string | Required. Indicates whether the embedded chat pre-chat form is enabled for this deployment. |
| prechatJson | string | JSON object of all the fields of the selected pre-chat form in Chat setup. |
| scenario | EmbeddedServiceScenario (enumeration of type string) | Required. The scenario for the embedded chat window that determines which
objects to relate to the chat. One of the following values:
|
| smallCompanyLogoImg | string | Company logo image for this embedded chat window. |
| waitingStateBackgroundImg | string | Chat waiting image for this embedded chat window. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| embeddedServiceLiveAgent | string | Reference to the embedded chat deployment. |
| order | int | Order in which this quick action appears in the embedded chat pre-chat form. |
| quickActionDefinition | string | Reference to a quick action. |
| quickActionType | EmbeddedServiceQuickActionType (enumeration of type string) | Quick action type. One of the following values:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| resource | string | Required. The ID of the static resource that contains the javascript file of the customization. |
| resourceType | EmbeddedServiceResourceType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The embedded service feature to customize. Only the Chat feature is
supported. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| channel | string | The ID of the channel type. If channelType is Phone or CustomURL, this field is null. |
| channelType | EmbeddedServiceChannelType (enumeration of type string) | The type of communication channel. Values are:
|
| customUrl | string | A custom URL that appears in the menu. The shouldOpenUrlInSameTab field determines where the URL opens. |
| displayOrder | int | The item’s order in the menu, such as 1 or 2. |
| embeddedServiceCustomLabels | EmbeddedServiceCustomLabel[] | Represents the custom labels used in your channel menu item. |
| iconUrl | string | The icon URL for the menu item. Icons can be used only for phone, SMS, custom URL, and chat menu items. |
| isDisplayedOnPageLoad | boolean | If true, the menu item is displayed on page load. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| itemName | string | A unique custom name for the menu item, which is visible in the user interface. |
| osOptionsHideInIOS | boolean | If true, the menu item is hidden in iOS. |
| osOptionsHideInLinuxOS | boolean | If true, the menu item is hidden in Linux operating system. |
| osOptionsHideInMacOS | boolean | If true, the menu item is hidden in Mac operating system. |
| osOptionsHideInOtherOS | boolean | If true, the menu item is hidden in any operating system other than iOS, Linux, Mac, and Windows. |
| osOptionsHideInWindowsOS | boolean | If true, the menu item is hidden in Windows operating system. |
| phoneNumber | string | The phone number for menu items whose channelType is Phone. |
| shouldOpenUrlInSameTab | boolean | If the menu item’s channelType is CustomURL, this field indicates whether the link opens in the same tab (true) or a new tab (false). |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableEnhancedNotes | boolean | Indicates whether enhanced notes are enabled (true) or
not (false). With enhanced notes, users can
relate a note to multiple records, access version history, and enjoy enhanced format
options. Users must have the Use New Notes permission to use enhanced
notes. Default value is true. |
| enableTasksOnEnhancedNotes | boolean | Indicates whether users can create tasks from notes (true) or not (false). In the
Salesforce app, users can create a task from a note by swiping a line on the note.
Alternatively, they can tap in the toolbar to add or update the status of an action
item. Users must have the Use New Notes permission to use enhanced notes. Default value is true. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Indicates whether the entitlement process is active (true) or not (false). |
| businessHours | string |
The business hours
that apply to the entitlement process.
This field is available in API version 30.0 and later. |
| description | string | The description of the entitlement process. |
| entryStartDateField | string | For milestone processes on which a case enters the process based
on a custom date/time field on the case, specifies which date and
time are used. Valid values are:
|
| exitCriteriaBooleanFilter | string | For milestone processes on which a case exits the process when custom criteria are met, and for which filter logic is added, specifies that logic. |
| exitCriteriaFilterItems | FilterItem[] | For milestone processes on which a case exits the process when custom criteria are met, specifies those criteria. |
| exitCriteriaFormula | string | For milestone processes on which a case exits the process when a custom formula evaluates to true, specifies that formula. |
| isVersionDefault | boolean | Indicates whether the entitlement process is the default version
(true) or not (false). This field is available in API version 28.0 and later. |
| milestones | EntitlementProcessMilestoneItem[] | Represents a milestone on the entitlement process. |
| name | string | The name of the entitlement process as it displays in the user interface. |
| SObjectType | string | Indicates the type of record that the entitlement process can run on. |
| versionMaster | string | Identifies the sequence of versions to which this entitlement
process belongs. This field’s contents can be any value as
long as it’s identical among all versions of the entitlement
process. This field is available in API version 28.0 and later. |
| versionNotes | string | The description of the entitlement process version. This field is available in API version 28.0 and later. |
| versionNumber | int | The version number of the entitlement process. Must be 1 or
greater. This field is available in API version 28.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| businessHours | string |
The
business hours that apply to the milestone.
This field is available in API version 30.0 and later. |
| criteriaBooleanFilter | string | For milestones that apply only when criteria are met and for which filter logic is added, specifies that logic. |
| milestoneCompletionCriteria | string |
The criteria to be met for the milestone to be marked complete. |
| milestoneCriteriaFilterItems | FilterItem[] | For milestones that apply only when criteria are met, specifies those criteria. |
| milestoneCriteriaFormula | string | For milestones that apply only when a formula evaluates to true, specifies that formula. |
| milestoneName | string | The name of the milestone. |
| minutesCustomClass | string | The name of the Apex class that is used to calculate the trigger time. This field is available in API version 30.0 and later. |
| minutesToComplete | int | The number of minutes from when the case enters the entitlement process that the milestone occurs. |
| successActions | WorkflowActionReference[] | The actions triggered when the milestone is completed. |
| timeTriggers | EntitlementProcessMilestoneTimeTrigger[] | The time triggers on an entitlement process milestone. |
| useCriteriaStartTime | boolean | When the milestone starts: when the milestone criteria are met (true) or when the case enters the entitlement process (false). |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actions | WorkflowActionReference[] | The actions to take when the time trigger is reached, if, at that time, the milestone isn’t completed. |
| timeLength | int | The length of time between the time trigger activation and the milestone target completion date. This length of time can be a negative or positive value. Negative values indicate that the target completion date hasn’t yet arrived and correspond to warning time triggers. Positive values indicate that the target completion date has passed and correspond to violation time triggers. |
| workflowTimeTriggerUnit | MilestoneTimeUnits (enumeration of type string) | Specifies the type of unit used to determine when a workflow is
triggered. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Indicates whether the escalation rule is active (true) or not (false). |
| fullname | string | Inherited from Metadata, this field is defined in the WSDL for this
metadata type. It must be specified when creating, updating, or
deleting. See createMetadata() to see an
example of this field specified for a call. This value can't be null. |
| ruleEntry | RuleEntry[] | Contains the definitions of the rule entries in the escalation rule. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Advanced filter conditions that were specified for the rule. |
| businessHours | string | The hours when escalation actions are performed. Specify only if businessHoursSource is set to Static. |
| businessHoursSource | BusinessHoursSourceType (enumerations of type string) | Valid values are:
|
| criteriaItems | FilterItem | The items in the list that define the assignment criteria. |
| disableEscalationWhenModified | boolean | Indicates whether the escalation is disabled when the record is modified true) or not (false). |
| escalationAction | EscalationAction[] | The actions to perform when the escalation criteria are met. |
| escalationStartTime | EscalationStartTimeType (enumeration of type string) | Indicates the start time for the escalation. Valid values are:
|
| formula | string | The validation formula. Specify either formula or criteriaItems, but not both fields. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| assignedTo | string | The name of the user or queue the item is assigned to. |
| assignedToTemplate | string | Specifies the template to use for the email that is automatically
sent to the new owner specified by the escalation rule. Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| assignedToType | AssignToLookupValueType (enumeration of type string) | Valid values are:
|
| minutesToEscalation | int | The number of minutes until the escalation occurs. |
| notifyCaseOwner | boolean | Indicates that the owner of the case is notified when the case is escalated true) or not (false). |
| notifyEmail | string | Specifies the email address of the user to notify. |
| notifyTo | string | Specifies the user to notify. |
| notifyToTemplate | string | Specifies the template to user for the notification email. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| eventParameters | EventParameterMap[] | An array of parameters to deliver in addition to the published event’s data. |
| eventSubscription | string | Required. The ID of the subscription to deliver the data to. |
| referenceData | string | User-defined non-unique identifier. |
| type | EventDeliveryType (enumeration of type string) |
Required. Determines what action occurs when the event is
delivered to the listeners on behalf of the subscribers.
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| bypassMeteringBlock | boolean | Determines the behavior of metering service protection for Transaction Security policies. When true, metering occurs but doesn't block the user operation that triggered the policy. When false and a policy can't be handled within three seconds, metering occurs and the user's action is blocked. Default value is false. |
| enableApexLimitEvents | boolean | Enables (true) or disables (false) Apex Limit events. |
| enableDeleteMonitoringData | boolean | Allows (true) or disallows (false) Apex limits. Default value is false. |
| enableDynamicStreamingChannel | boolean | Enables (true) or disables (false) the dynamic creation of a streaming channel when you subscribe to generic streaming. Default value is false. |
| enableEventLogGeneration | boolean | Enables (true) or disables (false) the generation of event monitoring log files. Default value is false. |
| enableEventLogWaveIntegration | boolean | Enables (true) or disables (false) the integration of event monitoring log files and Analytics apps. Analytics apps help you visualize your user’s activity. Default value is false. |
| enableLightningLoggerEvents | boolean | Enables (true) or disables (false) the generation of Lightning Logger events. Lightning Logger events track information about custom Lightning web components. Default value is false. Requires Salesforce Shield or Salesforce Event Monitoring add-on subscriptions. |
| enableLoginForensics | boolean | Enables (true) or disables (false) the Login Forensics feature. Login Forensics helps you track and audit your org's user login activity. Default value is false. Available in API versions 47.0–49.0. |
| enablePlatformTracing | boolean | Enables (true) or disables (false) Platform Tracing in the org. Default value is true. |
| enableStreamingApi | boolean | Enables (true) or disables (false) Streaming API in the org. Default value is true. |
| enableTransactionSecurityPolicies | boolean | Enables (true) or disables (false) the ability to create and use transaction security policies in the Salesforce UI. Default value is false. |
| eventLogRetentionDuration | integer | Specifies the number of days (between 30 and 365) that your event log file data is retained for. If this value is not set, your event log file data is retained for 1 year by default. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| experienceResources | ExperienceResources[] | The list of resources in this ExperienceBundle. Each resource represents an artifact of a site such as brandingSets, config, routes, themes, variations, and views. |
| label | string | Required. Represents the name of the ExperienceBundle. |
| type | SiteType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Identifies the kind of site. Only Experience Builder sites are supported, using the value ChatterNetworkPicasso. |
| urlPathPrefix | string | Specify a URL prefix for an Experience Builder site. For example, in the site
URL SitesSubdomainName.force.com/customers, customers is the UrlPathPrefix.
Sample meta.xml
file
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ExperienceBundle xmlns="http://soap.sforce.com/2006/04/metadata">
<label>SampleStarterSite2</label>
<type>ChatterNetworkPicasso</type>
<urlPathPrefix>SampleStarterSite2/s</urlPathPrefix>
</ExperienceBundle>
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| fileName | string | Required. Name of resource file. |
| format | string | Required. Only JSON is allowed. |
| source | base64 | The JSON content of each file. |
| type | string | Required. The type of the resource. Valid values are:
|
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| brandingSetType | string | Required in LWR sites. Not applicable for Aura sites. Represents whether the
color palette stored in the branding set is for the entire site or a specific
section. You can’t change one branding set type to another. Available in API Version
52.0 and later. Valid values are:
|
| definitionName | string | Required. Represents the name for the branding set that is used in grouping
branding sets under a theme. Defined as
theme:branding-theme. For example, if the site theme is Stella, the definitionName would be stella:branding-stella. In addition,
there are several standard templates that have unique naming:
|
| id | UUID | Represents the component’s GUID. |
| label | string | Represents the name of the branding set. |
| type | string | Represents the component type. The only supported value is brandingSet. |
| values | map | Required. Represents a map of branding values that can be applied to a site. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| authenticationType | string | For LWR sites, indicates whether guest users have access to the site.
Valid
values are:
Available in API version 51.0 and later. |
| forgotPasswordRouteId | UUID | Represents the ID of the route to use when a user forgets their password. |
| isAvailableToGuests | boolean | For Aura sites, indicates whether public users have access to the site (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| isFilteredComponentsView | boolean | Indicates whether the list of components is filtered based on the current page type (true) or not (false). Some components require specific parameters from the page and don't work unless you manually configure them. The default value is false. |
| isLockerServiceEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether Lightning Locker is enabled (true) or disabled (false). The
default value is true. Available in API version 55.0 and later. |
| isProgressiveRenderingEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether the display order of page components is prioritized (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| loginAppPageId | UUID | Represents the ID of the login page. Unsupported if the active Experience Builder template for the site doesn't support login (such as Help Center). |
| mainAppPageId | UUID | Required. Represents the ID of the main page. |
| preferredDomain | string | Represents the name of the domain to use for indexing a site’s pages. Improves
search engine results. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| preferredDomainId | string | Represents the domain to use for indexing a site’s pages. Improves search
engine results. Removed in API version 48.0. Use preferredDomain instead. |
| selfRegistrationRouteId | UUID | Represents the ID of the login route to use for self-registration. Unsupported if the active Experience Builder template for the site doesn't support login (such as Help Center). |
| type | string | Represents the component type. The only supported value is site. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| countryCode | string | Represents the country code of the selected language. This string can be empty.
It applies only when the selected language has variations depending on the country,
like Arabic (Algeria) and Arabic (Bahrain). In this case, use countryCode to distinguish between them. For example:{ languageCode" : "ar", "CountryCode" : "DZ", "Label" : "Arabic (Algeria) (DZ)",}, { "Code" : "ar", "CountryCode" : "BH", "Label" : "Arabic (Bahrain) (BH)",} |
| fallbackLanguageId | UUID | Represents the language to use when no content is available for the selected
language. For example, if a site visitor chooses Japanese
from the language selector, but there’s no content for that page in Japanese, then
content is displayed in the fallback language. Only one level of fallback is allowed for LWR sites. Here are examples for an LWR site where English is the default language, and Spanish, French, and Finnish are available site languages.
|
| id | UUID | Represents the component's GUID. |
| isActive | boolean | Indicates whether a language is available to site visitors in the language selector (true) or not (false). The default value is true. |
| label | string | Defines the display label for a language. The display label appears in any language selector components that you add to your site and in the language selector in Experience Builder. |
| languageCode | string | Represents the language code for the selected language. |
| type | string | Represents the component type. The only supported value is language. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableAppUpdate | boolean | Controls whether the App Version Update message is shown, to encourage users to
update by giving them a choice of whether to do so. Set the properties to "enableAppUpdate" : true, and "forceAppUpdate" : false to show the message that encourages your users to update. If you don’t want to show an update message, for example if all your users are on the correct version or your site uses a custom domain, set the property to "enableAppUpdate" : false, and don’t use the forceAppUpdate property. |
| forceAppUpdate | boolean | Controls whether the App Version Update message to require users to update is
shown. Set the properties to "enableAppUpdate" : true, and "forceAppUpdate" : true to show the message that requires your users to update. |
| minVersion | string |
Controls the iOS and Android Minimum App Versions. These property values are currently hard coded to ensure that the app versions supporting enhanced domains are used. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| branding | map | Settings for the Native Navigation Bar component branding. Valid keys are:
Supply a valid 6 digit hexadecimal as the value for all properties. |
| menuItems | list | Items which must be displayed in the Native Navigation Bar component. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| cmsSettings | map | Settings for the CMS Connect header and footer. Valid values are:
|
| currentThemeId | UUID | Required. Represents the UUID of the site's current theme. This field is available for mainAppPage.json and loginAppPage.json (where applicable). |
| headMarkup | string | Required. Allows the addition of custom markup to the site's main page <head> tag. Similar to using See Salesforce Help for markup guidance. |
| id | UUID | Required. Represents the component's GUID. |
| isRelaxedCSPLevel | boolean | Controls the ability to run scripts and script access to third-party hosts. The default is false. This field is available for mainAppPage.json and loginAppPage.json (where applicable). |
| label | string | Required. Represents the name of the page. |
| templateName | string | Required. The unique developer name of the template. Allowed values include:
Alternatively, you can retrieve a list of allowed template name values using Connect REST API. See Experience Builder Templates in the Connect REST API Developer Guide. |
| type | string | Required. Represents the component type. The only supported value is appPage. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| activeViewId | UUID | Required. Represents the default view of the route. Used when there are no
defined audiences or the user doesn’t match any audience. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| appPageId | UUID | Required. Represents the single page application (SPA) page for the route. It points to either main.json or login.json. |
| configurationTags | string[] | Required. Represents the configuration tags for the route. The only supported value is allow-in-static-site. Available in API Version 51.0 and later. |
| devName | string[] | Required. Represents the unique API name that’s defined when creating a new route. Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| id | UUID | Required. Represents the component GUID. Inherited from the component. |
| label | string | Required. Represents the name of the route. Inherited from the component. |
| objectApiName | string | Required. The name of the custom object API. (Not available for standard objects.) |
| pageAccess | string | Required. Identifies the status of a route as public or private. When set to the default value UseParent, the status of the site determines the status of the route. Not editable from the user interface for routes that are always private. Valid values are UseParent, Public, and RequiresLogin. |
| routeType | string | Required. Identifies the type of route. Value is unique among all routes that share the same SPA page. The value in viewType must match. |
| type | string | Required. Represents the component type. The only supported value is route. |
| urlPrefix | string | Required. Represents the base URL for the route. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| activeBrandingSetId | UUID | The id of the branding set currently in use. The branding set's definitionName must match the theme's brandingSetReference. |
| customCSS | string | Custom CSS for pages created in the Experience Builder template. |
| developerName | string | Required. The unique developer name of the theme. Most themes derive their
names directly, for example Jepson uses jespon for its developerName. Standard templates have unique values:
|
| id | UUID | Required. Represents the component's GUID. |
| label | string | Represents the name of the theme. |
| layouts | map | Required. Maps ThemeLayoutType to UUID, and contains the definition of the ThemeLayout. Login and Inner theme layouts are always required. |
| type | string | Required. Represents the component type. The only supported value is theme. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| componentVariants | list | Required. A list of component variants that belong to this experience variation. |
| developerName | string | Required. The unique developer name of the experience variation. This name is used in the targetValue field of a Personalization API target and can’t be updated after it’s set. |
| id | UUID | Required. Represents the GUID of the component. |
| type | string | Required. Represents the type of the component. The only supported value is experienceVariation. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| id | UUID | Required. Represents the GUID of the component. |
| propertyOverrides | map | Required. Defines the property overrides for the given theme, route, or
component targetId. For example, if the targetId is pointing to a theme, you can override the defaultBrandingSet property of the theme to use a different branding set for this experience variation. Supported property overrides:
|
| targetId | UUID | Required. The UUID of the item whose properties you’re overriding. Must be the ID of a theme, route, or component. |
| type | string | Required. Represents the type of the component. The only supported value is experienceVariation. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| id | UUID | Required. Represents the component GUID. |
| regionLabel | string | Specifies region labels for tabs. |
| regionName | string | Required. Matches the design attribute in the design file of the layout component. |
| type | string | Required. Represents the component type. The only supported value is region. |
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| componentAttributes | HashMap | Required. The design attribute values of the component. |
| componentName | string | Required. The FQN of the component. Only components that can be used in the component panel in Experience Builder can be used in this field. |
| id | UUID | Required. Represents the component GUID. |
| renderPriority | enums.priority | Sets priority value for progressive rendering of the component. Possible Values: HIGHEST, HIGH, NEUTRAL |
| renditionMap | HashMap | Map of different rendition keys to UUIDs of RenditionComponents. |
| scopedBrandingSetID | UUID | Required for LWR sites. Not applicable for Aura sites. Represents the ID of a branding set for a specific community_layout:section component. Available in API Version 52.0 and later. |
| type | string | Required. Represents the component type. The only supported value is component. |
new text
" } }, "id" : "9d8878df-f520-4010-861c-57b930a3daab", "type" : "renditionComponent" } \] } \] } \] } ## Declarative Metadata Sample Definition Here’s an example of an ExperienceBundle declaration. For individual folder and file examples for the bundled code, see [brandingSets](#brandingSets_folder), [config](#config_folder), [routes](#routes_folder), [themes](#themes_folder), [variations](#variations_folder), and [views](#views_folder).| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| applicationSourceType |
|
Required. The target application for the configuration. Valid values are:
|
| externalModelKey |
|
|
| externalModelStatus |
|
Required. The current state of a given model. Valid values are:
|
| name |
|
|
| threshold |
|
|
| trainingJobName |
|
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableClientSecretInRestApiAccess | boolean | Indicates whether OAuth consumer secrets can be accessed through the credentials REST API (true) or not (false). This field is available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| enableConsumerSecretApiAccess | boolean | DEPRECATED. Indicates whether OAuth consumer secrets can be accessed through
Metadata API (true) or not (false). Use the external client app OAuth UI to access consumer secrets. |
| enablePackageEcaOauthFromDevOrg | boolean | Indicates whether you can package an external client app that is owned by an org, that isn't a Dev Hub org, (true) or not (false). It’s recommended that you only package OAuth-enabled external client apps that are owned by a Dev Hub org. This practice maintains the integrity of the OAuth client credentials by storing them on an org that won't be deleted. If you have other ways to maintain the OAuth client credentials, you can enable this field and package an external client app form a different type of org. External client apps built on ephemeral orgs, like Scratch orgs or sandboxes, can't be packaged even with this field set to true. This field is available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| dataConnectionStatus | DataConnectionStatus (enumeration of type string) | Indicates whether you’re connected to a data source. Valid values are:
|
| dataConnectorConfiguration | string | Reference to the Data Connector Configuration that is used to retrieve or receive data such as DataConnectorS3. |
| dataConnectorType | DataConnectorType (enumeration of type string) | Type of connection such as AmazonS3. Valid values are:
|
| dataPlatform | string | Reference to the Data Platform that provides or uses this data, such as Amazon_S3. |
| externalDataTranObjects | ExternalDataTranObject | Stores the schema objects related to the data connector. Available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The UI name for the ExternalDataConnector. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| authProvider | string | The authentication provider represented by the AuthProvider component. |
| certificate | string | If you specify a certificate, your Salesforce org supplies it when establishing each two-way SSL connection with the external system. The certificate is used for digital signatures, which verify that requests are coming from your Salesforce org. |
| customConfiguration | string | A string of configuration parameters that are specific to the external data source’s type. |
| customHttpHeaders | CustomHttpHeaders[] | Represents custom HTTP headers used with OData 2.0 or OData 4.0 connectors. Available in API version 43.0 or later. |
| endpoint | string | The URL of the external system, or if that URL is defined in a named
credential, the named credential URL. Corresponds to the URL in the
user interface. A named credential URL contains the scheme callout:, the name of the named credential, and an optional path. For example: callout:My_Named_Credential/some_path. You can append a query string to a named credential URL. Use a question mark (?) as the separator between the named credential URL and the query string. For example: callout:My_Named_Credential/some_path?format=json. |
| externalDataSrcDescriptors | ExternalDataSrcDescriptors[] | Represents schema descriptors for an external data source used with the Salesforce Connect adapter for Amazon DynamoDB (available in API version 55.0 or later) or Amazon Athena (available in API version 56.0 or later). |
| isWritable | boolean |
Allows the Lightning Platform and users in this org to create, update, and delete records for external objects associated with the external data source. The external object data is stored outside the org. By default, external objects are read-only. Corresponds to Writable External Objects in the user interface. Available in API version 35.0 and later. However, with the cross-org adapter for Salesforce Connect, you can set this field to true only in API version 39.0 and later. |
| label | string | A name for the external data source. The label is displayed in
the Salesforce user interface, such as in list views. Examples include Acme Team Marketing Site or Acme SharePoint. |
| namedCredential | string | Represents the definition of the referenced named credential for an external data source of the type Amazon DynamoDB or Amazon Athena. |
| oauthRefreshToken | string | The OAuth refresh token. Used to obtain a new access token for an end user when a token expires. |
| oauthScope | string | Specifies the scope of permissions to request for the access token. Corresponds to the Scope in the user interface. |
| oauthToken | string | The access token issued by the external system. |
| password | string | The password your org uses to access the external system. Make sure that the credentials you use have adequate privileges to access the external system, perform searches, return data, and return information about the external system’s metadata. |
| principalType | ExternalPrincipalType (enumeration of type string) | Determines whether you're using one set or multiple sets of credentials to
access the external system. Corresponds to Identity Type in the
user interface. The valid values are:
|
| protocol | AuthenticationProtocol (enumeration of type string) | The authentication protocol that’s required to access the external system. The
valid values are:
For cloud-based Files Connect external systems, select Oauth 2.0. For on-premises systems, select Password Authentication. For Simple URL data sources, select No Authentication. |
| repository | string | Used for SharePoint Online. If metadata isn't accessible, use this field to create tables and default table fields. |
| type | ExternalDataSourceType (enumeration of type string) | Required. For Salesforce Connect, specifies the adapter that connects to the
external system. The valid values are:
For Files Connect, specifies the data source type. The valid values are:
If Chatter is enabled, you can also specify SimpleURL to access data hosted on a web server that doesn’t require authentication. For Digital Lending Configurator, the valid value is:
For the federated search external data source type, the valid value is:
For Transaction Management in Revenue Cloud, the valid values are:
For SalesAgreement in Manufacturing Cloud, the valid values are:
These values are reserved for internal use:
|
| username | string | The user name that your org uses to access the external system. Make sure that the credentials you use have adequate privileges to access the external system, perform searches, return data, and return information about the external system’s metadata. |
| version | string | Reserved for future use. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| customObject | string | If set, the external object associated with the descriptor. |
| descriptor | string | Required. The descriptor document that contains the metadata information. |
| descriptorVersion | string | If the external system supports schema versioning for the data source, the optional descriptor document version tracks the external system's schema version. Several descriptors with different document versions can be active. |
| developerName | string | Required. The unique name of the child-level setup entity. |
| externalDataSource | string | Required. The name of the external data source associated with the descriptor. |
| subtype | ExternalDataSrcDescSubtype (enumeration of type string) | Required. The subtype of the descriptor. Values are:
|
| systemVersion | int | Required. The version that defines the descriptor format and provides compatibility with descriptor formats between Salesforce releases. |
| type | ExternalDataSrcDescType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The type of the descriptor. Valid value:
|
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
| availabilityStatus |
|
| creationType |
Valid values available in API version 67.0 and later are:
|
| extDataTranObjectTemplate |
|
| externalDataTranFields |
|
| masterLabel |
|
| mktDataTranObject |
|
| objectCategory |
|
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
| creationType |
Valid values available in API version 67.0 and later are:
|
| datatype |
|
| dateFormat |
|
| extDataTranFieldTemplate |
|
| externalName |
|
| isCurrencyIsoCode |
|
| isDataRequired |
|
| length |
|
| masterLabel | Optional. Field label. |
| mktDataTranField |
|
| precision |
|
| primaryIndexOrder |
|
| scale |
|
| sequence |
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| catalogedApiVersion | string | A version of an API brought into API Catalog from an external source and managed for consumption in Salesforce. Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| description | string | The external service description defined when the service is created. |
| label | string | Required. The service name as it appears on the External Services wizard. |
| namedCredential | string | The reference by name to be used for the service. |
| namedCredentialReference | reference | The reference by ID to be used for the named credential. When used, supersedes namedCredential. Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| operations | ExternalServiceOperation[] | Items defined for this operation. |
| registrationProvider | string | A reference to the registration provider.
|
| registrationProviderAsset | string | A polymorphic foreign key field that contains the name of the asset related to
the external service registration.
|
| registrationProviderType | ExternalServiceRegistrationProviderType (enumeration of type string) | Indicates the source of the API specification registered with the External
Services wizard. Valid values include:
|
| schema | string | The content of the OpenAPI 2.0.x or OpenAPI 3.0.x schema in JSON or YAML format. Nillable. |
| schemaAbsoluteUrl | string | The full, absolute URL to the schema. Populated when a user selects Absolute URL during registration. |
| schemaType | string | The schema format. OpenAPI for OpenAPI 2.0.x or OpenAPI 3.0.x. If not specified, the schema type is derived based on the schema content. Nillable. |
| schemaUploadFileExtension | string | The file’s extension. Populated when a user selects Upload from local during registration. |
| schemaUploadFileName | string | The file’s name without the file extension. Populated when a user selects Upload from local during registration. |
| schemaUrl | string | The path must begin with "/" and be relative to the named credential endpoint. |
| serviceBinding | string | Used to map non-supported media types for this external service registration to supported media types. Nillable. Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| serviceName | string | The name of the cataloged API service that this external service registration belongs to. Available in API version 63.0 and later. This field was removed in API version 65.0. |
| status | string | Required. Indicates service registration status. Valid values include:
|
| systemVersion | int | The internal version of External Services that is used to register the API
specification. Available in API version 55.0 and later. The system versions are
independent of API versions.
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| accessMethod | AccessMethod (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates how the canvas app initiates the OAuth authentication flow. The
valid values are:
|
| canvasLocationOptions | CanvasLocationOptions (enumeration of type string)[] | Indicates where the canvas app can appear to the user. The valid
values are:
|
| canvasOptions | CanvasOptions (enumeration of type string)[] | Indicates whether to hide the Share button
and header in the publisher for your canvas app. Valid values are:
|
| canvasUrl | string | Required. The URL of the third-party app that’s exposed as a canvas app. |
| externalClientApplication | string | Required. The name of the associated external client app. |
| label | string | The name of the app. |
| lifeCycleHandler | string | The name of the lifecycle handler Apex class. |
| samlInitiationMethod | SamlInitiationMethod (enumeration of type string) | If you’re using SAML single sign-on (SSO), indicates which
provider initiates the SSO flow.
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| externalClientApplication | string | Required. The name of the associated external client app. |
| label | string | Label for the external client app’s mobile policies configuration. |
| screenLockTimeout | ScreenLockTimeout (enumeration of type string) | When isScreenLockEnabled is true in the associated ExtlClntAppMobileSettings metadata type, screenLockTimeout represents the amount of time after which the mobile app locks and requires the app user to reauthenticate. Valid values include:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| notificationType | string | Required. The API name of the notification type. |
| pushByDefault | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the notification type is
sent as a push notification on mobile devices.
To send a notification type as a push notification, you must also configure the ExtlClntAppPushSettings metadata type. |
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
| apexHandler |
|
| clientCredentialsFlowUser |
|
| commaSeparatedCustomScopes |
|
| commaSeparatedPermissionSet |
|
| commaSeparatedProfile |
|
| customAttributes |
|
| executeHandlerAs |
|
| externalClientApplication |
|
| guestJwtTimeout |
|
| guestJwtSessionTimeoutType |
|
| ipRelaxationPolicyType |
|
| isClientCredentialsFlowEnabled |
|
| isGuestCodeCredFlowEnabled |
|
| isNamedUserJwtEnabled |
|
| isTokenExchangeFlowEnabled |
|
| label |
|
| namedUserJwtTimeout |
If namedUserJwtSessionTimeoutType is set to UserSession, omit this field. |
| namedUserJwtSessionTimeoutType |
|
| permittedUsersPolicyType |
|
| policyAction |
|
| refreshTokenPolicyType |
|
| refreshTokenValidityPeriod |
|
| refreshTokenValidityUnit |
|
| requiredSessionLevel |
|
| sessionTimeoutInMinutes |
|
| singleLogoutUrl |
|
| startUrl |
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| androidPushConfig | ExtlClntAppAndroidPushConfig | Represents the push notification configuration of an Android mobile app. |
| applePushConfig | ExtlClntAppApplePushConfig | Represents the push notification configuration of an iOS mobile app. |
| externalClientApplication | string | Required. The name of the associated external client app. |
| label | string | Label for the external client app’s push notifications configuration. |
| pushConfigLink | string | Identifies the push notification credentials used by the app. Valid format is the org ID (for example, 00D000000000001) and an ExtlClntAppApplePushConfig or ExtlClntAppAndroidPushConfig record ID (for example, 1Dh000000000001) separated by a colon. For example: 00D000000000001:1Dh000000000001
If you configure pushConfigLink, you can’t also have androidPushConfig or applePushConfig in the same record. |
| pushServiceType | PushServiceType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Identifies the mobile operating system of the mobile app. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| fcmProject | string | Required. The ID of the Google Firebase project associated with the mobile app. |
| serviceAccount | string | Required. The Base64-encoded Admin SDK private key for your Google Firebase service account. You can generate this key from the Service accounts tab in the Google Firebase console.
The maximum length of the string is 8000 characters. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| applicationBundle | string | The bundle ID of the iOS mobile app from Apple App Store Connect. |
| certificate | string | The Base64-encoded TLS certificate with Apple Push Notification service (APNs) enabled. To generate and export this certificate, see Communicate with APNs using a TLS certificate in Apple Developer documentation. |
| environment | ApplePushEnvironmentType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The Apple Push Notification service environment. Valid
values are:
|
| keyIdentifier | string | The key identifier for the private key entered in the signingKey field. See Get a key identifier in Apple Developer documentation. |
| password | string | The password for the TLS certificate entered in the certificate field. |
| signingKey | string | The Base64-encoded private key with Apple Push Notification service (APNs) enabled. To generate and download this key, see Create a private key to access a service in Apple Developer documentation. |
| teamIdentifier | string | The team ID listed in the membership details of the Apple Developer account associated with the iOS mobile app. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| autogenerated | boolean |
Indicates that the report type was
automatically generated when historical trending was enabled for
an entity.
Available in API version 29 and later. |
| baseObject | string | Required. The primary object for the custom report type, for
example, Account. All objects, including custom and external
objects, are supported. You can’t edit this field after initial
creation. Support for external objects is available in API version 38.0 and later. |
| category | ReportTypeCategory (enumeration of type string) | This field controls the category for the report. The valid values are:
|
| deployed | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the report type is available to users (true) or whether it's still in development (false). |
| description | string | The description of the custom report type. |
| fullName | string | The report type developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. |
| join | ObjectRelationship | The object joined to the baseObject. For example, Contacts can be joined to the primary Accounts object. |
| label | string | Required. The report type label. |
| sections | ReportLayoutSection[] | The groups of columns available for the report type. Though columns aren’t strictly required, a report without columns isn’t useful. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Indicates whether the rule is active (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| description | string | Required. The description of the rule. |
| enforcementType | EnforcementType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The type of rule. Valid values are:
|
| masterLabel | string | Required. The name of the rule. |
| recordFilter | string | Required. The criteria that determine which records are accessible via the rule. |
| targetEntity | string | Required. The object for which you're creating the rule. We recommend that you
don’t edit this field after the rule is created. If
enforcementType is set to Restrict, custom objects, external objects, and these objects are supported:
If enforcementType is set to Scoping, custom objects and these objects are
supported:
|
| userCriteria | string | Required. The users that this rule applies to, such as all active users or users with a specified role or profile. |
| version | int | Required. The rule's version number. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableProductHierarchy | boolean | Indicates whether Product Hierarchy is enabled for your org (true) or not false). This field is available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| enableRetailExecution | boolean | Indicates whether Retail Execution is enabled for your org (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| enableVisitSharing | boolean | Indicates whether Visit Share is enabled for your org (true) or not (false). The default value is false. This field is available in API version 55.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| caseAccessLevel | string | Specifies whether a user can access other users’ cases that are associated with
accounts the user owns. Valid values are:
This field is not visible if your organization’s sharing model for cases is Public Read/Write. If no value is set for this field, this field value uses the default access level that is specified in the Manage Territory page in Setup. |
| contactAccessLevel | string | Specifies whether a user can access other users’ contacts that are associated with
accounts the user owns. Valid values are:
This field is not visible if your organization’s sharing model for contacts is Public Read/Write or Controlled by Parent. If no value is set for this field, this field value uses the default access level that is specified in the Manage Territory page in Setup. |
| description | string | The description of the role or territory. |
| fullName | string | The unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| mayForecastManagerShare | boolean | Indicates whether the forecast manager can manually share their own forecast. |
| name | string | Required. The name of the role or territory. |
| opportunityAccessLevel | string | Specifies whether a user can access other users’ opportunities that are associated
with accounts the user owns. Valid values are:
This field is not visible if your organization’s sharing model for opportunities is Public Read/Write. If no value is set for this field, this field value uses the default access level that is specified in the Manage Territory page in Setup. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| featureName | string | The feature that the SalesWorkQueueSettings record is configuring. The allowed value is ThirdPartyScore. |
| targetEntity | string | The type that the SalesWorkQueueSettings record is configuring. Possible
values are:
|
| targetField | string | The developer name or ID of the custom number field that is used to sort the
work queue. Custom fields must have a custom number data type.
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| attributeNameIdFormat | string | For SAML 2.0, only and when identityLocation is set to Attribute. Possible values include unspecified, emailAddress, or persistent. All legal values can be found in the “Name Identifier Format Identifiers” section of the Assertions and Protocols SAML 2.0 specification. |
| attributeName | string | The name of the identity provider’s application. Get this name from your identity provider. |
| decryptionCertificate | string | The name of the certificate to use for decrypting incoming SAML assertions. This certificate is saved in the organization’s Certificate and Key Management list. Available in API version 30.0 and later. |
| errorUrl | string | When there's an error during login, specify the URL of the page where users are directed. It must be publicly accessible, such as a public site Visualforce page. The URL can be absolute or relative. |
| executionUserId | string | The user that runs the Apex handler class. The user must have the Manage Users permission. If you specify a SAML JIT handler class, a user is required. |
| identityLocation | SamlIdentityLocationType (enumeration of type string) | The location in the assertion where a user is identified. Valid values are:
|
| identityMapping | SamlIdentityType (enumeration of type string) | The identifier the service provider uses for the user during Just-in-Time user
provisioning. Valid values are:
|
| issuer | string | The identification string for the Identity Provider. |
| loginUrl | string | For SAML 2.0 only: The URL where Salesforce sends a SAML request to start the login sequence. |
| logoutUrl | string | For SAML 2.0 only: The URL to direct the user to when they click the Logout link. The default is https://salesforce.com. |
| name | string | The unique name used by the API and managed packages. The name must begin with a letter and use only alphanumeric characters and underscores. The name cannot end with an underscore or have two consecutive underscores. |
| oauthTokenEndpoint | string | For SAML 2.0 only: The ACS URL used with enabling Salesforce as an identity provider in the web single sign-on OAuth assertion flow. |
| redirectBinding | boolean | Choose the binding mechanism your identity provider requests for your SAML
messages. Values are:
|
| requestSignatureMethod | string | The method that’s used to sign the SAML request. Valid values are RSA-SHA1 and RSA-SHA256. |
| requestSigningCertId | string | The 18-digit ID for the certificate used to generate the signature on a SAML request to the identity provider. The certificate is saved in the Certificate and Key Management page in Setup. |
| salesforceLoginUrl | string | The URL associated with login for the web single sign-on flow. |
| samlEntityId | string | The issuer in SAML requests generated by Salesforce, and is also the expected audience of any inbound SAML Responses. Salesforce recommends that you use your My Domain login URL. |
| samlJitHandlerId | string | The name of an existing Apex class that implements the Auth.SamlJitHandler interface. |
| samlVersion | SamlType (enumeration of type string) | The SAML version in use. Valid values are:
|
| singleLogoutBinding | SamlSpSLOBinding (enumeration of type string) | The HTTP binding type. This value determines where to put the LogoutRequest or
LogoutResponse in the SAML request during single logout (SLO). The value is base64
encoded. Valid values are:
|
| singleLogoutUrl | string | The SAML single logout endpoint. This URL is the endpoint where Salesforce sends LogoutRequests (when Salesforce initiates a logout), or LogoutResponses (when the identity provider initiates a logout). |
| useConfigRequestMethod | boolean | If true, applies the selected Request Signature Method (RSM) during single logout. If false, the default RSM (RSA-SHA1) is applied. |
| useSameDigestAlgoForSigning | boolean | If true, uses a digest algorithm based on
the selected Request Signature Method (RSM). For example, if the selected RSM is
RSA-SHA256, the digest algorithm is set to
SHA-256. If false, uses the default digest algorithm (SHA-1), regardless of the selected RSM. This field is available in API version 55.0 and later. You can edit this field only for legacy SAML configurations created before Spring ’22. For configurations created after Spring ’22, this field is true by default. |
| userProvisioning | boolean | If true, Just-in-Time user provisioning is enabled, which creates users the first time they log in. Specify Federation ID for the identityMapping value to use this feature. |
| validationCert | string | The certificate used to validate the request. Get this certificate from your identity provider. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| content | base64Binary | Content of the s-control. Base 64-encoded binary data. Before making an API call, client applications must encode the binary attachment data as base64. Upon receiving a response, client applications must decode the base64 data to binary. This conversion is handled for you by a SOAP client. This field is inherited from the MetadataWithContent component. |
| contentSource | SControlContentSource (enumeration of type string) | Required. Determines how you plan to use the s-control:
|
| description | string | Optional text that describes the s-control. This only displays to users with View All Data permission (administrator). |
| encodingKey | Encoding (enumeration of type string) | Required. The default encoding setting is Unicode: UTF-8. Change it if you’re passing information to a URL that requires data in a different format. This option is available when you select URL as the value for contentSource. |
| fileContent | base64 | File contents displayed if you add this s-control to a custom link. The file can contain a Java applet, Active-X control, or any other type of content you want. This option only applies to s-controls with a value of HTML for contentSource. |
| fileName | string | The unique name for the s-control. This name can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters, and must be unique in your org. It must begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field can’t be changed for components installed by a managed package. It’s only relevant if the fileContent field also has a value. This field is available in API version 14.0. |
| fullName | string | The s-control developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. If this field contained characters before version 14.0 that are no longer allowed, the characters were stripped out of this field, and the previous value of the field was saved in the name field. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| name | string | Required. The unique name for the s-control. It must contain alphanumeric characters only and begin with a letter. For example example_s_control. |
| supportsCaching | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the s-control supports caching (true) or not (false). Caching optimizes the page so that it remembers which s-controls are on the page when it reloads. This option only applies to HTML s-controls. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| customTabListAdditionalFields | string[] | The list of fields displayed in the Recent Object Name list view for an object. |
| excludedStandardButtons | string[] | The list of standard buttons excluded from the search layout. |
| listViewButtons | string[] | The list of buttons available in list views for an object. This field is equivalent to the Buttons Displayed value in the Object Name List View in the related list of the object detail page in the UI. |
| lookupDialogsAdditionalFields | string[] | The list of fields displayed in a lookup dialog for the
object. Salesforce objects often include one or more lookup fields that allow users to associate two records together in a relationship. For example, a contact record includes an Account lookup field that represents the relationship between the contact and the organization with which the contact is associated. A lookup search dialog helps you search for the record associated with the one being edited. Lookup filter fields allow you to filter your lookup search by a customized list of fields in the object. This field is equivalent to the Lookup Dialogs related list on the object detail page in the UI. |
| lookupFilterFields | string[] | The list of fields that can be used to filter enhanced lookups
for an object. Enhanced lookups are optionally enabled by your
administrator. This field is equivalent to the Lookup Filter Fields related list on the object detail page in the application user interface. |
| lookupPhoneDialogsAdditionalFields | string[] | The list of phone-related fields displayed in a lookup dialog for
the object. This list enables integration of the fields with a softphone dial pad. This field is equivalent to the Lookup Phone Dialogs related list on the object detail page in the application user interface. |
| massQuickActions | string[] | The list of actions that you can use to perform mass quick action
on records. Use this field to add an existing create or update
action. You can perform mass quick actions on custom objects and all standard objects that support quick actions and have a search layout in Lightning Experience. This includes but isn’t limited to cases, leads, accounts, campaigns, contacts, opportunities, and work orders. |
| searchFilterFields | string[] | The list of fields that can be used to filter a search for the
object. This field is equivalent to the Search Filter Fields related list on the object detail page in the application user interface. |
| searchResultsAdditionalFields | string[] | The list of fields displayed in a search result for the
object. This field is equivalent to the Search Results related list on the object detail page in the application user interface. |
| searchResultsCustomButtons | string[] | The list of custom buttons available in a search result for the object. The actions associated with the buttons can be applied to any of the records returned in the search result. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| documentContentSearchEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether a full-text document search is performed. |
| enableAdvancedSearchInAlohaSidebar | boolean | Indicates whether advanced search is available in the search sidebar (true) or not (false). Available in Salesforce Classic only. Available in API version 46.0 and later. |
| enableEinsteinSearchAssistantDialog | boolean | Indicates whether the Einstein search experience is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enableEinsteinSearchEs4kPilot | boolean | Indicates whether Einstein Search for Knowledge enhancements are
enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version
54.0 and later. This feature became generally available in Winter '23. In API version 56.0 and later, the default value is true. |
| enableEinsteinSearchNaturalLanguage | boolean | Indicates whether natural language search is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enableEinsteinSearchNLSFilters | boolean | Indicates whether the Natural Language Search Filters (Pilot) feature is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| enableEinsteinSearchPersonalization | boolean | Indicates whether search personalization is enabled (true) or not (false). Available in Lightning Experience only. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enablePersonalTagging | boolean | Indicates whether users are allowed to group records from various objects by a common theme (true) or not (false). Personal tags are visible to the user only. Available in Salesforce Classic only. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enablePublicTagging | boolean | Indicates whether users are allowed to group records from various objects by a common theme (true) or not (false). Personal tags are visible to all users. Available in Salesforce Classic only. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableSalesforceGeneratedSynonyms | boolean | Indicates whether search synonyms are enabled (true) or not (false). Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableSearchTermHistory | boolean | Indicates whether users are allowed to group records from various objects by a common theme (true) or not (false). Public tags are visible to everyone in the organization. Available in Salesforce Classic only. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableSetupSearch | boolean | Indicates whether the search box in the Setup sidebar returns matching custom fields, custom objects, and other supported setup items when you press Enter (true) or not (false). The default is true in Developer, Performance, Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions, and false in all other editions. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableSuggestArticlesLinksOnly | boolean | Indicates whether links are provided to knowledge articles from Cases similar to the current Case (true) or not (false). Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableUseDefaultSearchEntity | boolean | Indicates whether to use the admin-specified default entity in sidebar search (true) or not (false). Available in Salesforce Classic only. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| optimizeSearchForCJKEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the search is optimized for the Japanese, Chinese, and Korean languages (true) or not (false). This setting affects sidebar search and the account search for Find Duplicates on a lead record in sidebar search and global search. Enable this option if users are searching mostly in Japanese, Chinese, or Korean, and if the text in searchable fields is mostly in those languages. |
| recentlyViewedUsersForBlankLookupEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the list of records that are returned from a user autocomplete lookup and from a blank user lookup is taken from the user’s recently viewed user records (true). Otherwise this setting is false if the lookup shows a list of recently accessed user records from across your org (false). Only applies to User object blank lookup searches. |
| searchSettingsByObject | SearchSettingsByObject | Required. Represents a list of search settings for each object. |
| sidebarAutoCompleteEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether autocomplete is enabled for sidebar search (true) or not (false). Autocomplete is when users start typing search terms and sidebar search displays a matching list of recently viewed records. |
| sidebarDropDownListEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether a dropdown list appears in the sidebar search section (true) or not (false). From this list, users can select to search within tags, within a specific object, or across all objects. |
| sidebarLimitToItemsIOwnCheckboxEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the Limit to Items I Own checkbox appears (true) or not (false). The checkbox allows your users to include only records for which they are the record owner when entering search queries in the sidebar. |
| singleSearchResultShortcutEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether a shortcut is enabled (true) or not (false). With the shortcut, users skip the search results page and go directly to the record’s detail page when their search returns only a single item. This setting doesn't apply to tags, case comments (in advanced search), and global search. |
| spellCorrectKnowledgeSearchEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether spell check is enabled for Knowledge search (true) or not (false). |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| canUsersGrantLoginAccess | boolean |
If true, users can grant login access to Support. If false, only an admin can grant login access. Users can’t grant login access to managed packages that are licensed to your entire Salesforce org. Only admins with the Manage Users permission enabled on their profiles can grant access to these publishers. Also, some managed packages don’t have login access. If a package isn’t listed on the Login Access Policies page, login access isn’t available for that package. |
| enableAdminLoginAsAnyUser | boolean | If true, the Administrators Can Log in as Any User field is enabled. The default isn’t enabled (false). |
| enableAuditFieldsInactiveOwner | boolean | If true, this setting enables audit fields and updating the owner for records that are owned by inactive users. The default value is false. This field is available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableAuraSecureEvalPref | boolean | If true, this setting prevents the creation of function expressions in dynamically created Aura components. The default is false. This field is available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableCoepHeader | boolean | Indicates whether the Cross-Origin Embedder Policy (COEP)
response header is applied to this org’s custom Visualforce pages
(true) or not (false). If true, externally sourced embedded
content loads only when the external origin allows it via CORS or
CORP. The default value is false. Available in API version 55.0 and later. |
| enableCoopHeader | boolean | Indicates whether the Cross-Origin Opener Policy (COOP) response
header is applied to this org’s custom Visualforce pages (true) or not (false). If true, each custom Visualforce page
opens in a new browsing context group. The default value is false. Available in API version 55.0 and later. |
| enableCrossOrgRedirects | boolean | Indicates whether redirections to other Salesforce orgs are
allowed (true) or blocked
(false). In Summer ’24 and
later, this field is always false. This setting applies to user redirections to another Salesforce org via a direct link, a post-action URL, or a post-login URL in Salesforce. An example of a direct link with a redirection is <a href="/?startURL=targetUrl">linkText">linkText</a>. Post-action URLs and post-login URLs use a protected URL redirect parameter, such as retURL, startURL, saveURL, cancelURL, and targetURL. Subsequent redirections can’t be verified because they occur outside Salesforce. To allow cross-org redirections, add the URLs for the Salesforce orgs that you own to RedirectWhitelistUrl. Available in API version 59.0 to 60.0. |
| enableGraphQLApiGuestUserAccess | boolean | Indicates whether unauthenticated guest users can access GraphQL
API (true) or not (false). The default value is
false. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enablePermissionsPolicy | boolean | Indicates whether the pages that Salesforce serves for this org
include the Permissions-Policy
HTTP header. This HTTP header controls access to browser features
such as cameras and microphones. When this field is false, access to the browser
features is always permitted. The default value is false. Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| enableRequireHttpsConnection | boolean | Deprecated in API version 47.0 and later. |
| grantCameraAccess | PermissionsPolicy (enumeration) | When enablePermissionsPolicy is true, indicates when apps and
websites loaded from Salesforce can access the user’s
camera. Possible values are:
If enablePermissionsPolicy is false, this field has no effect. This field is available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| grantMicrophoneAccess | Permissions Policy (enumeration) | When enablePermissionsPolicy is true, indicates when apps and
websites loaded from Salesforce can access the user’s
microphone. Possible values are:
If enablePermissionsPolicy is false, this field has no effect. This field is available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| isTLSv12Required | boolean | Indicates whether connections to or from your Salesforce org must use TLS 1.2 or higher (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. Removed in API version 51.0 and later. |
| isTLSv12RequiredCommunities | boolean | Indicates whether connections with your Salesforce sites and portals or Experience Cloud sites must use TLS 1.2 or higher (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. Removed in API version 51.0 and later. |
| networkAccess | NetworkAccess | The trusted IP address ranges from which users can always log in without requiring computer activation. |
| passwordPolicies | PasswordPolicies | The requirements for passwords and logins, and assistance with retrieving forgotten passwords. |
| sendCspForUncommonClients | boolean |
In rare cases, Salesforce can’t identify whether the requesting app or specialized browser supports the Content-Security-Policy: frame-ancestors HTTP header directive. In those cases, this field indicates whether that directive is included in (true) or omitted from (false) the HTTP response header for pages that Salesforce serves for this org. The default value is false. When sendCspForUncommonClients is true, users who access Salesforce via an app or browser that doesn’t support the Content-Security-Policy: frame-ancestors HTTP header directive can experience errors if that lack of support is unclear. This field is available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| sessionSettings | SessionSettings | The settings for session expiration and security. |
| singleSignOnSettings | SingleSignOnSettings | The settings for single sign-on (SSO). |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| ipRanges | IpRange[] | The trusted IP address ranges from which users can always log in
without requiring computer activation. To add an IP range, deploy all existing IP ranges, including the one you want to add. Otherwise, the existing IP ranges are replaced with the ones you deploy. To remove all the IP ranges, leave the networkAccess field blank (<networkAccess></networkAccess>). |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| allowUserAuthenticationByCertificate | boolean | If enabled (true), users can authenticate with a PEM-encoded X.509 digital certificate. Not enabled by default. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| allowUserCertBasedAuthenticationWithOcspValidation | boolean | If enabled (true), authentication certificates are validated using the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) or a Certificate Revocation List (CRL). |
| auraBoxcarReductionPref | boolean | If true, dynamic boxcar
optimization for the Aura framework is disabled. With dynamic boxcar
optimization, a limited number of server-side Aura actions are
grouped in a single network request, which improves the performance
of Lightning components and apps. For more information, see Boxcar Grouping and
Optimization in the Lightning Aura Components
Developer Guide. The default value is false. |
| canConfirmEmailChangeInLightningCommunities | boolean | If Require email confirmations for email address changes is enabled (true), when users change their email address, they receive an email at the new address with a link. After they click the link, their new email address takes effect. For orgs created before Winter ’20, the field isn’t enabled by default. For new orgs, this field is always enabled. To disable the field (not recommended), contact Salesforce Customer Support. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| canConfirmIdentityBySmsOnly | boolean | Prevents identity verification by email for users who have
registered other verification methods, such as SMS or Salesforce
Authenticator. If no other verification methods are configured,
users are verified by email. By default, this setting is disabled (false) for existing orgs. For new orgs, this setting is enabled (true) by default. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| disableTimeoutWarning | boolean | Indicates whether the session timeout warning popup is disabled (true) or enabled (false). |
| enableBuiltInAuthenticator | boolean | Indicates whether users can verify their identity with a built-in authenticator that's already on their device (true), such as Touch ID or Windows Hello, or not (false). The default value is false. |
| enableCSPOnEmail | boolean | Indicates whether a content security policy is enabled for the email template. A content security policy helps prevent cross-site scripting attacks by listing allowed sources of images and other content. |
| enableCSRFOnGet | boolean | Indicates whether Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF) protection on GET requests on non-setup pages is enabled (true) or disabled (false). |
| enableCSRFOnPost | boolean | Indicates whether Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF) protection on POST requests on non-setup pages is enabled (true) or disabled (false). |
| enableCacheAndAutocomplete | boolean | Indicates whether the user’s browser is allowed to store usernames and auto-fill the User Name field on the login page (true) or not (false). |
| enableClickjackNonsetupSFDC | boolean | Indicates whether clickjack protection for non-setup Salesforce pages is enabled (true) or disabled (false). |
| enableClickjackNonsetupUser | boolean | Indicates whether clickjack protection for customer Visualforce pages with standard headers turned on is enabled (true) or disabled (false). |
| enableClickjackNonsetupUserHeaderless | boolean | Indicates whether clickjack protection for customer Visualforce pages with standard headers turned off is enabled (true) or disabled (false). Available in API version 34.0 and later. |
| enableClickjackSetup | boolean | Indicates whether clickjack protection for setup pages is enabled (true) or disabled (false). |
| enableContentSniffingProtection | boolean |
Indicates whether the browser is prevented from inferring the MIME type from the document content and from executing malicious files (JavaScript, Style sheet) as dynamic content. This field is available in API version 39.0 and later. In API version 58.0 and later, enableContentSniffingProtection is always true. |
| enableLightningLogin | boolean | If enabled (true), users can use Lightning Login (Salesforce Authenticator) to log in instead of a password. Available in API Version 47.0 and later. |
| enableLightningLoginOnlyWithUserPerm | boolean | If enabled (true), only users with the Lightning Login User permission can log in with Salesforce Authenticator instead of a password. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableMFADirectUILoginOptIn | boolean | Requires all users in your Salesforce org to provide an additional verification method when logging in directly to the UI with their username and password. Users who are already enabled via the Multi-Factor Authentication for User Interface Logins user permission experience no change. The Waive Multi-Factor Authentication for Exempt Users user permission overrides this setting. |
| enableOauthCorsPolicy | boolean |
If set to true, enables Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) for these OAuth endpoints:
Default setting is false. Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enablePostForSessions | boolean | Indicates whether cross-domain session information is exchanged using a POST request instead of a GET request, such as when a user is using a Visualforce page. In this context, POST requests are more secure than GET requests. Available in API version 31.0 and later. |
| enableSMSIdentity | boolean | If enabled (true), the default, users can receive a one-time password in a text message (SMS) to verify their identity. Users must verify their mobile phone number before they can receive SMS messages. |
| enableU2F | boolean | If enabled (true), users can use a physical U2F-compatible security key for multi-factor authentication (MFA) and identity verification. The default is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableUpgradeInsecureRequests | boolean |
Indicates whether HTTPS is required for connecting to third-party domains. This setting is enabled by default on accounts created after the Summer ’17 release. This field is available in API version 42.0 to 60.0. |
| enableXssProtection | boolean |
Indicates whether the HTTP X-XSS-Protection response header is enabled to protect against reflected cross-site scripting attacks. This field is available in API version 39.0 to 59.0. The HTTP X-XSS-Protection response header is deprecated. To help prevent cross-site scripting (XSS) and other code injection attacks, use the CSPTrustedSite metadata type. |
| enforceIpRangesEveryRequest | boolean | If true, the IP addresses in Login IP Ranges are enforced when a user accesses Salesforce (on every page request), including access from a client app. If false, the IP addresses in Login IP Ranges are enforced only when a user logs in. This field affects all user profiles with login IP restrictions. Available in API version 34.0 and later. |
| enforceUserDeviceRevoked | boolean |
If enabled, and a UserDevice’s status is set to revoked, that device can’t log in from a Salesforce app. Logins from browsers aren’t affected. This field is available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| forceLogoutOnSessionTimeout | boolean | If enabled (true), the default, when sessions time out for inactive users, current sessions become invalid. The browser refreshes and returns to the login page. To access the org, the user must log in again. Available in API version 31.0 and later. |
| forceRelogin | boolean | If true, an admin who is logged in as another user must log in again to their original session, after logging out as the secondary user. If false, the admin isn’t required to log in again. |
| hasRetainedLoginHints | boolean | If you enable Remember me until logout (true), usernames (login hints) are cached until the user logs out. If a session times out, usernames appear on the Switcher as inactive. If false (default), usernames aren't cached for SSO sessions. |
| hasUserSwitching | boolean | If Enable user switching istrue (default), users can log in to
other orgs by selecting their profile picture and using the
Switcher. You must also enable the Enable caching and
autocomplete on login page setting. If false, the Switcher isn’t enabled and your org doesn’t appear in Switchers on other orgs. |
| hstsOnForcecomSites | boolean | Indicates whether Visualforce, Salesforce sites, or Experience Cloud sites must use HTTPS. Available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| identityConfirmationOnEmailChange | boolean |
Indicates whether a user’s identity is confirmed when changing their email address, instead of requiring a relogin. This field is available in API version 42.0 and later. |
| identityConfirmationOnTwoFactorRegistrationEnabled | boolean |
Indicates whether users are required to confirm their identities when adding a verification method such as Salesforce Authenticator for multi-factor authentication (MFA), instead of requiring a relogin. (Multi-factor authentication was formerly called two-factor authentication.) This field is available in API version 40.0 and later. |
| lockSessionsToDomain | boolean | Indicates whether the current UI session for a user is associated with a specific domain. This check helps prevent unauthorized use of the session ID in another domain. The value is true by default for orgs created with the Spring ’15 release or later. Available in API version 33.0 and later. |
| lockSessionsToIp | boolean | Indicates whether user sessions are locked to the IP address from which the user logged in (true) or not (false). |
| lockerServiceAPIVersion | string | The API version that Lightning Locker enforces for security of
custom Lightning components. The default value matches the
Salesforce API version of the current release. Only valid Salesforce
API versions between 46.0 and the current release can be specified.
The version must be specified as a string in the format "nn.0", such as "48.0". This setting has
no effect on the lockerServiceNext setting,
which enables Lightning Web Security. This field is available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| lockerServiceCSP | boolean | If true, a stricter Content Security Policy is enabled to disallow the unsafe-inline source for the script-src CSP directive. Script tags can’t be used to load JavaScript, and event handlers can’t use inline JavaScript. Lightning Locker and Lightning Web Security depend on this setting to be enabled to protect Lightning components. |
| lockerServiceNext | boolean | If true, Lightning Web Security is used instead of Lightning Locker to protect Lightning web components. Lightning Locker continues to protect Aura components. If false, Lightning Locker protects Lightning web components and Aura components. Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| lockerServiceNextControl | boolean | Reserved for internal use. |
| lockerTrustedMode | boolean | Reserved for internal use. |
| lockerTrustedResources | string | Reserved for internal use. |
| logoutURL | string | The URL to which users are redirected when they log out of Salesforce. If no value is specified, the default is https://MyDomainName.my.salesforce.com. Available in API version 34.0 and later. |
| redirectBlockModeEnabled | boolean | If true, users can’t access
untrusted URLs outside the Salesforce domains via links in URL or
Long Text Area fields. When a user who accesses Salesforce via
Salesforce Classic clicks the link, a message informs the user that
they can’t access the page because the external site isn’t trusted.
The default is false. To specify the URLs that you trust, use the RedirectWhitelistUrl Metadata type. The redirectBlockModeEnabled and redirectionWarning fields are mutually exclusive. Only one of those fields can be true. Available in API 56.0 and later. |
| redirectionWarning | boolean | If true, users who accesses
Salesforce via Salesforce Classic see an alert when they click a
link in a URL or Long Text Area field that redirects them to an
untrusted URL outside the Salesforce domains. The default is true in orgs created in Spring ’18
and later and false in orgs
created in Winter ’18 and earlier. To specify the URLs that you trust, use the RedirectWhitelistUrl Metadata type. The redirectBlockModeEnabled and redirectionWarning fields are mutually exclusive. Only one of those fields can be true. Available in API version 42.0 and later. |
| referrerPolicy | boolean | If true, pages served by
Salesforce for this org include the referrer-policy HTTP header with the directive defined
by referrerPolicyDirective. If false, that HTTP header isn’t
included and requests can always see the full URL of the Salesforce
page. The default is true.
Available in API version 42.0 and later. In API version 42.0–57.0, if referrerPolicy is true, pages served by Salesforce for this org include the referrer-policy HTTP header with the origin-when-cross-origin directive. |
| referrerPolicyDirective | ReferrerPolicy (enumeration of type string) | The HTTP referrer policy directive for pages served by
Salesforce. The default is strict-origin-when-cross-origin. If
referrerPolicy is false, this value has no effect.
Available in API version 58.0 and later. Valid current values are:
These policies are deprecated. Although the values are valid, they aren’t recommended.
For more information on HTTP referrer policy directives, including examples, see the Referrer-Policy entry in the MDN Docs HTTP Guide. |
| requireHttpOnly | boolean |
Sets the HttpOnly attribute on session
cookies, making them inaccessible via JavaScript. If true, session ID cookie access
is restricted. If false,
access isn’t restricted.
If you have a custom or packaged application that uses JavaScript to access session ID cookies, your application breaks if requireHttpOnly is set to true. The application can't access the cookie. This field is available in API version 40.0 and later. |
| requireHttps | boolean |
Determines whether HTTPS is required to log in to or access Salesforce. This option is enabled by default for security reasons and can’t be disabled. To change to HTTP, contact Salesforce Customer Support. This field is available in API version 40.0 to 60.0. |
| securityCentralKillSession | boolean | Deprecated in API version 36.0 to 50.0. Removed in API version 51.0 and later. |
| sessionTimeout | SessionTimeout (enumeration of type string) |
The length of time after which users without activity are prompted to log out or continue working. Valid values are:
|
| sidToken3rdPartyAuraApp | boolean | If true, a Lightning app
replaces the authentication cookie with a session token when the
Lightning app is in a third-party context, such as Lightning
Out. Browsers are restricting the use of third-party cookies. This org setting is an alternative for the authentication cookie to requiring that users disable browser settings, such as Safari’s Prevent cross-site tracking setting. This field is available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| skipSFAWhenMFADirectUILogin | boolean | Indicates which screen users see first when they're prompted to
register a verification method for multi-factor authentication
(MFA). If true, users see a list of all supported verification methods. If false, users see only the Salesforce Authenticator option. To see a list of all supported verification methods, users must navigate to a new page. |
| terminateUserSessionsWhenAdminResetsPassword | boolean | Indicates what happens to a user's UI sessions when an admin resets that user's password. If true, all of the user's UI sessions are terminated. If false, no UI sessions are terminated. |
| unescapedHtmlSanitization | boolean | Indicates whether to disable HTML sanitization when using the
aura:unescapedHtml
component. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| untrustedRedirect | untrustedRedirect (enumeration of type string) |
The redirection behavior when a user who accesses Salesforce via Lightning Experience clicks a hyperlink in a URL field with a target URL that isn’t trusted. Valid values are:
To specify the URLs that you trust, use the RedirectWhitelistUrl Metadata type. Available in API version 64.0 and later. Secure redirections to untrusted URLs in Lightning Experience is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. |
| useLocalStorageForLogoutUrl | boolean | Redirects all expired tabs in your browser to your custom logout
URL (true). By default, this
option is enabled for all new orgs and is available in API version
52.0 and later. For orgs created prior to the Summer ’21 release, the default setting is false. Before enabling this setting, review these considerations.
|
| vfInlineScriptInjection | VfInlineScriptInjection (enumeraion of type string) | Reserved for future use. The default value is allow. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| welcomeEmailTemplateId | string | Custom email template for the welcome email that new internal
users receive when they're registered. This field supports only
Classic email templates. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableCaseInsensitiveFederationID | boolean | If you enable Make Federation ID case-insensitive (true), the Federation ID field on a user object isn’t case-sensitive. If disabled (false), the Federation ID field remains case-sensitive. The default is false. |
| enableForceDelegatedCallout | boolean | If you enable Force Delegated Authentication Callout (true), a callout to the SSO endpoint occurs regardless of login restriction failures. If disabled (false), the default, and if a user’s first login attempt fails due to login restrictions within the Salesforce org, a call isn’t made to the SSO endpoint. |
| enableMultipleSamlConfigs | boolean | If true (default), you can configure multiple SAML providers. After enabling the setting, it can’t be disabled. |
| enableSamlJitProvisioning | boolean | If you enable User Provisioning Enabled (true), you can provision users through a SAML assertion (called just-in-time provisioning). Requires EnableSamlLogin to be true and enableMultipleSamlConfigs to be false. The default is enabled (false). |
| enableSamlLogin | boolean | If you enable SAML Enabled (true), users can SSO into Salesforce from providers via SAML. The default isn’t enabled (false). |
| isLoginWithSalesforceCredentialsDisabled | boolean | If Disable login with Salesforce
credentials is true, users are redirected to third-party identity
providers for authentication. The default is enabled (false). If you enabled this feature prior to the Summer ’20 release and want to disable it prior to July 27, 2020, contact Customer Support. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| appSourceType | ApplicationSourceType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The target application for the configuration. Valid values are:
|
| name | string | Required. A reference to the configuration. |
| setupStatus | ServiceAISetupDefStatus (enumeration of type string) | Required. The status of the configuration. Valid values are:
|
| supportedLanguages | string | Required when appSourceType is ARTICLE_RECOMMENDATION. Language codes for selected and supported languages. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| entity | string | Required. The Case or KnowledgeArticle object for the field. |
| field | string | Required. The API name of the field. |
| fieldMappingType | ServiceAISetupFieldType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The field type. Valid values are:
|
| fieldPosition | int | Required. A positive number used to rank the field’s importance. The value 1 is most important; higher numbers indicate less important fields. Einstein considers fields in the order of importance. |
| name | string | Required. A reference to the field. |
| setupDefinition | string | Required. A reference to the parent ServiceAISetupDefinition. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| acwExtensionDuration | int | The maximum length of time, measured in seconds, an agent can spend on After Conversation Work (ACW) each time they extend the timer. You must set this field if hasAcwExtensionEnabled is set to true. Specify a value from 10 through 3600. Available only for service channels of type Messaging or Voice. |
| afterConvoWorkMaxTime | int | The maximum length of time, measured in seconds, an agent has to complete After
Conversation Work (ACW). You must set this field if
hasAfterConvoWorkTimer is set to true. Specify a value from 10 through 3600. Available only for service
channels of type Messaging or Voice. For service channels of type Voice, this field is available in API version 52.0 and later. For service channels of type Messaging, this field is available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| capacityModel | picklist | The method that determines when an agent's capacity for a work item is
released. With the status-based capacity routing model, work remains assigned and
applied to an agent’s capacity until the work is completed or reassigned to a
different agent. In contrast, the tab-based capacity routing model releases an
agent’s capacity when a work tab is closed in the service console. This field is
available in API version 65.0 and later. Values are:
|
| doesCheckCapOnOwnerChange | boolean | Indicates whether the override for capacity check is on (true) or not (false). If it is on, when work is reassigned to another agent it overrides it and keeps the work assigned to the specific agent. The default value is false.This field is available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| doesCheckCapOnStatusChange | boolean | Indicates whether the override for capacity check is on (true) or not (false). If it is on, when work is reopened it is re-assigned to a specific agent. The default value is false. This field is available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| doesMinimizeWidgetOnAccept | boolean | Automatically minimizes the Omni-Channel widget when an agent accepts work. This field is available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| hasAcwExtensionEnabled | boolean | If set to true, agents can extend their After Conversation Work (ACW) time. Available only if hasAfterConvoWorkTimer is set to true. If set to true, you must also set the acwExtensionDuration and maxExtensions fields. The default value is false. Available only for service channels of type Messaging or Voice. This field is available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| hasAfterConvoWorkTimer | boolean | If set to true, After Conversation Work
(ACW) time can be configured for the channel. If set to true, you must also set the afterConvoWorkMaxTime
field. The default value is false. Available
only for service channels of type Messaging or Voice. For service channels of type Voice, this field is available in API version 52.0 and later. For service channels of type messaging, this field is available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| hasAutoAcceptEnabled | boolean | Work items in a service channel open automatically in the agent’s workspace so that the agent doesn’t have to manually accept them. |
| interactionComponent | string | The custom console component to open in the footer when an agent accepts a work item from this service channel. |
| isInterruptible | boolean | Indicates whether a work item consumes interruptible or primary capacity. The default value is false. Available in API version 57.0 and later when the Interruptible Capacity feature is enabled. |
| label | string | Required. The label of the service channel. |
| maxExtensions | picklist | The maximum number of times an agent can extend their After Work Conversation (ACW) time. Specify a value from 1 through 10. You must set this field if hasAcwExtensionEnabled is set to true. Available only for service channels of type Messaging or Voice. This field is available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| relatedEntityType | string | Required. The type of object that’s associated with this service channel. |
| secondaryRoutingPriorityField | string | The name of the standard field or the ID of the custom field that is used for secondary routing priority. This field is available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| serviceChannelStatusFieldMappings | ServiceChannelFieldPriority | Represents the value to indicate completed and in-progress work item status in the Status-Based Capacity routing model. This field is available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| serviceChannelFieldPriorities | ServiceChannelFieldPriority[] | Required. A set of mappings between secondary routing priority field values and priorities. This field is available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| statusField | picklist | The field that you use to track work status in the Status-Based capacity routing model. Use ServiceChannelStatusField to specify the values that indicate completed and in-progress work-item status. This field is available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| disableSCVTaskCreationForHVS | boolean | Indicates whether to prevent the Sales Engagement automatic task creation feature from generating tasks from voice calls except click-to-dial calls initiated from Sales Engagements, To Do List, and Work Queue. The default value is false. Available in API version 61.0 and later. This field is optional. |
| enableAmazonQueueManagement | boolean | Indicates whether to enable the Amazon Connect queue management integration for Service Cloud Voice. When enabled, the system automatically synchronizes contact center queues across Salesforce and Amazon Connect, including voice groups and users. The default value is false. Available in API version 55.0 and later. This field is optional. |
| enableDefaultChannelForSCV | boolean | Indicates whether Service Cloud Voice uses the default phone channel for all end user identification. The default value is false. Available in API version 53.0 and later. This field is optional. |
| enableDigitalVoiceWhatsapp | boolean | Reserved for internal use. Removed in API version 65.0 and later. |
| enableEndUserForSCV | boolean | Indicates whether Service Cloud Voice matches callers to end user records. The default value is false. Available in API version 53.0 and later. This field is optional. |
| enableOmniCapacityForSCV | boolean | Indicates whether to enable Omni-Channel capacity management for Service Cloud Voice. If enabled, Service Cloud Voice Agentwork honors Omni-Channel capacity. The default value is false. Available in API version 54.0 and later. This field is optional. |
| enablePhoneNumberMaskingForSCV | boolean | Indicates whether to enable phone number masking functionality in Service Could Voice to protect sensitive data by redacting inbound and outbound phone numbers. When enabled, phone numbers are masked in Omni-Channel views, call recordings, and call transcripts. Masking doesn't apply to numbers used in rep-to-rep calls managed by partner telephony providers. The default value is false. Available in API version 61.0 and later. This field is optional. |
| enablePTQueueManagement | boolean | Indicates whether to enable queue management for Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony. When enabled, the system automatically synchronizes contact center queues across Salesforce and partner telephony services, including groups and users. The default value is false. Available in API version 56.0 and later. This field is optional. |
| enableRZoneCloudVoiceOptIn | boolean |
Indicates whether you agree to the terms of using Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect in a Salesforce Government Cloud environment. The default value is false. This field is optional. Amazon Connect is a third-party Amazon service that sits outside the Salesforce Government Cloud FedRAMP environment. Amazon Connect is a separate service offered by Amazon and not a FedRAMP authorized service. Therefore, Amazon Connect’s processing environment falls outside the Government Cloud FedRAMP authorization boundary. To learn more, see Amazon Connect. |
| enableSCVBYOT | Indicates whether to enable Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony. The default value is false. This field is optional. For API version 52.0 and later, we recommend using enableSCVExternalTelephony instead. | |
| enableSCVExternalTelephony | boolean | Indicates whether to enable a third-party telephony service to work with Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony. The default value is false. This field is optional. |
| enableSCVOpenVCAsNewTabHVS | boolean | Indicates whether to open the Service Cloud Voice Console in a new tab for Sales Engagement scenarios. The default value is false. Available in API version 62.0 and later. This field is optional. |
| enableSCVSupportBannerDisplayed | boolean | Indicates whether to display the Service Cloud Voice support banner. The default value is false. Available in API version 59.0 and later. This field is optional. |
| enableServiceCloudVoice | boolean | Indicates whether to enable Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect. The default value is false. This field is optional. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| caseAccessLevel | string | Required. The access level that the user or group has to cases associated with the
account. Possible values are:
|
| contactAccessLevel | string | Required. The access level that the user or group has to contacts associated with the
account. Possible values are:
|
| opportunityAccessLevel | string | Required. The access level that the user or group has to opportunities associated with
the account. Possible values are:
|
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| fullName | string | Required. Sharing reason name. The __c suffix is appended to
custom sharing reasons. Inherited from Metadata, this field is defined in the WSDL for this metadata type. It must be specified when creating, updating, or deleting. See createMetadata() to see an example of this field specified for a call. |
| label | string | Required. Descriptive label for the sharing reason. Maximum of 40 characters. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Advanced filter conditions that are specified for the sharing rule. |
| criteriaItems | FilterItem[] | An array of the boolean criteria (conditions) for the sharing rule. |
| includeRecordsOwnedByAll | boolean | Required. Indicates whether records owned by users who can’t have
an assigned role are included in the records shared (true) or not (false). Examples of users who can’t
have an assigned role are high-volume users and system users such as
automated process users.or Salesforce system users.
You can’t edit this field after the sharing rule is created. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| booleanFilter | string | Advanced filter conditions that are specified for the sharing rule. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| criteriaItems | FilterItem[] | An array of the boolean criteria (conditions) for the sharing rule. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| includeHVUOwnedRecords | boolean | Required. Indicates whether records owned by high-volume
community or site users are included in the records shared (true) or not (false). By default, only records
owned by authenticated users, guest users, and queues are included
in sharing rules. This field has a default value of false. Available in API version
52.0 and later.
You can’t edit this field after the sharing rule is created. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| sharedFrom | SharedTo | Required. Specifies the record owners. If you’re using Sales Territories, use modelName.territoryName for the shared-to and shared-from territory and territoryAndSubordinates values on the SharedTo type, where:
|
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| rules | AccountTerritorySharingRule[] | List that defines user membership-based rules. The list of
acceptable values for the sharedFrom fields
are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| accessLevel | string | Required. The target object access level granted to the portal user. Valid
values are:
|
| objectField | string | Required. A lookup to the target object, which supports standard or custom fields, or an ID. For accounts or cases associated with entitlements, use Entitlement.Account or Entitlement.Case. |
| object | string | Required. The target object to which the portal user is gaining access, and
refers to one of the following:
Portal users gain access to all order entitlements and order items under an account to which they have access. |
| userField | string | Required. The user’s lookup to an account, contact, or a standard or
custom field derived from an account or contact. Either the user or the
user’s manager can be used in the lookup. Valid values are:
Field refers to a standard or custom field based on an account or contact. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| deferGroupMembership | boolean | Indicates whether group membership calculations are suspended (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. This field is available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| deferSharingRules | boolean | Indicates whether sharing rule calculations are suspended (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. This field is available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| enableAccountRoleOptimization | boolean | Indicates whether person roles are assigned to new site users in accounts without existing users (true) or if regular site roles are created for new users (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| enableAssetSharing | boolean | Indicates whether sharing is enabled for assets (true) or asset access is determined by the parent object’s sharing rules (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| enableCommunityUserVisibility | boolean | Indicates whether site users in the same site can see each other regardless of the organization-wide defaults (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. In orgs created in API version 47.0 and later, this setting doesn’t apply to guest users. |
| enableExternalSharingModel | boolean | Indicates whether the external sharing model is enabled (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of true if Salesforce Experiences are enabled, and a default value of false if not. To use this field, you need the Customize Application permission. |
| enableKeepManualSharesOnTransfer | boolean | Indicates whether manual shares on a record are retained (true) or not (false) when the record is transferred to a new owner. This field is available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| enableManagerGroups | boolean | Indicates whether users can share records with their managers and manager subordinates groups (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. To use this field, you need the View and Manage Users permission. |
| enableManualUserRecordSharing | boolean | Indicates whether users can share their own user record (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| enablePartnerSuperUserAccess | boolean | Indicates whether you can grant super user access to partners in sites (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. To use this field, you need the Customize Application permission |
| enablePortalUserCaseSharing | boolean | Indicates whether portal users can access related contacts for cases that they own (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| enablePortalUserVisibility | boolean | Indicates whether portal users in the same customer or partner portal account can see each other regardless of the organization-wide defaults (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. To enable this field, contact Salesforce Support. |
| enableRemoveTMGroupMembership | boolean | Removes group membership info for the original territory management feature after migrating to Sales Territories when set to true. This field has a default value of false. Once this field is set to true, it can't be set to false again. |
| enableRestrictAccessLookupRecords | boolean | Indicates whether users must have read access to a record to see the record’s name in lookup and system fields (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of true in Salesforce orgs created in Spring ’20 or later and a default value of false in all other orgs. This field is available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| enableSecureGuestAccess | boolean | When true, guest users have org-wide
defaults set to Private. To share records with them, you must use guest user sharing
rules. As of API version 50.0, this field's value is always true, regardless of the value that you set. Changing its value has no effect on Salesforce, even if it reads false. This change applies retroactively back to API version 47.0, when this field was first introduced. Previously, in API version 47.0 to 49.0, this field indicated whether guest users’ record access is secured (true) or not (false), and the field's default value was false. Now, in all API versions, this field's value is always true, even if it reads false. |
| enableStandardReportVisibility | boolean | Indicates whether users can view reports based on standard report types that may expose data of users to whom they don't have access (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| enableTerritoryForecastManager | boolean | Indicates whether forecast managers can act as delegated administrators for territories below them in the hierarchy (true) or not (false). This field has a default value of false. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableEnhancedSitesAndContentPlatform | boolean | Indicates whether the enhanced sites and content platform for Experience Cloud is enabled for your org (true) or not (false). The default is true. When true, new LWR sites and enhanced CMS workspaces are hosted together on a redesigned platform that offers partial deployment, site content search, and easy content management. Enhanced LWR sites are represented by the DigitalExperienceBundle and DigitalExperienceConfig types. Available in API version 56.0 through 62.0. Removed in API version 63.0 and later. |
| enableExpBuilderCopilot | boolean | Enables Agentforce (beta) in Experience Builder for enhanced LWR
sites. The default value is false. Available in API 64.0 and later. |
| enableExperienceFriendlyUrls | boolean | Indicates whether SEO-friendly URL snippets, or “slugs,” are enabled for your org (true) or not (false). The default is false. When true, available only in B2C Commerce LWR sites. Available only in API version 58.0. In API version 59.0 and later, use expFriendlyUrlsAsDefault in the Network type. |
| enableProxyLoginICHeader | boolean | Indicates whether security tokens for API logins from callouts (in API version 31.0 and earlier) are required (true) or not (false). The default value is true. |
| enableSitesRecordReassignOrgPref | boolean | Deprecated in API version 63.0 and later. When true, indicates when the org assigns records created by guest users of a site to a default owner in the org. When false, the guest user remains the owner of the record. The default value is false. Available in API version 48.0 through 63.0. |
| enableTopicsInSites | boolean | Indicates whether guest and authenticated external users can view topics in Salesforce Sites and Salesforce portals (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| enableVisualforceApiAccessAllowed | boolean | Deprecated in API version 52.0 and later. Allow users of Visualforce pages to override API access control restrictions and access APIs when the enableAdminApprovedAppsOnly in ConnectedAppSettings is enabled (true). The default value is false. |
| enableWebruntimeBYOTemplate | boolean | Indicates whether the Build Your Own (LWC) template is available in Experience Builder. The default value is false. Available in API version 48.0 and later. Removed in API version 51.0. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| caseSubjectOption | CaseSubjectOption (enumeration of type string) | Required. Specifies an option from which inbound social content
is formatted to appear in case records’ Case
Subject field. Valid values are:
|
| enableAllFBResponseAccounts | boolean | Indicates whether responses from all Facebook managed accounts are enabled. If this setting is disabled, responses to a Facebook post can only be sent from the account that the original customer post was directed to. The default value is true. Available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| enableSocialApprovals | boolean | Indicates whether social approvals are enabled. To learn more, see Enable Social Post Approvals.The default value is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableSocialCaseAssignmentRules | boolean | Indicates whether case assignment rules are enabled. Use case assignment rules to determine how cases are assigned to users or put into queues as they are created. The default value is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableSocialCustomerService | boolean | Indicates whether to enable the Social Customer Service feature. The default value is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableSocialPersonaHistoryTracking | boolean | Indicates whether to enable Social Persona history tracking. History tracking helps identify who made what changes when, and for differentiating between automatic and manual changes. The default value is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableSocialPostHistoryTracking | boolean | Indicates whether to enable Social Post history tracking. History tracking helps identify who made what changes when, and for differentiating between automatic and manual changes. The default value is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableSocialReceiveParentPost | boolean | Indicates whether to use the original social post that initiated the case as the parent record. The default value is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| isFacebookSocialProfilesDisabled | boolean | Prevents users from accessing Facebook in social CRM (true) or not (false). enableSocialProfiles must be true to enable Facebook social profiles. |
| isLinkedInSocialProfilesDisabled | boolean | Prevents users from accessing LinkedIn in social CRM (true) or not (false). enableSocialProfiles must be true to enable LinkedIn social profiles. |
| isTwitterSocialProfilesDisabled | boolean | Prevents users from accessing Twitter in social CRM (true) or not (false).
enableSocialProfiles must be true to enable Twitter social
profiles. This setting is permanently set to True because Twitter access was removed in API version 59.0. |
| isYouTubeSocialProfilesDisabled | boolean | Prevents users from accessing YouTube in social CRM (true) or not (false).
enableSocialProfiles must be true to enable YouTube social
profiles. This setting is permanently set to True because YouTube access was removed in API version 60.0. |
| enableSocialProfiles | boolean | Indicates whether users can access social media profiles in social CRM (true) or not (false). |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableSourceTrackingSandboxes | boolean | Indicates whether to enable source tracking automatically when Developer or
Developer Pro sandboxes are created or refreshed (true) or not (false). The default
value is false. If you set enableSourceTrackingSandboxes back to false after it was enabled, a sandbox that is tracking source changes continues to do so until it is refreshed. This field applies to production orgs only; in other orgs, this field is ignored. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| groupingStringEnum | string | Groups picklist and enumerated values. For example, for the picklist values of the Status field on the Service Appointment object, Done and Finished can both have a grouping string of Completed. Available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| sorted | boolean | Required. Indicates whether a global value set is sorted in alphabetical order. By default, this value is false. |
| standardValue | StandardValue[] | Defines each value in a standard picklist’s value set. The
groupingString value is available in API version 38.0 and
later. When you deploy a StandardValueSet, this array must contain at least one picklist value. Otherwise, you receive an error. |
| Standard Value Set Name (API version 38.0 and later) | Field Name (API version 37.0 and earlier) |
|---|---|
| AccPlanObjectivePriority | AccountPlanObjective.Priority |
| AccPlanObjectiveStatus | AccountPlanObjective.Status |
| AAccreditationRating1 | Accreditation.AccreditationRating1 |
| AccountContactMultiRoles | AccountContactRelation.Roles |
| AccountContactRole | AccountContactRole.Role |
| AccountOwnership | Account.Ownership AccountCleanInfo.Ownership |
| AccountPlanStatus | AccountPlan.Status |
| AccountRating | Account.Rating Lead.Rating |
| AccountType | Account.Type |
| AccreditationAccreditingBody1 | Accreditation.AccreditingBody1 |
| AccreditationStatus1 | Accreditation.Status1 |
| AccreditationSubType1 | Accreditation.SubType1 |
| AccreditationType1 | Accreditation.Type1 |
| ACInitSumEmployeeType4 | AntiCorruptionInitSum.EmployeeType4 |
| ACInitSumInitiativeType4 | AntiCorruptionInitSum.InitiativeType4 |
| ACISumRecipientCategory4 | AntiCorruptionInitSum.RecipientCategory4 |
| ACorruptionInitSumCountry4 | AntiCorruptionInitSum.Country4 |
| ACorruptionInitSumRegion4 | AntiCorruptionInitSum.Region4 |
| ActivityTimeEnum1 | ActivityTiming.ActivityTime1 |
| AdmissionSource1 | CareRequest.AdmissionSource1 |
| AdmissionType1 | CareRequest.AdmissionType1 |
| AFSIType6 | ApplicationFormSellerItem.Type6 |
| AFSIBuiltUpAreaUnit6 | ApplicationFormSellerItem.BuiltUpAreaUnit6 |
| AFSIConstructionStage6 | ApplicationFormSellerItem.ConstructionStage6 |
| AFSIIntendedUse6 | ApplicationFormSellerItem.IntendedUse6 |
| AFSIItemCondition6 | ApplicationFormSellerItem.ItemCondition6 |
| AllergyIntoleranceCategory1 | AllergyIntolerance.Category1 |
| AllergyIntoleranceSeverity1 | AllergyIntolerance.Severity1 |
| AllergyIntoleranceStatus1 | AllergyIntolerance.Status1 |
| AllergyIntoleranceType1 | AllergyIntolerance.Type1 |
| AllergyVerificationStatus1 | AllergyIntolerance.VerificationStatus1 |
| AppealRequestReasonType1 | CareRequest.AppealRequestReasonType1 |
| AppFormProductDisbursement6 | ApplicationFormProduct.DisbursementMethod6 |
| ApplicationActionItemType6 | ApplicationActionItem.Type6 |
| ApplicationActionItemStatus6 | ApplicationActionItem.Status6 |
| ApplicantPhoneType6 | Applicant.PhoneType6 |
| ApplicantStage6 | Applicant.Stage6 |
| ApplicantRole6 | Applicant.Role6 |
| ApplicantSalutation6 | Applicant.Salutation6 |
| ApplicantBusinessEntityType6 | Applicant.BusinessEntityType6 |
| ApplicationFormStage6 | ApplicationForm.Stage6 |
| ApplicationFormProductApplicantVisibleStatus6 | ApplicationFormProduct.ApplicantVisibleStatus6 |
| ApplicationFormIntakeChannelType6 | ApplicationForm.IntakeChannelType6 |
| ApplicationFormProductFeeType6 | ApplicationFormProductFee.FeeType6 |
| ApplicationFormProductLoanPurpose6 | ApplicationFormProduct.LoanPurpose6 |
| ApplicationFormProductLoanType6 | ApplicationFormProduct.LoanType6 |
| ApplicationFormProductOwnership6 | ApplicationFormProduct.OwnershipType6 |
| ApplicationFormProductPartnerVisibleStatus6 | ApplicationFormProduct.PartnerVisibleStatus6 |
| ApplicationFormProductProposalStage6 | ApplicationFormProductProposal.Stage6 |
| ApplicationFormProductProposalSelectedBy6 | ApplicationFormProductProposal.SelectedBy6 |
| ApplicationFormProductProposalInterestRateType6 | ApplicationFormProductProposal.InterestRateType6 |
| ApplicationFormProductStage6 | ApplicationFormProduct.Stage6 |
| ApplicationFormTierType6 | ApplicationForm.TierType6 |
| ApprovedLevelOfCare1 | CareRequest.ApprovedLevelOfCare1 |
| APTCategoryEnum | ActionPlanTemplate.Category |
| APTSubcategoryEnum | ActionPlanTemplate.Subcategory |
| APTSourceTypeEnum | ActionPlanTemplate.SourceType |
| AQuestionQuestionCategory | AssessmentQuestion.QuestionCategory |
| AReasonAppointmentReason1 | AppointmentReason.AppointmentReason1 |
| AssessmentRating | Assessment.AssessmentRating |
| AssessmentStatus | Assessment.AssessmentStatus |
| AssetActionCategory | AssetAction.Category |
| AssetRelationshipType | AssetRelationship.RelationshipType |
| AssetStatus | Asset.Status |
| AssociatedLocationType | AssociatedLocation.Type |
| AuthorNoteRecipientType1 | AuthorNote.RecipientType1 |
| BarrierCodeType1 | CareBarrierType.CodeType1 |
| BCCertificationType1 | BoardCertification.CertificationType1 |
| BenefitProcessType5 | BenefitType.ProcessType5 |
| BLicenseJurisdictionType1 | BusinessLicense.JurisdictionType1 |
| BLicenseVerificationStatus1 | BusinessLicense.VerificationStatus1 |
| BoardCertificationStatus1 | BoardCertification.Status1 |
| BusinessLicenseStatus1 | BusinessLicense.Status1 |
| CampaignMemberStatus | CampaignMember.Status |
| CampaignStatus | Campaign.Status |
| CampaignType | Campaign.Type |
| CardType | CardPaymentMethod.CardType |
| CareAmbulanceTransReason1 | CareRequestItem.AmbulanceTransportReason1 |
| CareAmbulanceTransType1 | CareRequestItem.AmbulanceTransportType1 |
| CareBarrierPriority1 | CareBarrier.Priority1 |
| CareBarrierStatus1 | CareBarrier.Status1 |
| CareBenefitVerifyRequestStatus1 | CareBenefitVerifyRequest.Status1 |
| CareDeterminantPriority1 | CareDeterminant.Priority1 |
| CareDeterminantTypeDomain1 | CareDeterminantType.Domain1 |
| CareDeterminantTypeType1 | CareDeterminantType.Type1 |
| CareEpisodeStatus1 | CareEpisode.Status1 |
| CareEpisodeType1 | CareEpisode.Type1 |
| CareItemStatus1 | CareRequestItem.Status1 |
| CareItemStatusReason1 | CareRequestItem.StatusReason1 |
| CareMetricTargetType1 | CareMetricTarget.Type1 |
| CareObservationCategory1 | CareObservation.Category1 |
| CareObservationStatus1 | CareObservation.ObservationStatus1 |
| CarePlanActivityStatus1 | CarePlanActivity.Status1 |
| CarePlanAuthorizationType1 | CarePlan.AuthorizationType1 |
| CarePlanDetailDetailType1 | CarePlanDetail.DetailType1 |
| CarePreauthItemLaterality1 | CarePreauthItem.Laterality1 |
| CarePreauthStatus1 | CarePreauth.Status1 |
| CareProgramEnrolleeStatus1 | CareProgramEnrollee.Status1 |
| CareProgramGoalPriority1 | CareProgramGoal.Priority1 |
| CareProgramGoalStatus1 | CareProgramGoal.Status1 |
| CareProgramProductStatus1 | CareProgramProduct.Status1 |
| CareProgramProviderRole1 | CareProgramProvider.Role1 |
| CareProgramProviderStatus1 | CareProgramProvider.Status1 |
| CareProgramStatus1 | CareProgram.Status1 |
| CareProgramTeamMemberRole1 | CareProgramTeamMember.Role1 |
| CareQuantityType1 | CareRequestItem.QuantityType1 |
| CareRegisteredDeviceStatus1 | CareRegisteredDevice.Status1 |
| CareRequestExtensionAmbulanceTransportReason1 | CareRequestExtension.AmbulanceTransportReason1 |
| CareRequestExtensionAmbulanceTransportType1 | CareRequestExtension.AmbulanceTransportType1 |
| CareRequestExtensionNursingHomeResidentialStatus1 | CareRequestExtension.NursingHomeResidentialStatus1 |
| CareRequestExtensionRequestType1 | CareRequestExtension.RequestType1 |
| CareRequestExtensionServiceLevel1 | CareRequestExtension.ServiceLevel1 |
| CareRequestMemberGender1 | CareRequest.MemberGender1 |
| CareRequestMemberPrognosis1 | CareRequest.MemberPrognosis1 |
| CareRequestQuantityType1 | CareRequest.QuantityType1 |
| CareRequestReviewerStatus1 | CareRequestReviewer.Status1 |
| CareSpecialtySpecialtyType1 | CareSpecialty.SpecialtyType1 |
| CareSpecialtySpecialtyUsage1 | CareSpecialty.SpecialtyUsage1 |
| CareTaxonomyTaxonomyType1 | CareTaxonomy.TaxonomyType1 |
| CareTeamStatus1 | CareTeam.Status1 |
| CaseContactRole | CaseContactRole.Role |
| CaseEpisodeSubType5 | CaseEpisode.Subtype5 |
| CaseEpisodeType5 | CaseEpisode.Type5 |
| CaseOrigin | Case.Origin |
| CasePriority | Case.Priority |
| CaseReason | Case.Reason |
| CaseServicePlanStatus1 | CarePlan.Status1 |
| CaseStatus | Case.Status |
| CaseType | Case.Type |
| CBCoverageType1 | CoverageBenefit.CoverageType1 |
| CBenefitItemLimitTermType1 | CoverageBenefitItemLimit.TermType1 |
| CBItemLimitCoverageLevel1 | CoverageBenefitItemLimit.CoverageLevel1 |
| CBItemLimitNetworkType1 | CoverageBenefitItemLimit.NetworkType1 |
| CCFALineOfBusiness1 | CategorizedCareFeeAgreement.LineofBusiness1 |
| CCPAdditionalBenefits4 | CrbnCreditProject.AdditionalBenefits4 |
| CCProjectMitigationType4 | CrbnCreditProject.MitigationType4 |
| CCPStandardsAgencyName4 | CrbnCreditProject.StandardsAgencyName4 |
| CCreditProjectProjectType4 | CrbnCreditProject.ProjectType4 |
| CDPresentOnAdmission1 | CareDiagnosis.PresentOnAdmission1 |
| CEIdentifierIdUsageType1 | ClinicalEncounterIdentifier.IdUsageType1 |
| CEncounterAdmissionSource1 | ClinicalEncounter.AdmissionSource1 |
| CEncounterCategory1 | ClinicalEncounter.Category1 |
| CEncounterDietPreference1 | ClinicalEncounter.DietPreference1 |
| CEncounterFacilityStatus1 | ClinicalEncounterFacility.Status1 |
| CEncounterServiceType1 | ClinicalEncounter.ServiceType1 |
| CEncounterSpecialCourtesy1 | ClinicalEncounter.SpecialCourtesy1 |
| CEncounterStatus1 | ClinicalEncounter.Status1 |
| CEpisodeDetailDetailType1 | CareEpisodeDetail.DetailType1 |
| ChangeRequestRelatedItemImpactLevel | ChangeRequestRelatedItem.ImpactLevel |
| ChangeRequestBusinessReason | ChangeRequest.BusinessReason |
| ChangeRequestCategory | ChangeRequest.Category |
| ChangeRequestImpact | ChangeRequest.Impact |
| ChangeRequestPriority | ChangeRequest.Priority |
| ChangeRequestRiskLevel | ChangeRequest.RiskLevel |
| ChangeRequestStatus | ChangeRequest.Status |
| ClassRankReportingFormat1 | PersonEducation.ClassRankReportingFormat1 |
| ClassRankWeightingType1 | PersonEducation.ClassRankWeightingType1 |
| ClinicalAlertCategories1 | ClinicalAlert.Categories1 |
| ClinicalAlertStatus1 | ClinicalAlert.Status1 |
| ClinicalCaseType1 | CareRequest.ClinicalCaseType1 |
| ClinicalDetectedIssueSeverityLevel1 | ClinicalDetectedIssue.SeverityLevel1 |
| ClinicalDetectedIssueStatus1 | ClinicalDetectedIssue.Status1 |
| COComponentValueType1 | CareObservationComponent.ValueType1 |
| COCValueInterpretation1 | CareObservationComponent.ValueInterpretation1 |
| CodeSetCodeSetType1 | CodeSet.CodeSetType1 |
| CommunicationChannel1 | EngagementInteraction.CommunicationChannel1 |
| CompanyRelationshipType4 | Supplier.CompanyRelationshipType4 |
| ComplaintSourceType | PublicComplaint.SourceType |
| ConsequenceOfFailure | Asset.ConsequenceOfFailure |
| ContactPointAddressType | ContactPointAddress.AddressType |
| ContactPointUsageType | ContactPointAddress.UsageType |
| ContactRequestReason | ContactRequest.RequestReason |
| ContactRequestStatus | ContactRequest.Status |
| ContactRole | OpportunityContactRole.Role |
| ContractContactRole | ContractContactRole.Role |
| ContractLineItemStatus1 | ContractLineItem.Status1 |
| ContractStatus | Contract.Status |
| COProcessingResult1 | CareObservation.ProcessingResult1 |
| COValueInterpretation1 | CareObservation.ValueInterpretation1 |
| CPAActivityType1 | CarePlanActivity.ActivityType1 |
| CPADetailDetailType1 | CarePlanActivityDetail.DetailType1 |
| CPADetailDetailType1 | CarePlanActivityDetail.DetailType1 |
| CPAdverseActionActionType1 | CareProviderAdverseAction.ActionType1 |
| CPAdverseActionStatus1 | CareProviderAdverseAction.Status1 |
| CPAgreementAgreementType1 | ContractPaymentAgreement.AgreementType1 |
| CPAgreementLineofBusiness1 | ContractPaymentAgreement.LineofBusiness1 |
| CPAProhibitedActivity1 | CarePlanActivity.ProhibitedActivity1 |
| CPDProblemPriority1 | CarePlanDetail.ProblemPriority1 |
| CPEligibilityRuleStatus1 | CareProgramEligibilityRule.Status1 |
| CPEnrolleeProductStatus1 | CareProgramEnrolleeProduct.Status1 |
| CPEnrollmentCardStatus1 | CareProgramEnrollmentCard.Status1 |
| CPFSpecialtySpecialtyRole1 | CareProviderFacilitySpecialty.SpecialtyRole1 |
| CPPRole5 | CaseProceedingParticipant.Role5 |
| CProgramProductAvailability1 | CareProgramProduct.Availability1 |
| CPTemplateProblemPriority1 | CarePlanTemplateProblem.Priority1 |
| CRDDrugAdministrationSetting1 | CareRequestDrug.DrugAdministrationSetting1 |
| CRDNameType1 | CareRegisteredDevice.NameType1 |
| CCRDPriority1 | CareRequestDrug.Priority1 |
| CCRDPriority1 | CareRequestDrug.Priority1 |
| CRDRequestType1 | CareRequestDrug.RequestType1 |
| CRDStatus1 | CareRequestDrug.Status1 |
| CRDStatusReason1 | CareRequestDrug.StatusReason1 |
| CRECaseSubStatus1 | CareRequestExtension.CaseSubStatus1 |
| CRECaseSubStatus1 | CareRequestExtension.CaseSubStatus1 |
| CREDocumentAttachmentStatus1 | CareRequestExtension.DocumentAttachmentStatus1 |
| CREIndependentReviewDetermination1 | CareRequestExtension.IndependentReviewDetermination1 |
| CREPriorAuthRequestIdentifier1 | CareRequestExtension.AuthorizationRefIdentifier1 |
| CREPriorDischargeStatus1 | CareRequestExtension.PriorDischargeStatus1 |
| CREReopenRequestOutcome1 | CareRequestExtension.ReopenRequestOutcome1 |
| CREReopenRequestType1 | CareRequestExtension.ReopenRequestType1 |
| CRERequestOutcome1 | CareRequestExtension.RequestOutcome1 |
| CRIApprovedLevelOfCare1 | CareRequestItem.ApprovedLevelOfCare1 |
| CRIClinicalDetermination1 | CareRequestItem.ClinicalDetermination1 |
| CRICurrentLevelOfCare1 | CareRequestItem.CurrentLevelOfCare1 |
| CRIDeniedLevelOfCare1 | CareRequestItem.DeniedLevelOfCare1 |
| CRIModifiedLevelOfCare1 | CareRequestItem.ModifiedLevelOfCare1 |
| CRIPriority1 | CareRequestItem.Priority1 |
| CRIRequestedLevelOfCare1 | CareRequestItem.RequestedLevelOfCare1 |
| CRIRequestType1 | CareRequestItem.RequestType1 |
| CRReviewerReviewerType1 | CareRequestReviewer.ReviewerType1 |
| CSBundleUsageType1 | CodeSetBundle.Type1 |
| CServiceRequestIntent1 | ClinicalServiceRequest.Type1 |
| CServiceRequestPriority1 | ClinicalServiceRequest.Priority1 |
| CServiceRequestStatus1 | ClinicalServiceRequest.Status1 |
| CSRequestDetailDetailType1 | ClinicalServiceRequestDetail.DetailType1 |
| CurrentLevelOfCare1 | CareRequest.CurrentLevelOfCare1 |
| DChecklistItemStatus1 | DocumentChecklistItem.Status1 |
| DecisionReason1 | CareRequest.DecisionReason1 |
| DeniedLevelOfCare1 | CareRequest.DeniedLevelOfCare1 |
| DiagnosisCodeType1 | CareDiagnosis.CodeType1 |
| DiagnosticSummaryCategory1 | DiagnosticSummary.Category1 |
| DiagnosticSummaryStatus1 | DiagnosticSummary.Status1 |
| DigitalAssetStatus | Asset.DigitalAssetStatus |
| DEInclSumDiversityType4 | DivrsEquityInclSum.DiversityType4 |
| DEInclSumEmployeeType4 | DivrsEquityInclSum.EmployeeType4 |
| DEInclSumEmploymentType4 | DivrsEquityInclSum.EmploymentType4 |
| DEInclSumGender4 | DivrsEquityInclSum.Gender4 |
| DEISumDiversityCategory4 | DivrsEquityInclSum.DiversityCategory4 |
| DischargeDiagnosisCodeType1 | CareDiagnosis.DischargeCodeType1 |
| DIssueDetailType1 | ClinicalDetectedIssueDetail.DetailType1 |
| DivrsEquityInclSumLocation4 | DivrsEquityInclSum.Location4 |
| DivrsEquityInclSumRace4 | DivrsEquityInclSum.Race4 |
| DrugClinicalDetermination1 | CareRequestDrug.ClinicalDetermination1 |
| DSDDocumentRelationType1 | DiagnosticSummaryDetail.DocumentRelationType1 |
| DSDocumentStage1 | DiagnosticSummary.DocumentStage1 |
| DSummaryDetailDetailType1 | DiagnosticSummaryDetail.DetailType1 |
| DSummaryUsageType1 | DiagnosticSummary.UsageType1 |
| ECTypeContactPointType1 | EngagementChannelType.ContactPointType1 |
| EducationLevel1 | PersonEducation.EducationLevel1 |
| EEligibilityCriteriaStatus1 | EnrollmentEligibilityCriteria.Status1 |
| EmploymentOccupation1 | PersonEmployment.Occupation1 |
| EmploymentStatus1 | PersonEmployment.EmploymentStatus1 |
| EngagementAttendeeRole1 | EngagementAttendee.Role1 |
| EngagementSentimentEnum1 | EngagementInteraction.Sentiment1 |
| EngagementStatusEnum1 | EngagementInteraction.Status1 |
| EngagementTypeEnum1 | EngagementInteraction.Type1 |
| EnrolleeOptOutReasonType1 | CareProgramEnrollee.OptOutReasonType1 |
| EnrollmentStatus5 | BenefitAssignment.Status5 |
| EntitlementType | Entitlement.Type |
| EBSEmployeeBenefitType4 | EmpBenefitSummary.EmployeeBenefitType4 |
| EBSPercentageCalcType4 | EmpBenefitSummary.PercentageCalcType4 |
| EBSummaryBenefitUsage4 | EmpBenefitSummary.BenefitUsage4 |
| EBSummaryEmploymentType4 | EmpBenefitSummary.EmploymentType4 |
| EBSEmployeeBenefitType4 | EmpBenefitSummary.EmployeeBenefitType4 |
| EBSPercentageCalcType4 | EmpBenefitSummary.PercentageCalcType4 |
| EDemographicSumAgeGroup4 | EmployeeDemographicSum.AgeGroup4 |
| EDemographicSumGender4 | EmployeeDemographicSum.Gender4 |
| EDemographicSumRegion4 | EmployeeDemographicSum.Region4 |
| EDemographicSumReportType4 | EmployeeDemographicSum.ReportType4 |
| EDemographicSumWorkType4 | EmployeeDemographicSum.WorkType4 |
| EDevelopmentSumGender4 | EmployeeDevelopmentSum.Gender4 |
| EDSumEmployeeType4 | EmployeeDevelopmentSum.EmployeeType4 |
| EDSumEmploymentType4 | EmployeeDemographicSum.EmploymentType4 |
| EDSumProgramCategory4 | EmployeeDevelopmentSum.ProgramCategory4 |
| EPSumMarket4 | EconomicPerformanceSum.Market4 |
| EPSumPerformanceCategory4 | EconomicPerformanceSum.PerformanceCategory4 |
| EPSumPerformanceType4 | EconomicPerformanceSum.PerformanceType4 |
| EPSumRegion4 | EconomicPerformanceSum.Region4 |
| ERCompanyBusinessRegion4 | EmssnRdctnCommitment.CompanyBusinessRegion4 |
| ERCompanySector4 | EmssnRdctnCommitment.CompanySector4 |
| EReductionTargetTargetType4 | EmssnReductionTarget.TargetType4 |
| ERTargetOtherTargetKpi4 | EmssnReductionTarget.OtherTargetKpi4 |
| ERTTargetSettingMethod4 | EmssnReductionTarget.TargetSettingMethod4 |
| EventSubject | Event.Subject |
| EventType | Event.Type |
| FacilityRoomBedType1 | CareRequest.FacilityRoomBedType1 |
| FinalLevelOfCare1 | CareRequest.FinalLevelOfCare1 |
| FinanceEventAction | FinanceTransaction.EventAction |
| FinanceEventType | FinanceBalanceSnapshot.EventType FinanceTransaction.EventType |
| FiscalYearPeriodName | Period.PeriodLabel |
| FiscalYearPeriodPrefix | FiscalYearSettings.PeriodPrefix |
| FiscalYearQuarterName | Period.QuarterLabel |
| FiscalYearQuarterPrefix | FiscalYearSettings.QuarterPrefix |
| ForecastingItemCategory2 | n/a |
| FreightHaulingMode4 | FrgtHaulingEmssnFctr.FreightHaulingMode4
FrgtHaulingEnrgyUse.FreightHaulingMode4 |
| FtprntAuditApprovalStatus4 | Scope3CrbnFtprnt.AuditApprovalStatus4
StnryAssetCrbnFtprnt.AuditApprovalStatus4 VehicleAssetCrbnFtprnt.AuditApprovalStatus4 WasteFootprint.AuditApprovalStatus4 |
| FulfillmentStatus | FulfillmentOrder.Status |
| FulfillmentType | FulfillmentOrder.Type |
| GADetailDetailType1 | GoalAssignmentDetail.DetailType1 |
| GCMRelationshipType | GroupCensusMember.RelationshipToPrimaryMember |
| GoalAssignmentProgressionStatus1 | GoalAssignment.ProgressionStatus1 |
| GoalAssignmentStatus1 | GoalAssignment.Status1 |
| GoalDefinitionCategory1 | GoalDefinition.Category1 |
| GoalDefinitionUsageType1 | GoalDefinition.UsageType1 |
| GovtFinancialAsstSumType4 | GovtFinancialAsstSum.Type4 |
| GpaWeightingType1 | PersonEducation.GpaWeightingType1 |
| GrievanceType1 | CareRequest.GrievanceType1 |
| HCFacilityLocationType1 | HealthcareFacility.LocationType1 |
| HcpCategory1 | HealthCareProcedure.Category1 |
| HcpCodeType1 | HealthCareProcedure.CodeType1 |
| HealthCareDiagnosisCategory1 | HealthCareDiagnosis.Category1 |
| HealthCareDiagnosisCodeType1 | HealthCareDiagnosis.CodeType1 |
| HealthCareDiagnosisGender1 | HealthCareDiagnosis.Gender1 |
| HealthcareProviderStatus1 | HealthcareProvider.Status1 |
| HealthConditionDetailType1 | HealthConditionDetail.DetailType1 |
| HealthConditionSeverity1 | HealthCondition.Severity1 |
| HealthConditionStatus1 | HealthCondition.ConditionStatus1 |
| HealthConditionType1 | HealthCondition.Type1 |
| HealthDiagnosticStatus1 | HealthCondition.DiagnosticStatus1 |
| HFNetworkGenderRestriction1 | HealthcareFacilityNetwork.GenderRestriction1 |
| HFNetworkPanelStatus1 | HealthcareFacilityNetwork.PanelStatus1 |
| HPayerNetworkNetworkType1 | HealthcarePayerNetwork.NetworkType1 |
| HPayerNwkLineOfBusiness1 | HealthcarePayerNetwork.LineofBusiness1 |
| HPFGenderRestriction1 | HealthcarePractitionerFacility.GenderRestriction1 |
| HPFTerminationReason1 | HealthcarePractitionerFacility.TerminationReason1 |
| HProviderNpiNpiType1 | HealthcareProviderNpi.NpiType1 |
| HProviderProviderClass1 | HealthcareProvider.ProviderClass1 |
| HProviderProviderType1 | HealthcareProvider.ProviderType1 |
| HPSpecialtySpecialtyRole1 | HealthcareProviderSpecialty.SpecialtyRole1 |
| HSActionLogActionStatus1 | HealthScoreActionLog.ActionStatus1 |
| IaApplnStatus1 | IndividualApplication.Status1 |
| IaAuthCategory1 | IndividualApplication.Category1 |
| IaInternalStatus1 | IndividualApplication.InternalStatus1 |
| IAItemStatus1 | IndividualApplicationItem.Status1 |
| IARejectionReason1 | IndividualApplication.RejectionReason1 |
| IAServiceType1 | IndividualApplication.ServiceType1 |
| IdeaCategory3 | IdeaTheme.Categories3 |
| IdeaMultiCategory | Idea.Categories |
| IdeaStatus | Idea.Status |
| IdeaThemeStatus | IdeaTheme.Status |
| IdentifierIdUsageType1 | Identifier.IdUsageType1 |
| IFnolChannel1 | InsurancePolicy.FnolChannel1 |
| IncidentCategory | Incident.Category |
| IncidentImpact | Incident.Impact |
| IncidentPriority | Incident.Priority |
| IncidentRelatedItemImpactLevel | IncidentRelatedItem.ImpactLevel |
| IncidentRelatedItemImpactType | IncidentRelatedItem.ImpactType |
| IncidentReportedMethod | Incident.ReportedMethod |
| IncidentStatus | Incident.Status |
| IncidentSubCategory | Incident.SubCategory |
| IncidentType | Incident.Type |
| IncidentUrgency | Incident.Urgency |
| Industry | Account.Industry AccountCleanInfo.Industry Lead.Industry LeadCleanInfo.Industry |
| InterventionCodeType1 | CareInterventionType.CodeType1 |
| IPCancelationReasonType1 | InsurancePolicy.CancellationReasonType1 |
| IPCBenefitPaymentFrequency1 | InsurancePolicyCoverage.BenefitPaymentFrequency1 |
| IPCCategory1 | InsurancePolicyCoverage.Category1 |
| IPCCategoryGroup1 | InsurancePolicyCoverage.CategoryGroup1 |
| IPCDeathBenefitOptionType1 | InsurancePolicyCoverage.DeathBenefitOptionType1 |
| IPCIncomeOptionType1 | InsurancePolicyCoverage.IncomeOptionType1 |
| IPCLimitRange1 | InsurancePolicyCoverage.LimitRange1 |
| IPolicyAuditTerm1 | InsurancePolicy.AuditTerm1 |
| IPolicyChangeSubType1 | InsurancePolicy.ChangeSubtype1 |
| IPolicyChangeType1 | InsurancePolicy.ChangeType1 |
| IPolicyChannel1 | InsurancePolicy.RenewalChannel1 |
| IPolicyPlanTier1 | InsurancePolicy.PlanTier1 |
| IPolicyPlanType1 | InsurancePolicy.PlanType1 |
| IPolicyPolicyType1 | InsurancePolicy.PolicyType1 |
| IPolicyPremiumCalcMethod1 | InsurancePolicy.PremiumCalculationMethod1 |
| IPolicyPremiumFrequency1 | InsurancePolicy.PremiumFrequency1 |
| IPolicyPremiumPaymentType1 | InsurancePolicy.PremiumPaymentType1 |
| IPolicyStatus1 | InsurancePolicy.Status1 |
| IPolicySubStatusCode1 | InsurancePolicy.Substatus1 |
| IPolicyTerm1 | InsurancePolicy.PolicyTerm1 |
| IPolicyTransactionStatus1 | InsurancePolicyTransaction.Status1 |
| IPolicyTransactionType1 | InsurancePolicyTransaction.Type1 |
| IPOwnerPOwnerType1 | InsurancePolicyOwner.PolicyOwnerType1 |
| IPParticipantRole1 | InsurancePolicyParticipant.Role1 |
| IPPRelationshipToInsured1 | InsurancePolicyParticipant.RelationshipToInsured1 |
| LeadSource | Account.AccountSource CampaignMember.LeadSource Contact.LeadSource Lead.LeadSource Opportunity.LeadSource |
| LeadStatus | Lead.Status |
| LicenseClassType1 | BusinessLicense.LicenseClass1 |
| LineOfAuthorityType1 | BusinessLicense.LineOfAuthority1 |
| LocationType | Location.LocationType |
| LPEVerificationStatus6 | PartyExpense.VerificationStatus6 |
| LPIApplnCategory1 | BusinessLicenseApplication.ApplicationCategory1 |
| LPIApplnStatus1 | BusinessLicenseApplication.Status1 |
| LPIIncomeType6 | PartyIncome.IncomeType6 |
| LPIIncomeStatus6 | PartyIncome.IncomeStatus6 |
| LPIIncomeFrequency6 | PartyIncome.IncomeFrequency6 |
| LPIVerificationStatus6 | PartyIncome.VerificationStatus6 |
| MedicationCategoryEnum1 | Medication.MedicationCategory1 |
| MedicationDispenseMedAdministrationSettingCategory1 | MedicationDispense.MedAdministrationSettingCategory1 |
| MedicationDispenseStatus1 | MedicationDispense.Status1 |
| MedicationDispenseSubstitutionReason1 | MedicationDispense.SubstitutionReason1 |
| MedicationDispenseSubstitutionType1 | MedicationDispense.SubstitutionType1 |
| MedicationStatementStatus1 | MedicationStatement.Status1 |
| MedicationStatus1 | Medication.Status1 |
| MedReviewRepresentativeType1 | MedicationTherapyReview.SurrogateType1 |
| MedTherapyReviewSubtype1 | MedicationTherapyReview.ReviewSubtype1 |
| MemberPlanPrimarySecondaryTertiary1 | MemberPlan.PrimarySecondaryTertiary1 |
| MemberPlanRelToSub1 | MemberPlan.RelationshipToSubscriber1 |
| MemberPlanStatus1 | MemberPlan.Status1 |
| MemberPlanVerificStatus1 | MemberPlan.VerificationStatus1 |
| MilitaryService | Individual.MilitaryService |
| ModifiedCareCodeType1 | CareRequestItem.ModifiedCodeType1 |
| ModifiedDiagnosisCodeType1 | CareDiagnosis.ModifiedCodeType1 |
| ModifiedDrugCodeType1 | CareRequestDrug.ModifiedCodeType1 |
| ModifiedLevelOfCare1 | CareRequest.ModifiedLevelOfCare1 |
| MRequestPriority1 | MedicationRequest.Priority1 |
| MRequestStatus1 | MedicationRequest.Status1 |
| MRequestTherapyDuration1 | MedicationRequest.TherapyDuration1 |
| MRequestType1 | MedicationRequest.Type1 |
| MStatementDeliverySetting1 | MedicationStatement.DeliverySetting1 |
| MStatementDetailType1 | MedicationStatementDetail.DetailType1 |
| OcrService1 | OcrDocumentScanResult.OcrService1 |
| OcrStatus1 | OcrDocumentScanResult.OcrStatus1 |
| OIncidentSummaryHazardType4 | OrgIncidentSummary.HazardType4 |
| OISCorrectiveActionType4 | OrgIncidentSummary.CorrectiveActionType4 |
| OISummaryIncidentSubtype4 | OrgIncidentSummary.IncidentSubtype4 |
| OISummaryIncidentType4 | OrgIncidentSummary.IncidentType4 |
| OISummaryPenaltyType4 | OrgIncidentSummary.PenaltyType4 |
| OpportunityCompetitor | OpportunityCompetitor.CompetitorName |
| OpportunityStage | Opportunity.StageName |
| OpportunityType | Opportunity.Type |
| OrderItemSummaryChgRsn | OrderItemSummaryChange.Reason |
| OrderStatus | Not available in 37.0 and earlier |
| OrderSummaryRoutingSchdRsn | OrderSummaryRoutingSchedule.Reason |
| OrderSummaryStatus | OrderSummary.Status |
| OrderType | Order.Type |
| ParProvider1 | CareRequest.ParProvider1 |
| PERecurrenceInterval6 | PartyExpense.RecurrenceInterval6 |
| PartyExpenseStatus6 | PartyExpense.Status6 |
| PartyExpenseType6 | PartyExpense.Type6 |
| PartnerRole | PartnerRole.ReverseRole |
| PartyProfileCountryofBirth | PartyProfile.CountryofBirth |
| PartyProfileEmploymentType | PartyProfile.EmploymentType |
| PartyProfileFundSource | PartyProfile.FundSource |
| PartyProfileGender | PartyProfile.Gender |
| PartyProfileResidentType | PartyProfile.ResidentType |
| PartyProfileReviewDecision | PartyProfile.ReviewDecision |
| PartyProfileRiskType | PartyProfile.RiskType |
| PartyProfileStage | PartyProfile.Stage |
| PartyScreeningStepType | PartyScreeningStep.Type |
| PartyScreeningSummaryStatus | PartyScreeningSummary.Status |
| PatientImmunizationStatus1 | PatientImmunization.Status1 |
| PaymentMandateAccountType6 | PaymentMandate.BankAccountType6 |
| PaymentMandateMandateFrequency6 | PaymentMandate.MandateFrequency6 |
| PaymentMandateMandateType6 | PaymentMandate.MandateType6 |
| PaymentMandateMandateStatus6 | PaymentMandate.MandateStatus6 |
| PaymentMandateAuthorizationType6 | PaymentMandate.AuthorizationType6 |
| PEFEFctrDataSourceType4 | ProductEmissionsFactor.EmssnFctrDataSourceType4 |
| PFATypeEnum6 | PartyFinancialAsset.Type6 |
| PFAStatusEnum6 | PartyFinancialAsset.Status6 |
| PFAOwnershipTypeEnum6 | PartyFinancialAsset.OwnershipType6 |
| PFAVerificationStatusEnum6 | PartyFinancialAsset.VerificationStatus6 |
| PersonEmploymentType1 | PersonEmployment.EmploymentType1 |
| PersonLanguageLanguage1 | PersonLanguage.Language1 |
| PersonLanguageSpeakingProficiencyLevel1 | PersonLanguage.SpeakingProficiencyLevel1 |
| PersonLanguageWritingProficiencyLevel1 | PersonLanguage.WritingProficiencyLevel1 |
| PersonNameNameUsageType1 | PersonName.NameUsageType1 |
| PersonVerificationStatus1 | PersonEmployment.VerificationStatus1 |
| PHealthReactionSeverity1 | PatientHealthReaction.Severity1 |
| PIdentityVerificationResult | PartyIdentityVerification.Result |
| PIdentityVerificationStatus | PartyIdentityVerification.Status |
| PIVerificationStepStatus | PartyIdentityVerificationStep.Status |
| PIVerificationStepType | PartyIdentityVerificationStep.Type |
| PIVerificationVerifiedBy | PartyIdentityVerification.VerifiedBy |
| PIVOverriddenResult | PartyIdentityVerification.OverriddenResult |
| PIVResultOverrideReason | PartyIdentityVerificationResult.OverrideReason |
| PIVSVerificationDecision | PartyIdentityVerificationStep.VerificationDecision |
| PlaceOfService1 | CareRequest.PlaceOfService1 |
| PlanBenefitStatus1 | PlanBenefit.Status1 |
| PMDDosageDefinitionType1 | PatientMedicationDosage.DosageDefinitionType1 |
| PMDosageDosageAmountType1 | PatientMedicationDosage.DosageQuantityType1 |
| PMDosageRateType1 | PatientMedicationDosage.DosageRateType1 |
| PMPDetailDetailType1 | PatientMedicalProcedureDetail.DetailType1 |
| PMPOutcome1 | PatientMedicalProcedure.Outcome1 |
| PMPStatus1 | PatientMedicalProcedure.Status1 |
| PPCreditScoreProvider | PartyProfile.CreditScoreProvider |
| PPPrimaryIdentifierType | PartyProfile.PrimaryIdentifierType |
| PProfileAddressAddressType | PartyProfileAddress.AddressType |
| PProfileCountryOfDomicile | PartyProfile.CountryOfDomicile |
| PProfileEmploymentIndustry | PartyProfile.EmploymentIndustry |
| PProfileNationality | PartyProfile.Nationality |
| PProfileOffBoardingReason | PartyProfile.OffBoardingReason |
| PProfileRiskRiskCategory | PartyProfileRisk.RiskCategory |
| PPROverridenRiskCategory | PartyProfileRisk.OverridenRiskCategory |
| PPTaxIdentificationType | PartyProfile.TaxpayerIdentificationType |
| ProblemCategory | Problem.Category |
| ProblemDefinitionCategory1 | ProblemDefinition.Category1 |
| ProblemDefinitionPriority1 | ProblemDefinition.Priority1 |
| ProblemDefinitionUsageTypeEnum1 | ProblemDefinition.UsageType1 |
| ProblemImpact | Problem.Impact |
| ProblemPriority | Problem.Priority |
| ProblemRelatedItemImpactLevel | ProblemRelatedItem.ImpactLevel |
| ProblemRelatedItemImpactType | ProblemRelatedItem.ImpactType |
| ProblemStatus | Problem.Status |
| ProblemSubCategory | Problem.SubCategory |
| ProblemUrgency | Problem.Urgency |
| ProcessExceptionCategory | ProcessException.Category |
| ProcessExceptionPriority | ProcessException.Priority |
| ProcessExceptionSeverity | ProcessException.Severity |
| ProcessExceptionStatus | ProcessException.Status |
| Product2Family | Product2.Family |
| ProductFeeFrequency6 | ProductFee.Frequency6 |
| ProductFeeType6 | ProductFee.Type6 |
| ProdRequestLineItemStatus | ProductRequestLineItem.Status |
| ProductLineEnum1 | EngagementChannelType.UsageType1 |
| ProductRequestStatus | ProductRequest.Status |
| ProgressionCriteriaMet1 | CareRequest.CriteriaMet1 |
| PRStatus | PaymentRequest.Status |
| PScreeningStepResultCode | PartyScreeningStep.ResultCode |
| PScreeningStepStatus | PartyScreeningStep.Status |
| PSSResultOverrideReason | PartyScreeningSummary.ResultOverrideReason |
| PSStepMatchedFieldList | PartyScreeningStep.MatchedFieldList |
| PSSummaryScreenedBy | PartyScreeningSummaryS.creenedBy |
| PSSummaryScreeningDecision | PartyScreeningSummary.ScreeningDecision |
| PurchaserPlanAffiliation1 | PurchaserPlan.Affiliation1 |
| PtyFinclLiabilityType6 | PartyFinancialLiability.Type6 |
| PtyFinclLiabilityShareType6 | PartyFinancialLiability.ShareType6 |
| PtyFinclLiabilityStatus6 | PartyFinancialLiability.Status6 |
| PtyFinclLiabilityVerficationStatus6 | PartyFinancialLiability.VerficationStatus6 |
| PurchaserPlanStatus1 | PurchaserPlan.PlanStatus1 |
| PurchaserPlanType1 | PurchaserPlan.PlanType1 |
| QuantityUnitOfMeasure | Product2.QuantityUnitOfMeasure ReturnOrderLineItem.QuantityUnitOfMeasure |
| QuestionOrigin3 | Question.Origin3 |
| QuickTextCategory | QuickText.Category |
| QuickTextChannel | QuickText.Channel |
| QuoteStatus | Quote.Status |
| ReceivedDocumentDirection1 | ReceivedDocument.Direction1 |
| ReceivedDocumentOcrStatus1 | ReceivedDocument.OcrStatus1 |
| ReceivedDocumentPriority1 | ReceivedDocument.Priority1 |
| ReceivedDocumentStatus1 | ReceivedDocument.Status1 |
| RegAuthCategory1 | BusinessLicenseApplication.Category1 |
| RegulatoryBodyType1 | CareProviderAdverseAction.RegulatoryBodyType1 |
| ReopenReason1 | CareRequest.ReopenReason1 |
| RequestedCareCodeType1 | CareRequestItem.CodeType1 |
| RequestedDrugCodeType1 | CareRequestDrug.CodeType1 |
| RequestedLevelOfCare1 | CareRequest.RequestedLevelOfCare1 |
| RequesterType1 | CareRequest.RequesterType1 |
| RequestingPractitionerLicense1 | CareRequest.RequestingPractitionerLicense1 |
| RequestingPractitionerSpecialty1 | CareRequest.RequestingPractitionerSpecialty1 |
| ResidenceStatusType1 | BusinessLicense.ResidenceStatus1 |
| RoleInTerritory2 | UserTerritory2Association.RoleInTerritory2 |
| ResourceAbsenceType | ResourceAbsence.Type |
| ReturnOrderLineItemProcessPlan | ReturnOrderLineItem.ProcessingPlan |
| ReturnOrderLineItemReasonForRejection | ReturnOrderLineItem.ReasonForRejection |
| ReturnOrderLineItemReasonForReturn | ReturnOrderLineItem.ReasonForReturn |
| ReturnOrderLineItemRepaymentMethod | ReturnOrderLineItem.RepaymentMethod |
| ReturnOrderShipmentType | ReturnOrder.ShipmentType |
| ReturnOrderStatus | ReturnOrder.Status |
| RLAAppStatus | ResidentialLoanApplication.Status |
| RLAAmortType | ResidentialLoanApplication.AmortizationType |
| RLAAppliedFor | ResidentialLoanApplication.MortgageProgramType |
| RLAEstateType | ResidentialLoanApplication.EstateHoldType |
| RLALoanPurpose | ResidentialLoanApplication.LoanPurpose |
| RLAMortLienType | ResidentialLoanApplication.MortgageLienType |
| RLANativeTenure | ResidentialLoanApplication.NativeLandTenure |
| RLAProjectType | ResidentialLoanApplication.ProjectType |
| RLARefinanceType | ResidentialLoanApplication.RefinanceType |
| RLARefProgType | ResidentialLoanApplication.RefinanceProgramType |
| RLATitleType | ResidentialLoanApplication.TitleType |
| RLATrustType | ResidentialLoanApplication.TrustTitleType |
| SalesTeamRole | OpportunityTeamMember.TeamMemberRole UserAccountTeamMember.TeamMemberRole UserTeamMember.TeamMemberRole AccountTeamMember.TeamMemberRole |
| Salutation |
CampaignMember.Salutation Contact.Salutation Lead.Salutation |
| SAppointmentGroupStatus1 | ServiceAppointmentGroup.Status1 |
| ScorecardMetricCategory | ScorecardMetric.Category |
| ScienceBasedTargetStatus4 | SustainabilityScorecard.ScienceBasedTargetStatus4 |
| SContributionSumCategory4 | SocialContributionSum.Category4 |
| Scope3CrbnFtprntStage4 | Scope3CrbnFtprnt.FootprintStage4 |
| ServiceAppointmentStatus | ServiceAppointment.Status |
| ServiceContractApprovalStatus | ServiceContract.ApprovalStatus |
| ServicePlanTemplateStatus1 | CarePlanTemplate.Status1 |
| ServicingPractitionerLicense1 | CareRequest.ServicingPractitionerLicense1 |
| ServicingPractitionerSpecialty1 | CareRequest.ServicingPractitionerSpecialty1 |
| ServTerrMemRoleType | ServiceTerritoryMember.Role |
| ShiftStatus | Shift.Status |
| SocialContributionSumType4 | SocialContributionSum.Type4 |
| SocialPostClassification | SocialPost.Classification |
| SocialPostEngagementLevel | SocialPost.EngagementLevel |
| SocialPostReviewedStatus | SocialPost.ReviewedStatus |
| SolutionStatus | Solution.Status |
| SourceBusinessRegion4 | Scope3EmssnSrc.BusinessRegion4
StnryAssetEnvrSrc.BusinessRegion4 VehicleAssetEmssnSrc.BusinessRegion4 |
| StatusReason | Asset.StatusReason |
| StnryAssetCrbnFtprntStage4 | StnryAssetCrbnFtprnt.FootprintStage4 |
| StnryAstCrbnFtAllocStatus4 | StnryAssetCrbnFtprnt.AllocationStatus4 |
| StnryAstCrbnFtDataGapSts4 | StnryAssetCrbnFtprnt.DataGapStatus4 |
| StnryAstCrbnFtAllocStatus4 | StnryAssetCrbnFtprnt.AllocationStatus4 |
| StnryAstCrbnFtDataGapSts4 | StnryAssetCrbnFtprnt.DataGapStatus4 |
| StnryAstEvSrcStnryAstTyp4 | StnryAssetEnvrSrc.StationaryAssetType4 |
| StnryAssetWaterFtprntStage4 | StnryAssetWaterFtprnt.FootprintStage4 |
| SupplierClassification4 | SustainabilityScorecard.SupplierClassification4 |
| SupplierEmssnRdctnCmtTypev | SustainabilityScorecard.SupplierEmssnRdctnCmtType4 |
| SupplierReportingScope4 | SustainabilityScorecard.SupplierReportingScope4 |
| SupplierTier4 | SustainabilityScorecard.SupplierTier4 |
| SustainabilityScorecardStatus4 | SustainabilityScorecard.Status4 |
| TaskPriority | Task.Priority |
| TaskStatus | Task.Status |
| TaskSubject | Task.Subject |
| TaskType | Task.Type |
| TCDDetailType1 | TrackedCommunicationDetail.DetailType1 |
| TCPriority1 | TrackedCommunication.Priority1 |
| TCStatus1 | TrackedCommunication.Status1 |
| TCStatusReason1 | TrackedCommunication.StatusReason1 |
| TopicFailureReasonEnum1 | EngagementTopic.ProcessFailureReason1 |
| TopicProcessStatusEnum1 | EngagementTopic.ProcessStatus1 |
| TrackedCommunicationType1 | TrackedCommunication.Type1 |
| TypesOfIntervention1 | CareInterventionType.InterventionType1 |
| UnitOfMeasure | ConsumptionSchedule.UnitOfMeasure |
| UnitOfMeasureType1 | UnitOfMeasure.Type1 |
| VehicleAstCrbnFtprntStage4 | VehicleAssetCrbnFtprnt.FootprintStage4 |
| VehicleType4 | VehicleAssetCrbnFtprnt.VehicleType4
VehicleAssetEmssnSrc.VehicleType4 |
| WasteFootprintStage4 | WasteFootprint.FootprintStage4 |
| WasteDisposalType4 | WstDispoEmssnFctrSetItm.DisposalType4 |
| WasteType4 | WstDispoEmssnFctrSetItm.WasteType4 |
| WorkOrderLineItemPriority | WorkOrderLineItem.Priority |
| WorkOrderLineItemStatus | WorkOrderLineItem.Status |
| WorkOrderPriority | WorkOrder.Priority |
| WorkOrderStatus | WorkOrder.Status |
| WorkStepStatus | WorkStep.Status |
| WorkTypeDefApptType | ServiceAppointment.AppointmentType |
| WorkTypeGroupAddInfo | WorkTypeGroup.AdditionalInformation |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| cacheControl | StaticResourceCacheControl (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates whether the
static resource is marked with a public caching tag so that a
third-party delivery client can cache the content. This
field is available in API version 14.0. The valid values are:
|
| content | base64Binary | The static resource content. Base 64-encoded binary data. Before making an API call, client applications must encode the binary attachment data as base64. Upon receiving a response, client applications must decode the base64 data to binary. This conversion is handled for you by a SOAP client. This field is inherited from the MetadataWithContent component. |
| contentType | string | Required. The content type of the file, for example text/plain. |
| description | string | The description of the static resource. |
| fullName | string | The static resource name. The
name can only contain characters, letters, and the underscore
(_) character. The name must start with a letter, and can’t end
with an underscore or contain two consecutive underscore
characters.
Inherited from the Metadata component, this field isn’t defined in the WSDL for this component. It must be specified when creating, updating, or deleting. See create() to see an example of this field specified for a call. |
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
| description |
Field Type: string Description: The description of the unit of measure. |
| isProductUom |
Field Type: boolean Description: Indicates whether the unit of measure is for a product that the company has procured in its supply chain operations (true) or not (false). The default value is false. |
| isProtected |
Field Type: boolean Description: An auto-generated value that doesn’t impact the behavior of the metadata type. The default value is false. |
| isStationaryAssetUom |
Field Type: boolean Description: Indicates whether the unit of measure is used in the stationary asset calculations (true) or (false). The default value is false. |
| isVehicleAssetUom |
Field Type: boolean Description: Indicates whether the unit of measure is used in the vehicle asset calculations (true) or (false). The default value is false. |
| isWasteUom |
Field Type: boolean Description: Indicates whether the unit of measure is used in the generated material waste calculations (true) or (false). The default value is false. This field is available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| masterLabel |
Field Type: string Description: Required. The label assigned to this object. |
| unitType |
Field Type: UnitType (enumeration of type string) Description: Required. The type of unit used for conversions or calculations. Values are:
|
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
| conversionFactor |
Field Type: double Description: Required. The conversion factor that's used to convert values from one unit of measure to another for the fuel type. |
| fuelType |
Field Type: string Description: The name of the fuel type. Possible values are:
|
| isProtected |
Field Type: boolean Description: An auto-generated value that doesn’t impact the behavior of the metadata type. The default value is false. |
| masterLabel |
Field Type: string Description: A user-friendly name for SustnUomConversion, which is defined when the SustnUomConversion is created. |
| sourceUom |
Field Type: string Description: Required. The source unit of measure for the fuel type. Possible values are:
|
| targetUom |
Field Type: string Description: Required. The target unit of measure for the fuel type. |
| uomsKey |
Field Type: string Description: The key associated with a unit of measure for the fuel type. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| languages | Language | Required. Specifies the languages the synonym group applies to. If synonyms are specific to a single language, specify only that language. If the synonyms apply to multiple languages, specify multiple languages for one synonym group. |
| terms | string | Required. A word or phrase synonymous with other terms in the
group. Maximum of 50 characters. Minimum of two
terms per group. Synonym groups are symmetric, which means that if oranges and apples are defined in a synonym group, a search for oranges will return a match for apples, and vice versa for a search for apples. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| country | ByocCountryCode( enumeration of type string) | Required. Specifies the country of the telephony provider. |
| externalIdentifier | string | Specifies the ID of the telephony provider. |
| fullName | string | Required. The unique name of the TelephonyProvider component. Inherited from the Metadata metadata type. |
| id | string | Specifies the ID of the TelephonyProvider record. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. Specifies the label for the telephony provider. |
| providerName | string | Required. Specifies the name of the telephony provider. |
| trunkType | TrunkType( enumeration of type string) | Required. Specifies the trunk type of the telephony provider. Valid
values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| accountAccessLevel | string |
Specifies whether users in this
territory can access accounts that are assigned to this
territory and are otherwise inaccessible. Valid values
are:
If your organization’s sharing model for accounts is Public Read/Write, valid values are only Edit and All. If no value is set for this field, this field value uses the default access level that is specified in the Manage Territory page in Setup. This field is available in API version 31.0 and later. |
| fullName | string | The unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. Corresponds to Territory Name in the user interface. |
| parentTerritory | string | The territory above this territory in the territory hierarchy. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| accessLevel | string | Required. Valid values are:
|
| objectType | string | Required. The type of object associated to the territory. For example, Lead. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| inherited | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the rule is inherited from a parent territory
(true) or local to the current territory
(false). Rule inheritance flows from the parent territory where the rule is created to the rule’s descendent territories, if any, in the territory model hierarchy. A local rule is created within a single territory and affects that territory only. |
| ruleName | string | Required. The name of a rule associated with the territory. It isn’t necessary to fully qualify ruleName because Metadata API assumes that the rule belongs to the same model as the territory. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| customFields | FieldValue | Custom fields defined on the Territory2Model object and used by this model.
Their metadata is captured separately.
|
| description | string | A description for the territory model. |
| name | string | Required. The user interface label for the territory model. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| field | string | The standard or custom object field that the rule item operates on. |
| operation | FilterOperation (enumeration of type string) | The criterion to apply for the rule item. For example:
equals or starts with. Valid values
are:
|
| value | string | The field value or values to evaluate. For example: if the field is Billing ZIP/Postal Code, a value could be 94105. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| defaultAccountAccessLevel | string | Sets the default level of access that users have to account records in territories: view and edit accounts assigned to territories or view, edit, transfer, and delete accounts assigned to territories. |
| defaultCaseAccessLevel | string | Sets the default level of access that users have to case records in territories: view and edit accounts assigned to territories or view, edit, transfer, and delete accounts assigned to territories. |
| defaultContactAccessLevel | string | Sets the default level of access that users have to contact records in territories: view and edit accounts assigned to territories or view, edit, transfer, and delete accounts assigned to territories. |
| defaultOpportunityAccessLevel | string | Sets the default level of access that users have to opportunity records in territories: view and edit accounts assigned to territories or view, edit, transfer, and delete accounts assigned to territories. |
| enableTerritoryManagement2 | boolean | Enables and disables Sales Territories only. If true, Sales Territories is enabled. If
false (default), Enterprise Territory
Management isn’t enabled. Enabling and disabling Sales Territories is
exclusive of all other operations, and the field value must be true before other territory-management operations can
run. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| opportunityFilterSettings | Territory2SettingsOpportunityFilter |
Optional. Specifies an Apex class to assign territories to opportunities and whether you want to run it when an opportunity is created. Available in API version 34.0 and later. |
| showTM2EnabledBanner | boolean | If true, a success banner appears on the
Territory Settings page in
Setup. Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| supportedObjects | Territory2SupportedObject[] |
Sets the user access levels of all objects that support territory assignments in the org. Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| t2ForecastAccessLevel | string | Sets the access level that users in a parent territory get to the opportunities
assigned to its child territories, regardless of who owns the opportunities. Valid
values are:
Available in API version 49.0 and later. |
| tm2BypassRealignAccInsert | boolean | If true, account assignment rules don’t
run during account insert jobs. Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| tm2EnableUserAssignmentLog | boolean | If true, when a user is assigned to a
territory, the assignment action is logged. Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Required. Indicates whether the time sheet template is active (true) or not (false). |
| description | string | The time sheet template's description. |
| frequency | TimeSheetFrequency (enumeration of type string) | Required. Defines the frequency of the time sheet creation period. One of the
following values:
|
| masterLabel | string | Required. The name of the time sheet template. |
| startDate | date | Required. The date when the time sheet takes effect. |
| timeSheetTemplateAssignments | TimeSheetTemplateAssignment | A list of profiles that the template is assigned to. |
| workWeekEndDay | DaysOfWeek (enumeration of type string) | Required. The end day of the template's work week. One of the following values:
|
| workWeekStartDay | DaysOfWeek (enumeration of type string) | Required. The start day of the template's work week. One of the following values:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableTopics | boolean | Required. When true, indicates whether users can assign topics or remove topic
assignments. When false, users can’t assign or remove topics. Upon org creation,
this value is true for the following objects:
For all remaining standard objects and custom objects, the default is false. |
| entityApiName | string | Required. Indicates the object’s API name for enabling topics. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| action | TransactionSecurityAction | Required. Describes the action to take when the matching Transaction Security policy is triggered. |
| active | boolean | Required. If true, the policy is enabled and actively monitors its event. |
| apexClass | string | Required for Apex-based policies, and optional for all other policies. The name of the class that implements the TxnSecurity.PolicyCondition or TxnSecurity.EventCondition interface for this policy. Available in API version 46.0 and later. |
| blockMessage | string | The custom message sent to a user when a policy blocks their action. Used in
Real-Time Event Monitoring only. Maximum of 1000 characters. This field is null when
the default message option is selected in the UI. Available only when
eventName is set to ApiEvent, ListViewEvent, BulkApiResultEventStore, or ReportEvent. Available in API version 49.0 and later.
Include org- or policy-specific information in your custom message, such as the name of the responsible administrator or the business unit. Be careful about what you include. Too much information on how the policy was designed. can aid a malicious user. Two-factor authentication (2FA) isn’t supported in Lightning Experience, so events like ListView and ReportEvent are upgraded to Block in Lightning. Custom messages aren’t translatable. |
| customEmailContent | string | The administrator-created custom email content sent when a policy is triggered.
Used in Real-Time Event Monitoring only. Maximum of 1333 characters. This field is
null when the Custom Email Content setting is selected in the UI but no message
content is entered. Available in API version 54.0 and later. Custom messages aren’t translatable. |
| description | string | A description of the policy. |
| developerName | string |
This unique name prevents conflicts with
other policies that have the same masterLabel. This name
can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters, and must be unique in your
org. It must begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore,
and not contain two consecutive underscores.
Only users with View DeveloperName OR View Setup and Configuration permission can view, group, sort, and filter this field. |
| eventName | TransactionSecurityEventName (enumeration of type string) | Used in Real-Time Event Monitoring only. Indicates the name of the event the
policy monitors. This field is available in API 45.0 and later. Valid values are:
|
| eventType | MonitoredEvents (enumeration of type string) | Used in Legacy Transaction Security only. Required for Apex-based policies, and
optional for all other policies. Indicates which type of event is being monitored.
Valid values are:
As of Summer '20, Legacy Transaction Security is a retired feature in all Salesforce orgs. |
| executionUser | string | Used in Legacy Transaction Security only. The name or ID of an active user who
is assigned the Modify All Data and View Setup user permissions.
As of Summer '20, Legacy Transaction Security is a retired feature in all Salesforce orgs. |
| flow | string | Required only for policies of type CustomConditionBuilderPolicy. The ID of the Flow object that contains the logic the Condition Builder transaction security policy. Available in API version 46.0 and later. |
| masterLabel | string |
The label for this object. This display value
is the internal label that is’t translated.
Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations. |
| resourceName | string | Used in Legacy Transaction Security only. Required for Apex-based policies, and
optional for all other policies. A resource used to narrow down the conditions under
which the policy triggers. For example, with a DataExport event, you can select a resource Lead to specifically monitor
export activity occurring on your Lead entities. The resources available depend on
the Event Type field. The following valid
resources are grouped by event type.
As of Summer '20, Legacy Transaction Security is a retired feature in all Salesforce orgs. |
| type | TxnSecurityPolicyType (enumeration of type string) | The type of validation that the policy uses. The valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| block | boolean | If true, the requested operation is blocked. This action only applies to Login and AccessResource events. |
| endSession | boolean | Used in Legacy Transaction Security only. If true, a current session must be closed before a new session can be
started. This action only applies to Login events.
As of Summer '20, Legacy Transaction Security is a retired feature in all Salesforce orgs. |
| freezeUser | boolean | Used in Legacy Transaction Security only. If true, the user that triggered the policy is frozen. This action only
applies to Chatter resources for Entity events.
As of Summer '20, Legacy Transaction Security is a retired feature in all Salesforce orgs. |
| notifications | TransactionSecurityNotification[] | Specifies how to notify the Salesforce administrator when the action is triggered. There can be none, one, or multiple notifications. |
| twoFactorAuthentication | boolean | If true, multi-factor authentication (MFA)
is required for a higher level of access before the requested operation can
continue. This action only applies to Login and AccessResource
events.
Multi-factor authentication was formerly called two-factor authentication. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| aiCoachAgentScnrDefs | AiCoachAgentScnrDefTranslation[] | A list of AI Coach agent scenario definition translations. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| botBlocks | BotBlockTranslation[] | A list of bot block translations. Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| botTemplates | BotTemplateTranslation[] | A list of bot template translations. Available in API version 59.0 and later. |
| bots | BotTranslation[] | A list of bot translations. Available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| conversationMessageDefinitions | ConversationMessageDefinitionTranslation[] | A list of conversation message definition translations. Available in API version 61.0 and later. |
| contextDefinitions | ContextDefinitionTranslation[] | A list of Context Service context definition translations. Available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| customApplications | CustomApplicationTranslation[] | A list of custom application translations |
| customLabels | CustomLabelTranslation[] | A list of custom label translations |
| customPageWebLinks | CustomPageWebLinkTranslation[] | A list of translations for web links defined in a home page component |
| customTabs | CustomTabTranslation[] | A list of custom tab translations |
| dataConnectors | DataConnectorTranslation[] | A list of data connector translations. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| dashboardComponents | DashboardComponentTranslation[] | A list of dashboard component translations. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| dashboards | DashboardTranslation[] | A list of dashboard title and description translations. Dashboard translations are automatically discoverable by the Translation Workbench when enabled. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| desFieldTemplateMessages | ExplainabilityMsgTemplateFieldTranslation[] | A list of admin-configured explainability message templates |
| flowDefinitions | FlowDefinitionTranslation[] | A list of flow translations. Only Flow and AutolaunchedFlow types are supported for translation. Available in API version 41.0 and later. |
| identityVerificationCustomFieldLabels | IdentityVerificationFieldTranslation |
A list of identity verification translation fields. Available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| fullName | string | Required. The language code. For example, de for German. Inherited from Metadata, this field is defined in the WSDL for this metadata type. It must be specified when creating, updating, or deleting. For an example of this field specified for a call, see createMetadata(). |
| globalPicklists | GlobalPicklistTranslation[] | A list of global picklist translations. A global picklist’s value set is inherited by all the custom picklist fields that are based on it. Available in API version 37.0 only and is removed from later versions. |
| pipelineInspMetricConfigs | PipelineInspMetricConfigTranslation | A list of translations of Pipeline Inspection forecast category metric settings. Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| productSpecificationTypes | ProductSpecificationTypeTranslation | A list of product specification type translations. Available in API version 66.0 and later. |
| prompts | PromptTranslation | A list of In-App Guidance prompt translations. Available in API version 48.0 and later. |
| quickActions | GlobalQuickActionTranslation[] | A list of global rather than object-specific quick actions. |
| recordAlertCategories | RecordAlertCategoryTranslation[] | A list of record alert category translations. Available in API version 66.0 and later. |
| recordAlertTemplates | RecordAlertTemplateTranslation[] | A list of record alert template translations. Available in API version 66.0 and later. |
| reportAggregates | ReportAggregateTranslation[] | A list of Lightning Experience report aggregate translations. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| reportBucketFields | ReportBucketFieldTranslation[] | A list of Lightning Experience report bucket field translations. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| reportCharts | ReportChartTranslation[] | A list of Lightning Experience report chart translations. Available in API version 68.0 and later. |
| reports | ReportTranslation[] | A list of Lightning Experience report name translations. Report translations are automatically discoverable by the Translation Workbench when enabled. Available in API version 67.0 and later. |
| reportTypes | ReportTypeTranslation[] | A list of Lightning Experience report type translations |
| scontrols | ScontrolTranslation[] | A list of s-control translations |
| svcCatalogItemAttributes | ServiceProcessAttributeTranslation[] | A list of service catalog item attribute translations. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| svcCatalogItemGroups | ServiceProcessItemGroupTranslation[] | A list of service catalog item group translations. Available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| timelineObjectDefinitions | TimelineObjectDefinitionTranslation[] | A list of timeline object definition translations. Available in API version 66.0 and later. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| botVersions | BotVersionTranslation[] | A list of bot version translations |
| fullName | string | Required. Name of the bot. The fullName for the translation must match the fullName inherited by the original Bot type. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| botDialogs | BotDialogTranslation[] | A translated list of dialogs in this bot version |
| fullName | string | Required. Name of a bot version. The fullName for the translation must match the fullName inherited by the original BotVersion type. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| botSteps | BotStepTranslation[] | A translated list of steps that are executed as part of the dialog |
| developerName | string | Required. This unique name prevents conflicts with other dialogs
associated with the same bot version. The developerName for the translation must match the developerName on the original BotDialog subtype of BotVersion. |
| label | string | A translated label that identifies the dialog throughout the Salesforce user interface |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| botMessages | BotMessageTranslation[] | A translated list of bot messages used by a BotStep of type Message |
| botSteps | BotStepTranslation[] | A translated list of bot steps associated with a BotStep of type Group |
| botVariableOperation | BotVariableOperationTranslation | A translated bot variable operation used by a BotStep of type VariableOperation |
| stepIdentifier | string | Required. A unique key that identifies a step within a dialog.
This key is used to link translated labels to labels within the
step. This field is recommended for all step records and is required
for translated step labels. The stepIdentifier for the translation must match the stepIdentifier on the original BotStep subtype of BotVersion. |
| type | BotStepType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Valid values are:
The type for the translation must match the type on the original BotStep subtype of BotVersion. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| message | string | A translated message to show as part of an outgoing message from the bot to the customer |
| messageIdentifier | string | Required. A unique key that identifies a message within a dialog.
This key is used to link translated labels to labels within the
message. This field is recommended for all message records and is
required for translated message labels. The messageIdentifier for the translation must match the messageIdentifier on the original BotMessage subtype of BotVersion. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| botMessages | BotMessageTranslation[] | A translated list of bot messages used as prompt messages by a BotVariableOperation of type Collect |
| botQuickReplyOptions | BotQuickReplyOptionTranslation[] | A translated list of static choice options used by a BotVariableOperation of type Collect and quickReplyType of Static |
| quickReplyOptionTemplate | string | A translated formula template used to resolve a label for Dynamic choice options of type Object |
| retryMessages | BotMessageTranslation[] | In Conversation Repair, the translated messages assigned to repair attempts |
| successMessages | BotMessageTranslation[] | In a File dialog step, the translated message shown to the customer as part of type CollectAttachment to confirm a successful file upload. Available in API version 57.0 and later. |
| type | BotVariableOperationType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Valid values are:
|
| variableOperationIdentifier | string | Required. A unique key that identifies a variable operation
within a dialog. This key is used to link translated labels to
labels within the variable operation. This field is recommended for
all variable operation records and is required for translated
variable operation labels. The variableOperationIdentifier for the translation must match the variableOperationIdentifier on the original BotVariableOperation subtype of BotVersion. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| literalValue | string | A translated value to be shown as a menu or button choice to your customer. |
| quickReplyOptionIdentifier | string | Required. A unique key that identifies a quick reply option
within a dialog. This key is used to link translated labels to
labels within the quick reply option. This field is recommended for
all quick reply option records and is required for translated quick
reply option labels. The quickReplyOptionIdentifier for the translation must match the quickReplyOptionIdentifier on the original BotQuickReplyOption subtype of BotVersion. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| description | string | The explainability message field description |
| label | string | A user-friendly name for ExplainabilityMsgTemplateFieldTranslation |
| name | string |
Required. The name of the decision explanation message for a specified step element type. |
| templateMessage | string | The message associated with the template for a specific expression set step type |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| flows | FlowTranslation[] | A list of flow version translations for the flow definition |
| fullName | string | Required. The API name for the flow definition. |
| label | string | A translated label for the flow definition. By default, flow definitions inherit the label of the active flow version. If you provide a label here, the definition label no longer inherits changes to the active version label. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| choices | FlowChoiceTranslation[] | A list of choice translations for the flow version |
| fullName | string | The API name for the flow version. A unique name for the flow that contains only underscores and alphanumeric characters. The name must be unique across the org, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. To deploy or retrieve a version, you can specify the version number. For example, sampleFlow-3 specifies version 3 of the flow whose unique name is sampleFlow. If you don't specify a version number, the flow is the latest version. In API version 43.0 and earlier, this field included the version number. In API version 44 and later, this field no longer includes the version number. |
| label | string | A translated label for the flow version |
| orchestrationStages | FlowOrchestrationStageTranslation | A list of orchestration stage translations for the flow version. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| orchestrationSteps | FlowOrchestrationStepTranslation | A list of orchestration step translations for the flow version. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| screens | FlowScreenTranslation[] | A list of screen translations for the flow version |
| stages | FlowStageTranslation[] | A list of stage translations for the flow version. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| fullName | string | Required. The unique name of the TrustedTelephonyProvider component. Inherited from the Metadata metadata type. |
| id | string | Specifies the ID of the trusted telephony provider. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. Specifies the master label of the trusted telephony provider. |
| providerCarrier | ByocTrustedAggregator( enumeration of type string) | Required. Specifies the aggregator type associated with trusted telephony
provider. Valid value:
|
| telephonyProvider | string | Specifies the associated telephony provider for the trusted telephony provider. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| developerName | string | Required: The name of the certificate with an underscore between words. |
| expirationDate | dateTime | Required. The date on which the certificate expires. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. A user-friendly name that you create for the certificate. Limited to 64 characters. |
| serialNumber | string | Required. The serial number for the certificate. |
| user | string | Required: The user’s name. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| canUseAdoptionApps | boolean | Indicates whether an org can access Lightning Experience transition tools (true) or not (false). Examples of these tools are Salesforce Optimizer, Lightning Experience Transition Assistant, and the Lightning Experience Readiness Report. The default is false. This field applies only to orgs with the External Application Settings page in Setup. Otherwise, this field has no effect. Available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| doesScheduledSwitcherRunDaily | boolean | Indicates where users are automatically switched from Salesforce Classic to Lightning Experience every day (true) or weekly (false). If false, then users are switched weekly. The default is false. See Encourage Users to Stay in Lightning Experience in Salesforce Help. |
| enableCustomHelpGlobalSection | boolean | Indicates whether a custom section has been added to the Lightning Experience Help Menu (true) or not (false). The default is false. See Define Custom Help for the Lightning Experience Help Menu in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| enableHelpMenuShowFeedback | boolean | Indicates whether the Give Feedback to Salesforce link in the Lightning Experience Help Menu is visible to users (true) or not (false). The default is true. Even if false, admins always see all links in the Help Menu. See Define Custom Help for the Lightning Experience Help Menu in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| enableHelpMenuShowHelp | boolean | Indicates whether the Help For This Page section in the Lightning Experience
Help Menu is visible to users (true) or not
(false). The default is true. Even if false, admins always see all links in the Help Menu. See Define Custom Help for the
Lightning Experience Help Menu in Salesforce Help for more information.
Available in API version 64.0 and earlier. |
| enableHelpMenuShowNewUser | boolean | Indicates whether the Getting Started section in the Lightning Experience Help
Menu is visible to users (true) or not (false). The default is true. Even if false, admins always
see all links in the Help Menu. See Define Custom Help for the
Lightning Experience Help Menu in Salesforce Help for more
information. Available in API version 64.0 and earlier. |
| enableHelpMenuShowSearch | boolean | Indicates whether the Search Documentation link in the Lightning Experience
Help Menu is visible to users (true) or not
(false). The default is true. Even if false, admins always see all links in the Help Menu. See Define Custom Help for the
Lightning Experience Help Menu in Salesforce Help for more
information. Available in API version 64.0 and earlier. |
| enableHelpMenuShowSfdcContent | boolean | Indicates whether any Salesforce-created help resources in Lightning Experience Help Menu are visible to users (true) or not (false). The default is true. Even if false, admins always see all links in the Help Menu. See Define Custom Help for the Lightning Experience Help Menu in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| enableHelpMenuShowShortcut | boolean | Indicates whether the View Keyboard Shortcuts link in the Lightning Experience Help Menu is visible to users (true) or not (false). The default is true. Even if false, admins always see all links in the Help Menu. See Define Custom Help for the Lightning Experience Help Menu in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| enableHelpMenuShowSupport | boolean | Indicates whether the Go to Salesforce Help link in the Lightning Experience Help Menu is visible to users (true) or not (false). The default is true. Even if false, admins always see all links in the Help Menu. See Define Custom Help for the Lightning Experience Help Menu in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| enableHelpMenuShowTrailhead | boolean | Indicates whether the Go to Trailhead link in the Lightning Experience Help Menu is visible to users (true) or not (false). The default is true. Even if false, admins always see all links in the Help Menu. See Define Custom Help for the Lightning Experience Help Menu in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| enableIBILOptOutDashboards | boolean | Indicates whether the It’s Better in Lightning prompt about Dashboards is hidden from users (true) or not (false). The default is true. Deprecated in API version 51.0 and later. |
| enableIBILOptOutEvents | boolean | Indicates whether the It’s Better in Lightning prompt about Events/Calendar is hidden from users (true) or not (false). The default is true. Deprecated in API version 51.0 and later. |
| enableIBILOptOutReports | boolean | Indicates whether the It’s Better in Lightning prompt about Reports is hidden from users (true) or not (false). The default is true. Deprecated in API version 51.0 and later. |
| enableIBILOptOutTasks | boolean | Indicates whether the It’s Better in Lightning prompt about Tasks is hidden from users (true) or not (false). The default is true. Deprecated in API version 51.0 and later. |
| enableLexToClassicFeedbackEnable | boolean | Indicates whether the Switch to Salesforce Classic Feedback Form is shown to users (true) or not (false). The default is false. See Switch to Salesforce Classic Feedback Form in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| enableOrchestrationInSandbox | boolean | Indicates whether adoption assistance and other in-app guidance is shown to users in sandbox orgs (true) or not (false). The default is false. See Define Prompts in Lightning Experience in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| enableOrgUserAssistEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether all custom in-app guidance created by an org is shown to users (true) or not (false). Doesn’t affect active status. The default is true. See Define Prompts in Lightning Experience in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| enableScheduledSwitcher | boolean | Indicates whether users are automatically switched from Salesforce Classic to Lightning Experience (true) or not (false). The default is true. See Encourage Users to Stay in Lightning Experience in Salesforce Help. |
| enableSfdcProductFeedbackSurvey | boolean | Indicates whether the Salesforce Product Feedback Form is shown to users (true) or not (false). The default is true. See Salesforce Product Feedback Form in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| enableShowSalesforceUserAssist | boolean | Indicates whether all standard in-app guidance created by Salesforce is shown to users (true) or not (false). Doesn’t affect active status. The default is true. See Define Prompts in Lightning Experience in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| isCrucNotificationDisabled | boolean | Indicates whether all notifications about the Winter ’20 Turn on Lightning Experience critical update are hidden from admins (true) or not (false). The default is false. |
| isLEXWelcomeMatDisabled | boolean | Indicates whether the Lightning Experience welcome mat is hidden from users the first time they log into the user interface (true) or not (false). The default is false. See Lightning Experience Welcome Mat in Salesforce Help for more information. |
| isMeetTheAssistantDisabledInClassic | boolean | Indicates whether all notifications about the Lightning Experience Transition Assistant are hidden from admins in Salesforce Classic (true) or not (false). The default is false. |
| isMeetTheAssistantDisabledInLightning | boolean | Indicates whether all notifications about the Lightning Experience Transition Assistant are hidden from admins in Lightning Experience (true) or not (false). The default is false. |
| optimizerAppEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether Salesforce Optimizer is turned on in the org (true) or not (false). The default is false. See Improve Your Implementation with Salesforce Optimizer in Salesforce Help. |
| suggestedForYou | boolean | Indicates whether Suggested For You is turned on in the org (true) or not (false). The default is true. See Suggested For You in Salesforce Help. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| dynamicMruActionsOff | boolean | Indicates whether users can create custom actions for their Recently Viewed lists (true) or not (false). The default is true. Available in API version 52.0 and later. Applies to Lightning Experience only. |
| enableAsyncRelatedLists | boolean | Indicates whether related lists are loaded asynchronously (true) or not (false). The default is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. Salesforce Classic only. |
| enableClickjackUserPageHeaderless | boolean | Indicates whether a Visualforce page that hides the standard header has clickjack protections (true) or not (false). The default is true. This setting applies to all of your Visualforce pages. |
| enableCollapsibleSections | boolean | Indicates whether users are allowed to collapse or expand sections in record details by using the arrow icon next to the section heading. The default is true. |
| enableCollapsibleSidebar | boolean | Indicates whether users are allowed to show or hide the sidebar on every page that normally includes it (true) or not (false). The default is false. Applies to Salesforce Classic only. |
| enableCustomObjectTruncate | boolean | Indicates whether users with Customize Application permission can truncate custom objects (true) or not (false). When you truncate an object, you delete the object’s associated records permanently, while preserving the empty object and its metadata. The default is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableCustomeSideBarOnAllPages | boolean | Indicates whether custom sidebar components are available on all pages for all org users (true) or not (false). The default is false. Applies to Salesforce Classic only. |
| enableDeleteFieldHistory | boolean | Indicates whether users can delete field history and field history archive records (true) or not (false). The default is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableExternalObjectAsyncRelatedLists | boolean | Indicates whether related lists of external objects are loaded asynchronously ( true) or not (false). The default is true. Available in API version 48.0 and later. Salesforce Classic only. |
| enableHoverDetails | boolean | Indicates whether an interactive overlay containing record details is displayed (true) or not (false). The default is true. |
| enableInlineEdit | boolean | Indicates whether users are allowed to edit field values on a record’s detail page (true) or not (false). The default is true. |
| enablePersonalCanvas | boolean | Indicates whether users can install and use personal canvas apps (true) or not (false). The default is true. This setting applies to all of your Visualforce pages. |
| enableRelatedListHovers | boolean | Indicates whether related list hover links display at the top of record detail pages and custom object detail pages in Setup (true) or not (false). Users can hover over a related list link to display the list and its number of records in an interactive overlay. Users quickly view and manage the related list items from the overlay. Users can also click a related list hover link to jump to the related list without having to scroll down the page. The default is true. Available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enableSldsV2DarkModeInCosmos | boolean | Indicates whether individual users can enable dark mode (true) or not (false) for the Salesforce Cosmos theme. The default value is false. Available for SLDS 2 themes in select editions. See Salesforce Cosmos Theme and SLDS 2 Availability. Available in API version 65.0 and later. |
| enableQuickCreate | boolean | Indicates whether an area displays on a tab home page (corresponds to the Show Quick Create setting), allowing users to create a record quickly with minimal information (true) or not (false). The Quick Create area displays by default on the tab home pages for leads, accounts, contacts, and opportunities. You can control whether the Quick Create area is displayed on all relevant tab home pages. |
| listViewIleBypassLayout | boolean | Indicates whether users can inline edit any field they have edit access to in list views, regardless of page layout restrictions (true) or not (false). The default is false. Available in API version 68.0 and later. Applies to Lightning Experience only. |
| listViewIleMultiRecordType | boolean | Indicates whether users can inline edit fields in list views that contain records of more than one record type (true) or not (false). The default is false. Available in API version 68.0 and later. Applies to Lightning Experience only. Inline editing with multiple record types applies to list views rendered with Lightning Web Components (LWC). |
| multiColumnSortLv | boolean | Indicates whether users can sort list views by multiple columns (true) or not (false). The default is true. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| multiColumnSortRL | boolean | Indicates whether users can sort related lists by multiple columns (true) or not (false). The default is true. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableConcealPersonalInfo | boolean | Indicates if personal information fields in user records are
hidden from external users (true) or not (false). When this field is set to true, 10 personal information
fields are hidden. The default value is false. This field is unavailable for orgs created in
Winter ’22 or later. Salesforce recommends that you use the enableEnhancedConcealPersonalInfo field instead of enableConcealPersonalInfo. Before you set the enableEnhancedConcealPersonalInfo field to true, make sure that enableConcealPersonalInfo is set to false. |
| enableContactlessExternalIdentityUsers | boolean | If true and your org has the
External Identity license, you can create contactless users. Having
users without contact information reduces the overhead of managing
customers. Purchase the External Identity license to access the
Customer 360 Identity product. The default is false. Available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableEnhancedConcealPersonalInfo | boolean | Indicates if personal information fields in user records are
hidden from external users (true) or not (false). When this field is set to true, you can choose which fields
are classified as personal information and hidden on the User
Management Settings Setup page. The default value is false. This field is available in
API version 53.0 and later. Before you set the enableEnhancedConcealPersonalInfo field to true, make sure that enableConcealPersonalInfo is set to false. |
| enableEnhancedPermsetMgmt | boolean | If you enable Enhanced Permission Set Component Views (true), you can work with permission sets more easily. For example, when you have large numbers of Apex class assignments for permission sets, you can enable a paginated result set, standard filtering, and sorting. |
| enableEnhancedProfileMgmt | boolean | If you enable Enhanced Profile Lists Views (true), you can quickly view, customize, and edit list data. |
| enableEnhcUiUserAccessPolicies | boolean | Indicates whether you create and manage user access policies through an improved user interface (true) or not (false). The default value is false. If user access policies aren’t enabled, this field has no effect. If user access policies are enabled, this field is automatically set to true, but you can change it to false. Available in API version 60.0 and later. |
| enableNewProfileUI | boolean | If you enable Enhanced Profile User Interface (true), you can use the streamlined, enhanced profile user interface to browse, search, and modify settings. You can use only one user interface at a time. |
| enableProfileFiltering | boolean | With profile filtering enabled (true), you can restrict who sees profile names to the
users who require the access for their job roles. If profile
filtering is disabled (false),
users can see all profiles in a Salesforce org, regardless of which
permissions they have. Profile names are also exposed when users with permissions to perform the following tasks take these actions:
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| enableRestrictEmailDomains | boolean | Indicates whether the Email Domain Allowlist is visible (true) or hidden (false) in Setup. The default value
is false. This field is available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| enableScrambleUserData | boolean | If you enable Let Users Scramble Their User
Data (true),
users can request that Salesforce remove all their personal data.
Because Salesforce can’t delete information, it scrambles their
data. Scrambling a user’s data is unrecoverable. So this org-wide
setting serves as an extra precaution. If a user requests it, you
scramble the data programmatically with the obfuscateUser Apex method. You can
use the method, for example, in a custom Apex trigger, workflow, or
the Developer Console. This field is available in API version 47.0 and later. |
| enableUserSelfDeactivate | boolean | If you enable User Self Deactivate (true), users can deactivate their Experience Cloud site or Chatter accounts. |
| enhancedPermSetList | boolean | Indicates whether you manage permission sets with an updated user interface on the Permissions Setup page (true) or not (false). The default value is false. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| enhancedUserListView | boolean | Indicates whether you manage users with an updated user interface on the Users Setup page (true) or not (false). The default value is false. Available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| enhancedUserRoleListView | boolean | Indicates whether you manage roles with an updated user interface on the Roles Setup page (true) or not (false). The default value is false. Available in API version 63.0 and later. |
| groupSummaryUIEnhancement | boolean | Indicates whether you use an improved user interface to add or remove public group members through the group’s summary page true or not (false). If this field is set to true, you can still manage public group membership through the group’s detail page. The default value is true. Available in API version 62.0 and later. |
| permsetsInFieldCreation | boolean | If true, users can assign
field-level security to permission sets instead of to profiles when
creating a field on an object, setting field-level security on a
field, or changing a field type on a field. The default is false. Available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| psaExpirationUIEnabled | boolean | Indicates if admins can use an updated user interface that includes an assignment expiration for permission sets and permission set groups (true) or not (false). The default value is false. This field is available in API version 52.0 and later. |
| restrictedProfileCloning | boolean | When enabled (true), only
permissions accessible to your org are enabled when you clone
profiles. When disabled (false), all permissions currently enabled in the source
profile are also enabled for the cloned profile, even if your org
can't currently access them. This field is available in API version 50.0 and later. |
| userAccessPoliciesEnabled | boolean | Indicates if user access policies are enabled (true) or not (false). With user access policies, you can automate and migrate your users’ assignments to managed package licenses, permission sets, and other access mechanisms based on criteria that you set. The default value is false. This field is available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| userFieldHistoryTracking | boolean | Indicates if user field history tracking is enabled (true) or not (false). With user field history tracking, you can keep track of changes in user fields. The default value is false. This field is available in API version 64.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| approvalRequired | string | Indicates whether approvals are required for provisioning users for the associated connected app. If the value is null, no approval is required. |
| connectedApp | string | The ID of the connected app for which users are being provisioned. |
| enabled | boolean | Indicates whether user provisioning is enabled for the associated connected app (true) or not (false). Default setting is false. |
| enabledOperations | string | Lists the operations, as comma-separated values, that create a user
provisioning request for the associated connected app. Allowed values are:
|
| flow | string | User Provisioning flow type which includes a reference to the Apex UserProvisioningPlugin class. The flow calls the third-party service’s API to manage user account provisioning on that system. |
| masterLabel | string | The primary label for this object. This value is the internal label that doesn’t get translated. |
| namedCredential | string | The Salesforce ID of the named credential that’s used for a request. The named credential identifies the third-party system and the third-party authentication settings. |
| notes | string | Serves as a place for admins to add any additional information about the configuration. This field is for internal reference only, and is not used by any process. |
| onUpdateAttributes | string | Lists the user attributes, as comma-separated values, that generate a user provisioning request during an update. |
| reconFilter | string | When collecting and analyzing users on a third-party system, the plug-in uses this filter to limit the scope of the collection. |
| userAccountMapping | string | Stores the attributes used to link the Salesforce user to the account on the
third-party system, in JSON format. For example:
{"linkingSalesforceUserAttribute":"Username",
"linkingTargetUserAttribute":"Email"}
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| active | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this validation rule is active, (true), or not active (false). |
| description | string | A description of the validation rule. |
| errorConditionFormula | string | Required. The formula defined in the validation rule. If the formula returns a value of true, an error message is displayed. |
| errorDisplayField | string | The fully specified name of a field in the application. If a value is supplied, the error message appears next to the specified field. If you do not specify a value or the field isn’t visible on the page layout, the value changes automatically to Top of Page. |
| errorMessage | string | Required. The message that appears if the validation rule fails. The message must be 255 characters or less. |
| fullName | string | The internal name of the object. White spaces and special
characters are escaped for validity. The name must:
Inherited from the Metadata component, this field isn’t defined in the WSDL for this component. It must be specified when creating, updating, or deleting. See create() to see an example of this field specified for a call. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableCallDisposition | boolean | Indicates whether call disposition is enabled (true) or not (false). With call disposition, also
called Call Result, sales reps can track whether a call was
connected and how it went. Default value is false. To use this feature, enable Dialer in Lightning Experience. |
| enableConsentReminder | boolean | Indicates whether the consent reminder is enabled (true) or not (false). With the consent reminder,
prior to recording a call, users see a prompt reminding them not to
record phone calls without consent. Default value is false. To use this feature, enable Dialer in Lightning Experience. |
| enableDefaultRecording | boolean | Indicates whether the default recording is enabled (true) or not (false). With default recording,
sales reps can record calls automatically in the Sales
Dialer. Default value is false. This field is available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| enableVoiceCallList | boolean | Indicates whether Call List is enabled (true) or not (false). Sales reps can use call
list to keep a running list of the calls they want to make.
Default value is false. To use this feature, enable Dialer in Lightning Experience. |
| enableVoiceCallRecording | boolean | Indicates whether Call Recording is enabled (true) or not (false). Sales reps can record
important calls directly from the call panel in Sales Dialer.
Default value is false. To use this feature, enable Dialer in Lightning Experience. |
| enableVoiceCoaching | boolean | Indicates whether Call Monitoring is enabled (true) or not (false). Using the Monitor tab in
the call panel, managers can listen to the calls of their sales reps
for personalized coaching. Default value is false. To use this feature, enable Dialer in Lightning Experience. |
| enableVoiceConferencing | boolean | Reserved for future use. |
| enableVoiceLocalPresence | boolean | Indicates whether Local Presence is enabled (true) or not (false). Local Presence displays
phone numbers with the same area code as the prospects your reps are
calling, so more calls are answered. Default value is false. To use this feature, enable Dialer in Lightning Experience. |
| enableVoiceMail | boolean | Indicates whether voicemail is enabled (true) or not (false). Sales reps can receive and
store up to 20 personal voicemail messages in Salesforce. Default value is false. To use this feature, enable Dialer in Lightning Experience. |
| enableVoiceMailDrop | boolean | Indicates whether Voicemail Drop is enabled (true) or not (false). Sales reps can “drop” (or
send) prerecorded messages to recipients’ voicemail boxes.
Default value is false. To use this feature, enable Dialer in Lightning Experience. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| application | string | The internal name of the application. |
| dataflow | string | Required. The dataflow ID for the Analytics recipe. |
| format | string | The format of the current recipe definition. Valid values are:
|
| masterLabel | string | Required. The recipe name that appears in the user interface. |
| securityPredicate | string | A filter condition that defines row-level access to records in a recipe. |
| targetDatasetAlias | string | The name of the dataset the recipe saves data results into. |
| templateAssetSourceName | string | Links the recipe to the template used to create it. Null for assets not created from a template. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| assetIcon | string | The icon to use by default for new Analytics apps based on this template. Valid values are 1.png through 20.png. |
| description | string | The specification of the template. |
| label | string | Required. The label of the template. |
| templateType | string | Required. The type of the template. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| application | string | The name of the Analytics application the XMD is associated with. Available in API version 43.0 and later. |
| dataset | string | Required. Specifies the dataset associated with this XMD. |
| datasetConnector | string | The name of the connector source for the dataset. |
| datasetFullyQualifiedName | string | Specifies the fully qualified name of the dataset version associated with this XMD. |
| dates | WaveXmdDate | List of dates, with formatting information. |
| dimensions | WaveXmdDimension | List of dimensions, with formatting information. |
| measures | WaveXmdMeasure | List of measures, with formatting information. |
| organizations | WaveXmdOrganization | List of organizations, for multi-organization support. |
| origin | string | The origin of the dataset version. |
| type | string | The XMD type. Valid values are:
|
| waveVisualization | string | The visualization behavior for Analytics assets. Valid values
are:
|
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| alias | string | Required. Alias of the Date column. |
| compact | boolean | Indicates whether the date is displayed in compact form (true) or not (false). |
| dateFieldDay | string | The day field. |
| dateFieldEpochDay | string | The epoch day field. |
| dateFieldEpochSecond | string | The epoch second field. |
| dateFieldFiscalMonth | string | The fiscal month field. |
| dateFieldFiscalQuarter | string | The fiscal quarter field. |
| dateFieldFiscalWeek | string | The fiscal week field. |
| dateFieldFiscalYear | string | The fiscal year field. |
| dateFieldFullYear | string | The full year field. |
| dateFieldHour | string | The hour field. |
| dateFieldMinute | string | The minute field. |
| dateFieldMonth | string | The month field. |
| dateFieldQuarter | string | The quarter field. |
| dateFieldSecond | string | The second field. |
| dateFieldWeek | string | The week field. |
| dateFieldYear | string | The year field. |
| description | string | The description of the date column. |
| firstDayOfWeek | int | Required. Represents the first day of the week. |
| fiscalMonthOffset | int | Required. Offset number of months for the fiscal year in relation to the calendar year. |
| isYearEndFiscalYear | boolean | Indicates whether the year end is the fiscal year (true) or not (false). |
| label | string | The label of the date column. |
| showInExplorer | boolean | Indicates whether the date is displayed in the explorer (true) or not (false). |
| sortIndex | int | Required. The index value the system assigns to indicate where the item appears in a list. |
| type | string | Required. The type of date. Valid values are:
|
| Field | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| color | string | The color for the member. |
| label | string | The label for the member. |
| member | string | Required. The member value. |
| sortIndex | int | Required. The index value the system assigns to indicate where the item appears in a list. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| availability | WebLinkAvailability (enumeration of type string) | Required. Indicates whether the button or link is only available online (online, or if it is also available offline (offline). |
| description | string | A description of the button or link. |
| displayType | WebLinkDisplayType (enumeration of type string) | Represents how the button or link is rendered. Valid values are:
|
| encodingKey | Encoding | Required. The default encoding setting is Unicode: UTF-8. Change it if your template
requires data in a different format. This is available if your
content source is URL. Valid values include:
|
| fullName | string | The name of the custom button or link with white spaces and
special characters escaped for validity. The name can only contain
characters, letters, and the underscore (_) character. The name must
start with a letter, and can’t end with an underscore or contain two
consecutive underscore characters. Inherited from the Metadata component, this field isn’t defined in the WSDL for this component. It must be specified when creating, updating, or deleting. See create() to see an example of this field specified for a call. |
| hasMenubar | boolean | If the openType is newWindow, this field indicates whether to show the browser menu bar for the window (true) or not (false). Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| hasScrollbars | boolean | If the openType is newWindow, this field indicates whether to show the scroll bars for the window (true) or not (false). Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| hasToolbar | boolean | If the openType is newWindow, this field indicates whether to show the browser toolbar for the window (true) or not (false). Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| height | int | Height in pixels of the window opened by the custom button or link. Required if the openType is newWindow. Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| isResizable | boolean | If the openType is newWindow, this field indicates whether to allow resizing of the window (true) or not (false). Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| linkType | WebLinkType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Represents whether the content of the button or link
is specified by a URL, an sControl, a JavaScript code block, or a
Visualforce page.
|
| masterLabel | string | Master label for this object. This display value is the internal label that is not translated. |
| openType | WebLinkWindowType (enumeration of type string) | Required. When the button or link is clicked, specifies the
window style that will be used to display the content. Valid values:
|
| page | string | If the value of linkType is page, this field represents the Visualforce page. Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| position | WebLinkPosition (enumeration of type string) | If the value of OpenType is newWindow, this field indicates how
the new window should be displayed. Otherwise, don’t specify a
value. Valid values are:
|
| protected | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this subcomponent is protected (true) or not (false). Protected subcomponents can’t be linked to or referenced by components or subcomponents created in the installing organization. |
| requireRowSelection | boolean | If the displayType is massActionButton, this field indicates whether to require individual row selection to execute the action for this button (true) or not (false). Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| scontrol | string | If the value of linkType is sControl, this field represents the name of the sControl. Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| showsLocation | boolean | If the openType is newWindow, this field indicates whether to show the browser location bar for the window (true) or not (false). Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| showsStatus | boolean | If the openType is newWindow, this field indicates whether to show the browser status bar for the window. Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| url | string |
If the value of linkType is url, this is the URL value. If the value of linkType is javascript, this is the JavaScript content. If the value is neither of these options, leave this field empty. Content must be escaped in a manner consistent with XML parsing rules. |
| width | int | Width in pixels of the window opened by the button or
link. Required if the openType is newWindow. Otherwise, leave this field empty. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| autoFacetingEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether auto faceting is enabled (true) or not (false). If enabled (True), the most relevant search facets are automatically returned, in addition to the configured search facets, in the product search results. If disabled (False), only the configured search facets are returned. The default is False. See Add Product Search Filters (Facets) for more information. This field is available in API version 50.0 or later. |
| cartAsyncProcessingEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether add-to-cart requests are processed asynchronously (True) or not (False). The default value is True. This field is available in API version 59.0 or later. |
| cartCalculateEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether the cart calculate extension is enabled (True) or not (False). The default value is False. This field is available in API version 59.0 or later. |
| cartToOrderAutoCustomFieldMapping | boolean | Indicates whether custom field mapping for cart and order objects is enabled (True) or not (False). The default value is True. This field is available in API version 57.0 or later. |
| checkoutTimeToLive | int | Amount of time in minutes that a checkout stays active and doesn’t expire. This field is available in API version 52.0 and later. |
| checkoutValidAfterDate | dateTime | A timestamp in the default server timezone (GMT). All checkouts that start before this date are considered expired. This field is available in API version 52.0 and later. |
| commerceEinsteinActivitiesTracked | boolean | Indicates whether Commerce Einstein activities tracking is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| commerceEinsteinDeployed | boolean | Indicates whether Commerce Einstein is deployed (true) or not (false). |
| country | string | Two-digit ISO code of the store's country. Purchases can be shipped only to the country assigned to the store. Valid for only D2C stores. This field is available in API version 56.0 and later. |
| defaultCurrency | string | The template’s default currency setting for new records. |
| defaultLanguage | string | Required. The template’s default language setting for new records. |
| defaultTaxLocaleType | TaxLocaleType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The template’s default tax type for your webstore. Possible values include:
|
| description | string | The description of the template. |
| duplicateCartItemsEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether a cart can include multiple items with the same product ID (True) or not (False). The default value is False. This field is available in API version 59.0 or later. |
| guestBrowsingEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether guest browsing is enabled for this store. Set the option to True to allow guest buyers access to products in the store. |
| guestCartEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether guest cart access is enabled for a store created
with an LWR template. Set the option to True to
allow guest buyers access to products in the store. This field is available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| guestCheckoutEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether guest checkout access is enabled for a store
created with an LWR template. Set the option to True to allow guest buyers access to products in the store. This field is available in API version 58.0 and later. |
| masterLabel | string | Required. The original (untranslated) name of a label. Each translated label is paired with its original untranslated version. |
| maxValuesPerFacet | int | Maximum number of values that can be added to a facet. |
| orderActivationStatus | string | Status of the order. Possible values include:
|
| orderLifeCycleType | OrderLifeCycleType (enumeration of type string) | The order life cycle type. Possible values include:
|
| paginationSize | int | Number of results displayed per search results page. |
| preserveGuestCartEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether cart contents are preserved when a guest logs in to
the store. Set the option to True to preserve
guest carts. This field is available in API version 60.0 and later. |
| pricingStrategy | PricingStrategy (enumeration of type string) | Required. The price selected to display to buyers. Possible values include:
|
| productGrouping | ProductGrouping (enumeration of type string) | Determines whether product variations are listed individually in search results
or are represented by the parent product, which links to its children. Possible
values are:
|
| skipAdditionalEntitlementCheckForSearch | boolean | By default, user entitlement checks are run as part of a search index rebuild and again when product search results are returned. Skips the second check to promote faster search performance. Set the option to True to skip additional entitlement checks on a search. This field is available in API version 52.0 and later. |
| skuDetectionEnabled | boolean | Indicates whether SKU detection is enabled (true) or not (false). |
| splitShipmentEnabled | boolean | Required. Indicates whether split shipments are enabled (true) or not (false). |
| supportedCurrencies | string | Currencies supported for store template. |
| supportedLanguages | string | Required. Languages supported for store template. |
| supportedShipToCountries | string | Countries that a store created from the template can ship to. |
| type | WebStoreType (enumeration of type string) | Required. The type of store configuration, B2C, B2B, or B2CE. Default is B2B. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableCoachingManagerGroupAccess | boolean | Indicates whether Coaching Manager Group Access is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value is true.
Deprecated. |
| enableGoalManagerGroupAccess | boolean | Indicates whether Goal Manager Group Access is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value is true. Deprecated. |
| enableProfileSkills | boolean | Indicates whether Profile Skills is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value is true. |
| enableProfileSkillsAddFeedPost | boolean | Indicates whether Add Skills as Feed Posts is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value is true. |
| enableProfileSkillsAutoSuggest | boolean | Indicates whether Profile Skills Auto Suggest is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value is true. |
| enableProfileSkillsUsePlatform | boolean | Indicates whether Profile Skills Use Platform is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value is true. |
| enableWorkBadgeDefRestrictPref | boolean | Indicates whether Badge Definition Restriction is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value is true.
Deprecated. |
| enableWorkCalibration | boolean | Indicates whether Calibration is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value
is false. Deprecated. |
| enableWorkCanvasPref | boolean | Indicates whether Canvas is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value
is true. Deprecated. |
| enableWorkCertification | boolean | Indicates whether Certification is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value is true.
Deprecated. |
| enableWorkCertificationNotification | boolean | Indicates whether Certification Notification is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value is false.
Deprecated. |
| enableWorkRewardsPref | boolean | Indicates whether Rewards is available to users (true)or not (false). Default value
is true. Deprecated. |
| enableWorkThanksPref | boolean | Indicates whether Thanks is available to users (true) or not (false). Default value is true. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| alerts | WorkflowAlert[] | An array of all alerts for the object associated with the workflow. |
| fieldUpdates | WorkflowFieldUpdate[] | An array of all field updates for the object associated with the workflow. |
| flowActions | WorkflowFlowAction[] |
An array of flow triggers for the
object associated with the workflow. Available in API
version 30.0 and later. The pilot program for flow trigger workflow actions is closed. If you already enabled the pilot in your org, you can continue to create and edit flow trigger workflow actions. If you didn’t enable the pilot, use Flow Builder to create a record-triggered flow, or use Process Builder to launch a flow from a process. |
| fullName | string | The developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| knowledgePublishes | WorkflowKnowledgePublish[] | An array of Salesforce Knowledge Workflow Publishes associated with the workflow. Available in API version 27.0 and later. |
| outboundMessages | WorkflowOutboundMessage[] | An array of all the outbound messages for the object associated with the workflow. |
| rules | WorkflowRule[] | An array of all the objects associated with the workflow. |
| tasks | WorkflowTask[] | An array of all the tasks for the object associated with the workflow. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| name | string | Required. The name of the workflow action. |
| type | WorkflowActionType (enumeration of type string) | Required. Available types of workflow actions:
The pilot program for flow trigger workflow actions is closed. If you already enabled the pilot in your org, you can continue to create and edit flow trigger workflow actions. If you didn't enable the pilot, use Flow Builder to create a record-triggered flow, or use Process Builder to launch a flow from a process. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| ccEmails | string[] | Additional email addresses. This field is similar to the CC field
in email clients. For the email to be sent successfully, set a value for ccEmails or recipients. You can set values for both fields. The value of ccEmails can include up to 5 different email addresses. |
| description | string | Required. A description of the email alert. Available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| fullName | string | Required. The developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| protected | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this component is protected (true) or not (false). Protected components can’t be linked to or referenced by components created in the installing organization. |
| recipients | WorkflowEmailRecipient[] | The recipients for the email. For the email to be sent successfully, set a value for ccEmails or recipients. You can set values for both fields. |
| senderAddress | string | The address in the From field for the email alert. With this address, you can use a standard global email address for your organization, such as support@company.com, instead of the default From field, which is the email address of the person who updates the record. You can only specify a value in this field if the senderType is set to OrgWideEmailAddress. See Organization-Wide Email Addresses in Salesforce Help. |
| senderType | ActionEmailSenderType (enumeration of type string) |
The email used as the sender’s
From and Reply-To addresses. These values are valid.
|
| template | string | Required. Named reference to an EmailTemplate. This email
template isn’t required to exist in the zip file, but it must exist
in Metadata API. Lightning email templates aren’t packageable. We recommend using a Classic email template. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| field | string | Name of the field referenced in type. The field named is of the type specified in type. |
| recipient | string | The recipients for the email. Depending on the type selected, this field is required. |
| type | ActionEmailRecipientTypes (enumeration of type string) | Named reference to an EmailTemplate component. Valid values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| description | string | The description of the field update. This information is useful to track the reasoning for initially configuring the field update. |
| field | string | Required. The field on the object for the workflow to be updated. |
| formula | string | If the operation field value is Formula, the formula used to compute the new field value. |
| fullName | string | Required. The developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| literalValue | string | If the operation field value is Literal, the literal value for the field. |
| lookupValue | string | If the operation field value is lookupValue, the lookup value that is referenced. |
| lookupValueType | LookupValueType (enumeration of type string) | The type of object that the lookupValue
field value is referencing. The valid values are:
|
| name | string | Required. A name for the component. Available in version API 16.0 and later. |
| notifyAssignee | boolean | Required. Notify the assignee when the field is updated. |
| operation | FieldUpdateOperation (enumeration of type string) | Required. The operation that computes the value with which to
update the field. Valid values are:
|
| protected | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this component is protected (true) or not (false). Protected components can’t be linked to or referenced by components created in the installing organization. |
| reevaluateOnChange | boolean | When set to true,
if the field update changes the field’s value,
all workflow rules on the associated object are reevaluated. Any
workflow rules whose criteria are met as a result of the field value
change are triggered. If any of the triggered workflow rules result in another field update that’s also enabled for workflow rule reevaluation, a domino effect occurs, and more workflow rules can be reevaluated as a result of the newly triggered field update. This cascade of workflow rule reevaluation and triggering can happen up to 5 times after the initial field update that started it. |
| targetObject | string | Object set if the change is detected on a child record. If set, the object points to the foreign key reference on the child object that points to the parent. For example, if EmailMessage child record is changed, EmailMessage.ParentId points to the Case parent. This field is named sourceField before version 14.0. The field name change is automatically handled between versions and doesn’t require any manual editing of existing XML component files. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| action | KnowledgeWorkflowAction (enumeration of type string) | Required. The article publishing actions available when this rule
fires. Valid values are:
|
| description | string | A brief article description. |
| label | string |
Required. Label that represents the article throughout the Salesforce user interface. |
| language | string | The language of the article. |
| protected | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this component is protected (true) or not (false). Protected components can’t be linked to or referenced by components created in the installing organization. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| apiVersion | double | Required. The API version of the
outbound message. Automatically set to the current API version
when the outbound message is created. Valid API versions for
outbound messages are 8.0 and 18.0 or later.
This API version is used in API calls back to Salesforce using the enterprise or partner WSDLs. The API Version can only be modified by using Metadata API. It can’t be modified using the Salesforce user interface. This field is available in API version 18.0 and later. If you change the apiVersion to a version that doesn’t support one of the fields configured for the outbound message, the messages fail until you update your outbound message listener to consume the updated WSDL. To monitor the status of outbound messages, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Outbound Messages, and then select Outbound Messages inSalesforce. |
| description | string | Describes the outbound message. |
| endpointUrl | string | Required. The endpoint URL to which the outbound message is sent. |
| fields | string[] | The named references to the fields to be sent. |
| fullName | string | Required. The developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| includeSessionId | boolean | Required. Set if you want the Salesforce session ID included in the outbound message. Useful if you intend to make API calls and you don’t want to include a username and password. |
| integrationUser | string | Required. The named reference to the user under which this message is sent. |
| name | string | Required. A name for the component. Available in version API 16.0 and later. |
| protected | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this component is protected (true) or not (false). Protected components can’t be linked to or referenced by components created in the installing organization. |
| useDeadLetterQueue | boolean | This field is only available for organizations with dead letter queue permissions turned on. If set, this outbound message uses the dead letter queue if normal delivery fails. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actions | WorkflowActionReference[] | An array of references for the actions that happen when this rule fires. |
| active | boolean | Required. Determines if this rule is active. |
| booleanFilter | string | For advanced criteria filter, the boolean formula. For example, (1 AND 2) OR 3. |
| criteriaItems | FilterItem[] | An array of the boolean criteria (conditions) under which this rule fires. Either criteriaItems or formula must be set. |
| description | string | The description of the workflow rule. |
| failedMigrationToolVersion | string | The API version in which a migration fails. Used as a reference to
admins to retry the migration when the next version is released.
Available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| formula | string | The formula condition under which this rule first must be set, either formula or criteriaItems. |
| fullName | string | The developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| triggerType | WorkflowTriggerTypes (enumeration of type string) | Under what conditions the trigger fires. Valid values are: |
| workflowTimeTriggers | WorkflowTimeTrigger | Represents a set of Workflow actions, including Field Updates, Email Alerts, Outbound Messages, and Tasks, that executes before or after a specified interval of time. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| assignedTo | string | Specifies the user, role, or team to which the workflow rule or action is assigned. The field corresponding to the value specified here must be the same as the specified assignedToType. |
| assignedToType | ActionTaskAssignedToTypes (enumeration of type string) | Valid string values for this type are:
|
| description | string | The description of this workflow task. |
| dueDateOffset | int | Required. The offset, in days, from either the trigger date, or the date specified in the (optional) offsetFromField. The offset can be a negative number. |
| fullName | string | Required. The developer name used as a unique identifier for API access. The fullName can contain only underscores and alphanumeric characters. It must be unique, begin with a letter, not include spaces, not end with an underscore, and not contain two consecutive underscores. This field is inherited from the Metadata component. |
| notifyAssignee | boolean | Required. Set to send an email notification when the task is assigned. |
| offsetFromField | string | Optional field reference of the date field from which the dueDate is computed. |
| priority | string | Required. The priority to assign the created task. |
| protected | boolean | Required. Indicates whether this component is protected (true) or not (false). Protected components can’t be linked to or referenced by components created in the installing organization. |
| status | string | Required. The status to assign the created task. |
| subject | string | Required. A subject for the workflow task that’s used if an email notification is sent when the task is assigned. Available in API version 16.0 and later. |
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| actions | WorkflowActionReference[] | An array of references for the actions that happen when this trigger fires. |
| offsetFromField | string | The date type field name that the time-based workflow triggers from, such as Created Date, Last Modified Date, Rule Trigger Date, or a custom date field on the object for which the workflow rule is defined. |
| timeLength | string | The numeric value of the time after or before the workflow triggers. A negative value represents the time length before the trigger fires. The timeLength is measured in either hours or days, as specified by workflowTimeTriggerUnit. |
| workflowTimeTriggerUnit | WorkflowTimeUnits (enumeration of type string) | The unit of time before or after which the time-based workflow
triggers. Valid string values are:
|
| Field Name | Field Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
| enableMachineLearningForecasting | boolean | Indicates whether machine learning-based forecasting is used (true) or not used (false). |
| enableWorkforceEngagement | boolean | Indicates whether Workforce Engagement is enabled (true) or not enabled (false). |
| enableWorkforceEngagementConfiguration | boolean |
Indicates whether the Workforce Engagement Configuration App is installed or enabled (true) or not (false). If true, it grants access to the Lightning App as well as the app's Job Profile Mapping tab. It also defaults the standard and custom profile tab settings to On. If false, it removes access to the app and tab but doesn’t delete the app metadata. This field is available in API version 53.0 and later. |
| enableHistoricalAdherence | boolean | Indicates whether historical adherence is enabled (true) or not enabled (false). This field is available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| enableIndividualAdherence | boolean | Indicates whether individual adherence is enabled (true) or not enabled (false). This field is available in API version 54.0 and later. |
| enableIntradayManagement | boolean | Indicates whether the intraday management dashboard is enabled (true) or not enabled (false). This field is available in API version 55.0 and later. |
| enableRealTimeAdherence | boolean | Indicates whether real-time adherence is enabled (true) or not enabled (false). To use real-time adherence, you must also enable Omni-Channel. This field is available in API version 55.0 and later. |